X ■-*■■ '.'.^ ^,.

;V '■>:^

■"•.Vv. ..■»»:

^ -■«. " -f

u^A-^

^ J. ^ '4

t ' '

. ,. .^■'.

'■ •, ■*;

■^i-H.^^.'

-vv

t ' \ ■■■♦
I >

..V'^'T

^ ;V*

HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

LIBRARY

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY.

^1) . \'\(5t) -V.^^\\^b\ .

VOL.1. iXCjQ-,

No. 2.

BULLETIN

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.

Kansas University Quarterly.

(Continuous number, Vol. IX, No. 1.)

JANUARY, 19()().

LAWEENCE. KANSAS.

Application made for Entry at Post-oflBce as Second-class Matter.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The Kansas University Quarterly is maintained by the Uni-
versity of Kansas as a medium for the publication of the results of
original research by members of the University. Pai^ers will be
published only on recommendation of the Committee of Publication.
Contributed articles should be in the hands of the committee at least
one month prior to the date of publication. A limited number of
author's separata will be furnished free to contributors.

In order to have the volume begin with the year, volume Y of the
Quarterly was closed with the number for October, 1896, and has
but two numbers ; but no issue was omitted.

Beginning with volume VI, the Quarterly appears in two series :
A, Science and Mathematics ; B, Philology and History.

The Quarterly is issued regularly, as indicated by its title. Each
number contains 100 or more pages of reading matter, with necessary
illustrations. The four numbers of each year constitute a volume.
The price of subscription is two dollars a volume, single numbers
varying in price with cost of publication. Exchanges are solicited.

Communications should be addressed to

W. H. Carruth,

University of Kansas,
Lawrence.

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

E. H. S. BAILEY. F. W. BLACKMAR.

E. MILLER. C. G. DUNLAP.

H. B. NEWSON. S. W. WILLISTON.

W. H. CARRUTH, Managing Editor.

This journal is on file in the office of the University Review, New York city.

THE

KANSAS UNIVERSITY
QUARTERLY.

(Vol. IX, No. 1.— Jaxlaey, 1900.)

SERIES A.— SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS.

CONTENTS :

I. — A New Genus and New Species of Bryozoans from the

Coal Measures of Kansas and Missouri, Austin F. Rogers.

II. — Two New Crinoids from the Kansas Carboniferous, ./. W. Beede.
III. — Some Fish Teeth from the Kansas Cretaceous. S. W. Williston.
IV. — Note on the Permian Flora of Kansas, . . E. H. Sellards.

V. — On the Construction of Collineations, . . . H. B. Neivson.
VI. — The Spermatocyte Divisions of the AcRiDin.t:, C. E. McClung.

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY.

Lawrence, Kan.

Price of this number, 50 cents.

Entered at the post-office ia Lawrence as second-class matter.

^,'~''-'

V\^

^•yi-.33

Kansas University Quarteely.

Vol. 9, No. 1. JANUARY, 1900. Series A.

NEW BRYOZOANS FROM THE COAL MEASURES OF
KANSAS AND MISSOURI.

Contribution frcm the Paleontological Laboratory No, 52.

BY AUSTIN F. ROGERS.
With Plates I, II, III, IV.

nnHE bryozoans occurring in the Coal Measure rocks have received
-*- but comparatively little attention. In thefaunallistsof the hori-
zons the information concerning the bryozoans is usually of the most
meager character. Although they are small and often poorly i)reserved,
the difficulties in the way of their satisfactory determination are but
little if any greater than with other groups of fossil invertebrates.
Their characters are, as a rule, extremely constant. It is the writer's
conviction that the value of bryozoans in the correlation of the above-
mentioned rocks is as great as that of any other group, and conse-
quently that they should receive more attention.

Forty-two well-defined species have been described from the Coal
Measures of the United States, of which number Ulrich is the author
of twenty-six; Foerste, six; Meek, five: White, two; Prout, Swallow,
and Worthen, one each ; to which the author here adds twenty-two.

Unless otherwise stated, the specimens described in this ])aper were
collected by the writer, except those from Topeka, Kan., whicli were
obtained by Dr. J. W. Beede, to whom I am greatly indebted for this
and other favors.

In the classification and in the sequence of the parts of the descrip-
tions, Ulrich, the authority on American paleozoic bryozoa, has been

closely followed.

BATOSTOMELLID.E Ulrich.

Sfenopora spimilosa, n. sp. Plate IV, fig. 5.
Zoarium a thin, expanded crust, attached to a brachiopod {Derhya
crassa), from which proceed several cylindrical stems, 2 mm. in diam-
eter. Surface raontiferous, exhibiting slightly elevated monticules,

l-K.U.Qr. A-ix 1

2 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

occupied by apertures a little larger than the average. Zoecial aper-
tures angular to subangular, with thin walls, six in 2 mm. Strong
acanthopores at the cell angles. Numerous very small acanthopores
occur along the cell walls. Often strong acanthopores are found here,
too. Internal characters unknown.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Melvern, Osage
county, Kansas. Collected by Judge E. P. West. Type in the Uni-
versity of Kansas Museum.

This species is very similar to aS. ohioensis Foerste. The strong
acanthopores are more numerous and there is a greater contrast be-
tween the large and the small acanthopores. There are six instead of
ten apertures in a space of 2 mm. It may be a well-marked variety
of S. ohioensis, but it is believed that these differences, together with
the zoarial characters and the montiferous surface, justify its inde-
pendent existence as a distinct species.

St('H<ti>or(i splssa, n. sp. Plate IV, figs, i-ih,

Zoarium a cylindrical, dichotomously dividing stem, varying from
4 to 8 mm. in diameter. Surface smooth, not montiferous. Zoecial
apertures subcircular, with rather thick interspaces, about six occur-
ring in 2 mm. Zoecial tubes thin and polygonal in the immature
region, making an abrupt bend to the surface, where the walls are
greatly thickened. Walls not distinctly moniliform, but often an
elongated swelling is noticed just after the walls enter the mature
region. Diaphragms apparently absent. Acanthopores small, very
numerous, all the same size, usually with two rows on the cell walls.

Position and locality : Near the summit of the Upper Coal Meas-
ures; Howard, Elk county, Kansas. Collected by Mr. Carmine Ross.
Type in University of Kansas Museum.

Resembles S. ohioensis Foerste, but the acanthopores at the cell
angles are no more jjrominent than those on the cell walls. Of inter-
nal characters, the thickened zoecial walls in the mature region and
the absence of diaphragms distinguish it from that species.

CYSTODICTYONID.E Ulrich.
Cf/stodifff/a ineqtiimarf/hiatff, n. sp. Plate I, figs. 2-2h.
Zoarium a long stipe, dichotomously dividing at frequent intervals.
Branches acuminate-ovate or subcircular in cross section, about 1 mm.
wide and 0.75 mm. thick. Non-poriferous margin narrow and sharp
on one side; rather wide and rounded on the other. Zoecial aper-
tures much elevated in unworn specimens, small, subcircular, sepa-
rated longitudinally by about twice their diameter ; arranged in three
or four linear series. In a space of 3 mm. six apertures occur in the
row nearest the wider margin, while eight occur in the same distance
in the row nearest the narrow margin. Apertures also quite regularly

ROGERS : NEW BRYOZOAXS. 3

arranged in diagonal series, about fonr in 1 mm. Between the cell
ranges obscure longitudinal ridges often occur.

Position and locality: Upper Coal Measures; Lawrence, Kan., and
Kansas City, Mo. Type in author's collection.

C. carhonaria Meek has from seven to nine longitudinal rows of
apertures.

Vyntodii-tiin (ffrfsff. n. sp. Plate III, figs. 5-5d.

Zoarium a long, more or less tlattened, dicliotomously dividing stem.
Stem acutely elliptical to subcircular in cross-section, 0.8 to 1.1 mm.
wide, and 0.(3 to 1 mm. thick. Zoecia in four alternating ranges. Ap-
ertures rather large, subcircular, probably pustuliform, with a fairly
well-developed lunarium seen in sections. Eight or nine apertures
occur in a space of 5 mm. In breaking the rock in which they occur,
the stems divide along their median plane into two parts or halves,
each of which was at first mistaken for the complete zoarium. The
poriferous side of the hemibranch adheres to the rock, and its char-
acters can only be judged by thin sections. The non-poriferous sur-
face is flat and occupied by longitudinal striations and by concentric
undulations, the latter being similar to those on Chainodictyon Foerste.
The non-poriferous margins of this surface are rather wide.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Kansas City, Mo.
Type in author's collection.

Differs from the jDreceding species in having the margins of the

branches ec^ual and in dividing along the median planes of the

branches.

RHABDOMESODONTID.E Vine.

StrehIotri/jt(f tilric/u', n. sp. Plate I, figs. 3, 3^/.

Zoarium a long, slender, cylindrical stem, 0.8 to 1 mm. in diameter,
dicliotomously dividing at varying intervals. Zoecial tubes long, al-
most vertical in the middle of the axial region, approaching the sur-
face gradually, and increasing slightly in size at the same time. No
inferior hemi septa were observed. Zoecial apertures ovate, surrounded
by a thin peristome, highest at the anterior border. Arranged in al-
ternate longitudinal rows between thin, slightly undulating ridges
which unite with the peristomes and are about 0.15 mm. apart. Inter-
apertural spaces slightly depressed, and occupied by the mouths of
from four to eight small pores arranged in two rows. The typical
number of meso^Dores is six. Measuring longitudinally, eleven ajjer-
tures occur in a space of 5 mm.; diagonally, four in 1 mm. It requires
about twelve rows to encircle the stem.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Lawrence, Scranton,
Topeka, Cottonwood Falls, and ten miles north of Manhattan, Kan. ;
also in the Permian at Grrand Summit, Kan. Type in University of
Kansas Museum.

4 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Closely resembles S. nickelsi Ulricli from the Chester group. Our
species is larger, has a fewer number of mesopores, the ridges sepa-
rating the ranges are undulating, and the zoecial apertures are a little
larger. The internal characters are much like those of Ulrich's spe-
cies. As far as I know, this is the first mention of the genus in the
Coal Measures of America.

Specific name in honor of Mr. E. O. Ulrich, of Newport, Ky., the
authority on American paleozoic bryozoa.

Strehlotrypa sfriatopova. n. sp. Plate lY, fig. 1.

Zoarium a dichotomously dividing cylindrical stem, from 1 to 1.5
mm. in diameter. Zoecial apertures arranged alternately in longitudi-
nal series, about six in 3 mm. The diagonal arrangement is usually
more noticeable, with five apertures in 2 mm. No longitudinal
ridges between the rows. Zoecial apertures subcircular to elliptical,
about 0.2 mm. long, surrounding spaces slightly elevated, but without
peristomes. Whole surface occupied by numerous small, more or less
elongated, mesopores, which are usuall}' arranged in longitudinal
series, their lateral walls giving them a decidedly striate appearance.
The striations are undulating, and are more prominent in slightly
worn specimens. The internal characters are but imperfectly shown
in the sections made. The zoecial tubes are short. No hemisepta
were observed.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures : Kansas City, Mo.,
and Lawrence, Kan. Type in author's collection.

This species is quite like S. multijyorata Ulrich. from the Waverly
group, of Ohio, but presents the following differences : The zoecia
apertures are larger, the mesopores are smaller, and the longitudinal
arrangement of the same is more prominent.

FEXESTELLID.E King.
Fenestella hexafiomiUs. n. sp. Plate I, figs. 4, 4:«.

Zoarium a reticulate expansion : size unknown. Branches slender,
somewhat flexuous, 0.3 mm. wide, nineteen in a space of 1 cm. Dis-
sepiments short, rounded, much depressed, almost as wide as the
branches. Fenestrules subelliptical. slightly constricted in the
middle by the zoecia mouths, 0.4 mm. by 0.2 mm., twelve in 1 cm.
Carina prominent, subangular, bearing a row of rather large, flattened
nodes, usually jDlaced so that there is one opposite each dissepiment.
Zoecia in two alternating ranges, seventeen in 5 mm. Apertures
comi^aratively large, elevated, a little more than their diameter apart,
usually three to a fenestrule. Rarely is one situated at the end of a
dissepiment. On the reverse the branches are more flexuous and sub-
angular. Both they and the dissepiments bear a single row of small,

ROGERS : NEW BRYOZOAXS. 5

obscure nodes. The fenestrules are more or less hexagonal in out-
line.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Topeka, Kan. Type
in University of Kansas Museum.

The reverse side resembles that of Fenestella flexnosa Ulrich, but
the obverse side of that species is quite different from that of ours.
The cell apertures of F. flexuosa are more numerous and closer
together. Differs from ail other species of the genus in the hexagonal
appearance of the fenestrules on the reverse side.

Fenestella dentata, n. sp. Plate I, figs. 5, 5a.

Zoarium a reticulate expansion ; size unknown. Branches straight,
rather slender, 0.4 mm. wide, eight in a space of 5 mm. Dissepimenis
short, depressed, about one-half as wide as the branches. Fenestrules
long and narrow, subquadrangular to subellii^itical in outline, averag-
ing 0.9 mm. by 0.3 mm., four in 5 mm.; but slightly indented by the
encroaching zoecia mouths. Carina rounded, rather strong, bearing
a row of prominent flattened, conical nodes, a little more than their
diameter apart, twelve in 5 mm. Zoecia in two alternating ranges,
about eighteen in 5 mm. Apertures circular, slightly more than their
diameter apart, generally arranged so that there are four to each
fenestrule. Reverse not seen.

Position and localit}^ : Upper Coal Measures ; Topeka, Kan. Type
in University of Kansas Museum.

Resembles F. cestriensis Ulrich from the Chester group, Illinois,
somewhat, but differs mainlj^ in having the carina and the nodes more
prominent. This species is distinguished from other Coal Measures
species by the narrow, elongate form of the fenestrules.

Fenestella kansasensis. n. sp. Plate I, fig. 6.

Zoarium a rapidly expanding foliar network, of unknown size.
Branches rather strong, slightly fiexuous, about 0.4 mm. wide, bifur-
cating at intervals of 3 to 5 mms. ; number of branches in 5 mm., eight.
Median keel strong, moderately elevated, rounded, somewhat flexuous,
bearing a single row of small nodes, 0.5 to 0.6 mm. apart, placed so that
two usually occur for each fenestrule. Dissepiments short, depressed,
about one-half as wide as the branches. Fenestrules subelliptical to
subquadrangular, slightly indented by the encroaching zoecia mouths,
averaging 0.8 mm. bj' 0.4 mm., with about nine in 1 cm. Zoecia in
two alternating ranges, eighteen in 5 mm., usually four to each fe-
nestrule. Apertures small, circular, separated by interspaces about
the same width as their diameter. Reverse not seen.

A worn specimen, evidently of this species, has wider fenestrules,
but in most respects agrees with the type.

6 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Argentine and Law-
rence, Kan. Type in author's collection.

Resembles F. hurlingtonensU Ulrich, but differs mainly in having
more prominent nodes and a greater number of apertures in a given
space. F. hurling ton ensis has seventeen in 1 cm., while our si)ecies
has twice that number.

FenestelJd or(fiij)ora. n. sp. Plate II, fig. 1.

Zoarium a rapidly expanding reticulate expansion; size unknown.
Branches lax, slender, rather convex, subcarinate, somewhat flexuous,
0.3 to 0.4 mm, wide, seven occurring in 5 mm. ; bifurcating at various in-
tervals, the average being about 3 mm. Median keel obsolete or rep-
resented by a raised space between the apertures. Dissepiments
rather short, very narrow, and depressed. Fenestrules subelliptical
to subquadrangular, quite variable in size, average dimensions being
about 1.1 mm. long by 0.4 mm. wide, slightly indented by the en-
croaching zoecia mouths. Four fenestrules occur in a space of 5 mm.
Zoecia in two alternating rows. Zoecial apertures small, ovate, with
rather prominent peristomes, about twice their diameter apart, four
to each fenestrule, seventeen in 5 mm.

Position and locality: Upper Coal Measures; Kansas City, Mo.
Type in author's collection.

All other Coal Measure species of the genus have circular aper-
tures.

FencsfeUd nifssoiwieHsis. n. sp. Plate II. fig. 2.

Zoarium a rather rapidly expanding foliar network. Branches
rather strong, slightly flexuous, 0.3 mm. wide, ten in a space of 5 mm.
Dissepiments short, narrow, rounded, much depressed. Fenestrules
subquadrangular to elliptical, 0.6 mm. by 0.3 mm., slightly indented
by the zoecia mouths, six and one-half occurring in 5 mm. Carina
narrow, rather prominent, slightly flexuous, surface rough Imt without
distinct nodes. Zoecia in two alternating rows, nineteen in 5 mm.
Apertures rather large, circular, with slight peristomes, a little more
than their diameter apart, three to a fenestrule. Surface covered
with obscure longitudinal striae. Reverse not seen.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Kansas City, Mo.
Type in author's collection.

Pofi/j)or(f asjtcrd . n. sp. Plate II, figs. .3, .3r/.
Zoarium a foliate expansion of unknown size. Branches rather
strong, quite convex, about 0.5 to 0.6 mm. wide, sometimes less just
after a bifurcation, six in a space of 5 mm. Surface very much rough-
ened by elevations and depressions. Dissepiments short, rounded,
depressed, about one-half as wide as the branches. Fenestrules nar-
row ellijjtical or subquadrangular, two in 5 mm., averaging 2 mm. by

ROGERS: NEW BRYOZOANS. 7

0.5 ram. Zoecia in from three to five alternating ranges, these being
the extremes between the bifurcations. The i^revailing number is
four. Apertures small, pyriform, a little more than their diameter
apart, about eighteen in 5 mm. Each aj^erture is situated at the bot-
tom of a depressed area, wliich is formed by longitudinal ridges be-
tween the ranges and horizontal ridges connecting these. A sloping
area extends from the anterior end of the depression to the cell aper-
ture which is situated at the posterior end. On the longitudinal
ridges spines are regularly arranged, about as numerous as the aper-
tures. Reverse not seen.

Position and locality: Upper Coal Measures; Topeka, Kan. Type
in University of Kansas Museum.

The roughened surface of the obverse face serves to distinguish

this species from other representatives of the genus in the Coal

Measures.

Polijitora /ir./KOKff, n. sp. Plate II, fig. i.

Zoarium a slowly expanding foliar network, of unknown size.
Branches slender, quite flexuous, convex, O.fS mm. wide, ten occurring
in a space of 5 mm. Dissepiments very short, nearly as wide as the
branches, but slightly depressed. Fenestrules narrow elliptical in
outline, averaging 0.7 mm. l)y 0.25 mm., five in 5 mm. Zoecia in
three alternating ranges, which number is reduced to two for a short
distance after bifurcating. Zoecial apertures small, subcircular, with
thin peristomes, about twice their diameter apart longitudinally,
twenty in 5 mm. Space between the cell ranges occupied by single
rows of small nodes about as far apart as the apertures. Reverse
not seen.

Position and locality: Ui^per Coal Measures; Argentine, Kan.
Type in author's collection.

Differs from other species of the genus in the flexuous character of
the branches. No other Coal Measures species has so few zoecia
apertures except P. whitei Ulrich, from which our species is easily
distinguished. Those portions of a branch having two ranges of
apertures sometimes laossess a faint carina, which gives it the appear-
ance of a Fenestella. Here we have another of the numerous links
between Fenestella and Polypora, only one of which has heretofore
been described from the Coal Measures, namely, P. lahitei Ulrich,
from Seville, 111.

Polf/pora eUij>th-a, n. sp. Plate IV, fig. 2.

Zoarium a reticulate expansion. Branches slightly flexuous, con-
vex, 0.4 to 0.5 mm. wide, seven to eight in 5 mm. Dissepiments
short, subcarinate, about half as wide as the branches. Fenestrules
ellii^tical (especially in worn specimens), averaging about 0.6 by 0.3

O KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

mm., with from five to six occurring in 5 mm. Zoecia in three or four
alternating ranges, which number is often reduced to two for a very
short distance after a bifurcation. The typical number of ranges is
three when the central row forms the flat median summit of the
branch. In this case the number is increased to four shortly before
bifurcating. Apertures small, subcircular, about one and one-half
times their diameter apart longitudinally. The rows of apertures are
separated by inconspicuous undulating ridges, which are at intervals
elevated to form small nodes, about as numerous as the apertures.
The ridges are more prominent in worn specimens. On the reverse,
the dissepiments and the branches are on the same plane. The latter
are finely striated.

Position and locality: Upper Coal Measures; Kansas City, Mo.,
Argentine, Lawrence, and Topeka, Kan. Type in author's collection.

The only species with which this is liable to be confounded is P.
nodocarinata Ulrich. In our species, the typical number of zoecial
ranges is three rather than four. The branches are somewhat flexuous
and not straight. The carinate appearance is not so marked and the
nodes are not so prominent. The number of branches and fenes-
trules in 5 mm. is another distinction between the two species. This
is one of the commonest species of bryozoans in the collections
studied, and is quite variable in its characters. Some of the speci-
mens are much more closely related to P. nodocay'inata than others.
Polffjiora fri(fH(/Nl(iris, n. sp. Plate IV, figs. 3-3e.

Zoarium a foliar expansion of unknown size, forming a loose net-
work. Branches strong, slightly flexuous, about seven in 1 cm.; cross-
section subtriangular, resembling a sector of a circle. The width of
the branches is about 0.8 ram. Obverse side only moderately convex,
with subangular margins. Dissepiments rather long, of variable
width, rounded, depressed, spreading .slightly at each end and often
faintly striated. Fenestrules large, subquadrangular, as wide as the
branches, and about three times as long, averaging 2.5 mm. by 0.8 mm.
Three or three and one-half occur in a space of 1 cm. Zoecia usually
in five or six ranges, but just after a bifurcation there are only three
or four. Apertures circular, with moderately strong peristomes, in-
complete at their lower margins, like those of Thamniscus octanarius
Ulrich. In worn specimens this feature is not apparent. Apertures
small, from two to three times their diameter apart, about fourteen in
5 ram., arranged in quite regular diagonally intersecting series.
Measuring diagonally, four apertures occur in 1 mm. On the reverse
the branches are subcarinate, and bear a single row of prominent
nodes, placed about one and one-half times their diameter apart, with
from six to eight for each fenestrule.

ROGERS : NEW BRYOZOANS. 9

Position and locality : Tipper Coal Measures ; Lawrence and Le-
compton, Kan., and Kansas City, Mo. Type in author's collection.

This species is intermediate between P. suhmarginata Meek and
P. distincta Ulrich in several respects. From the former it differs in
the more elongate form of the fenestrules, the branches are subtri-
angular rather than subpentagonal in cross-section, the reverse side
bears a row of nodes, the arrangement of the apertures is quite regular.
From the latter it may be distinguished by the less elongate fenes-
trules and by the presence of nodes on the reverse side.

Some of the measurements agree well with those of P. crassa
Ulrich, but the apertures of that species are closer together, the
peristomes are complete, and the branches are wider.

ThainniscHs teiiniraniHS, n, sp. Plate II, figs. 5-5 a.

Zoarium a small frond, composed of slender branches, bifurcating
at intervals of about 4 mm. Angle of bifurcation between 40 deg. and
60 deg. Branches quite convex on the obverse side, less so on the re-
verse side ; 0.55 mm. wide and 0.45 mm. thick. Lateral margins of the
branches subangular ; also dentate, due to the lateral projection of the
marginal ranges of zoecia apertures. No dissepiments present. Zoe-
cia in four or five alternate ranges, these being the extremes between
the bifurcations. Apertures small, circular, about twice their diame-
ter apart, occupying the summits of transverse ridges, which increase
in height toward the margins of the branches. The transverse spaces
between the a^jertures are somewhat depressed, giving a pustulose ap-
pearance to the zoecia mouths. Eighteen apertures occur in a space
of 5 mm.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Kan.sas City, Mo.,
and Lawrence, Kan. Type in author's collection.

In some respects resembles T. divaricans Ulrich, from the Keokuk
group, but the transverse ridges of that species are more prominent
and the zoarium is much more robust. T. sevillensis Ulrich and T.
octoriarius Ulrich, from the Coal Measures, are quite distinct.

ACANTHOCLADIID.E Zittel.
Piunatopovd ittfriforiHiftora. n. sp. Plate II, figs. 6, 6a.
Zoarium a pinnate frond. Midrib slightly flexuous, 0.5 mm. wide,
giving off on each side seven lateral branches in a space of 5 mm.
Pinnpe rather short, two-thirds as wide as the branches, given off al-
ternately. Obverse face with a prominent flexuous carina, bearing a
row of very small nodes 0.4 mm. apart. Zoecia in two alternating
rows. Apertures small, elevated, pyriform, with small end pointing
towards the base of the frond, about twice their diameter apart,
eighteen in 5 mm. The apertures are arranged so that one is at the

10 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

smaller angle of the junction of the pinna with the branch and two in
the space between.

Position and locality: Upper Coal Measures; Argentine, Kan.
Type in author's collection.

Distinguished from all other species of the genus by the form of
the zoecial apertures.

Pimifffopora jttifojtoroHJea, n. sp. Plate III, fig. 1.

Description of reverse side : Zoarium a pinnate frond. Midrib
straight but slightly convex; surface apparently smooth, 0.45 mm.
wide. Branches rather slender, 0.25 mm. to 0.3 mm. wide, given off
alternately at an angle of about 65 deg., six in 5 mm.; total length of
branches unknown, the longest measuring 4 mm., not appreciably di-
minishing in thickness in this distance. Branches connected by non-
poriferous dissepiments. Fenestrules subquadrangular, about as wide
as the branches, length varying from 1 to 2.5 mm.

The obverse side of a specimen, probably of this species, has been
observed, but in such poor preservation as not to warrant a descrij)tion

Position and locality: Upi^er Coal Measures; Lawrence, Kan.
Tyi^e in author's collection.

Resembles P. intermedia Ulrich and P. simulairix Ulrich, from
the Waverly group, of Ohio, in having the lateral branches connected
by dissepiments, but has the branches nearer together. From the
latter it differs in having the midrib and the branches nearer equal in
width. As the general appearance of the zoarium is much like that
of Plnnatopora, it is referred to that genus.

I*hnu(topoi'(f iittilfijtora,- n. sp. Plate III, figs. 2, 2a.

Zoarium a rather large pinnate frond. Midrib straight, 0.5 mm.
wide, giving off on each side four branches in 5 mm. Pinnae long and
slender, about 0.3 mm. wide, given off subalternately, at an angle of
about 75 deg. Zoecia in two alternating rows. Apertures small, sub-
circular, about their diameter ajoart, seventeen in 5 mm. One aper-
ture occurs at the small angle of the pinnae with the midrib, and five
in the space between. Reverse face covered with fine longitudinal
striae and circular pores, with moderately well defined peristomes.
Obverse face not seen.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Eudora, Douglas
county, Kansas. Type in author's collection.

Of other species occurring in the Coal Measures, it most nearly re-
sembles jP. trilineata Meek, differing from it mainly in having five
apertures instead of two in the space between the apertures, occur-
ring at the junction of the pinnae with the midrib.

ROGERS : NEW BRYOZOANS. 11

Se2>fojKH'(i htf/rjtoroftf. n. sp. Plate III, figs. 3, 3r^

Zoarium a small pinnate frond. Midrib straight, rather slender,
0.6 mm. wide, with a prominent subangular median carina, bearing
small nodes stationed at distances of 0.3 to 0.4 mm. apart. Lateral
branches also carinate, about one-half as wide as the midrib, sepa-
rated by interspaces a little more than their width apart, almost op-
posite on the two sides, five in 5 mm.; whole surface covered with
obscure longitudinal strici?. Apertures rather large, slightly oval,
separated by a space about equal to their diameter, nineteen in 5
mm. Between the ajjertures are situated accessory pores, which are
circular, with their diameter about equal to one-third the length of the
ajoertures. Dissepiments short, with from two to six apertures. Re-
verse not seen.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures : Argentine, Kan.
Type in author's collection.

Ditfers from S. p inn at a Ulrich, which it resembles, in having the
lateral branches straighter and more regular. The accessory pores
are much more frequent, there almost always being one between two
successive apertures.

AcinitlKnIadia jn'intafa, n. sp. Plate III, figs. 4, 4«:/.

Zoarium a pinnate frond; total size unknown. Primary branch
O.G to 0.7 mm. wide, giving ofip on each side five branches in 5 mm.
Pinnae 0.5 mm. wide ; length unknown ; some are at least 5 mm. long.
Obverse face, with two alternating rows of zoecia apertures on the
midrib, the space between which is occupied by small nodes jilaced
at irregular intervals. There are three or four ranges of apertures on
the pinnae. Apertures small, oval, with moderate peristomes, a little
more than their diameter apart. Surface where not worn covered
with small granules and fine longitudinal, undulating striae. Reverse
not seen.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Kansas City, Mo.
Type in author's collection.

A. fruticosa Ulrich has oval-shaped apertures, arranged in deep
furrows, and a more robust zoarium.

HhoiiilHHhuUd , D. gen.

Zoaria dichotomously dividing stems, poriferous on one side only.
Stems compressed, without lateral branches. Zoecial tubes very long,
with thin walls. Arising near the reverse side, they are first recum-
bent, then curve upward and meet the poriferous surface at an angle
of about 60 deg., increasing in size and the walls becoming thicker at
the same time. Primitive portions of the zoecia elongate suloquadrate
in outline. Apertures subellipticai, with ridge-like interspaces, ar-
ranged in several alternate longitudinal ranges ; also in diagonally in-

12 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

tersecting series. The reverse surface is smooth. Mesopores and
hemisepta apparently absent.

The systematic position of this genus is somewhat in doubt. The
obverse side of the specimens closely resembles that of some species
of Rhonibopora, but the zoecial tubes and the form of the zoarium ar&
quite different from that genus. It is provisionally referred to the
Acanthocladiidpe.

li/toinhorff((Iia tlelictiUi, n. sp. Plate I, figs. 1-lcZ.

Zoarium a long, slender compressed stem, dividing dichotomously
at distant intervals. Stem subacutely elliptical in cross-section, 0.7
to 0.8 mm. wide and 0.4 mm. thick. Zoecia in about eight alternating
ranges, also arranged in regularly intersecting series. A^Dertures sub-
elliptical, with ridge-like interspaces, giving them the rhombic or
hexagonal appearance of the apertures of Rhombopora. Measuring
longitudinally, five apertures occur in a space of 2 mm., and four in
1 mm. measuring diagonally. Acanthopores of small size present at
the cell angles. Reverse side smooth. The primitive portions of
the zoecia are usually visible from this side. The specimens usually
adhere to the matrix on the obverse side.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Eudora and Law-
rence, Kan., and Kansas City, Mo. Type in author's collection.

Occurs in the lola limestone* (No. 98, Broadhead's Gen. Sect, of
the Coal Measure rocks of Missouri) at Kansas City, Mo., associated
with the following species: Cystodictya inequimarginata, n. sp.,
antea ; C. divisa, n. sp., antea ; Fenestella linibata Foerste ; F. remota
Foerste ; F. shu/nardl Prout; F. ovaiipora,n. sp., antea ; Polypora
subnnarginata Meek; Thaminiscus tenuivamus, n. sp., antea; and
Chainodiciyon laxum Foerste.

University of Kansas, Lawrence, January, 1900.
*Haworth and Kirk, this journal, vol. II, p. 109.

PLATE I.

*Fig. 1. — Rhombocladia delicata Rogers.

1. A specimen, natural size.
la. Cross-section of same, X5.
16. Horizontal section, X 27.

Ic. Vertical section, X 50. (This figure is upside down. It is an oblique

section, so that openings of the zoecial tubes are not shown.)
Id. Portion of reverse surface, X27.
Fig. 2. — Cystodictya inequimcirg inata Rogers.

2. Specimen, natural size.

2a. Transverse section of same, X^.
26. Portion of surface, X 27.
Fig. 3. — Strehlotrypa idrichi Rogers.

3. A specimen, natural size.
3a. Portion of stem, X 27.

Fig. i.—Fenestella hexagonalis Rogers.

4. Obverse side, X27. (The nodes are hardly prominent enough.)
4a. Reverse side, X27. (The nodes should cover all the elevated part

of the drawing.)
Fig. 5. — Fenestella dentata Rogers.

5. Obverse side, X27.

5a. Profile view of a branch, to show dentate appearance of carina, X 27.
Fig. 6. — Fenestella kansasensis Rogers.

6. Obverse side, X 27.

* When these figures were made, the obverse side of the species had not been seen ; conse-
quently uo drawings of it appear.

Kan. Univ. Qlar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE I.

,1 o O

Sy<J Pnnt,cc -I'l

PLATE II.

Fig. 1. — Fenestella ovatipora Rogers.

1. Obverse, X 27.

Fig. 2. — Fenestella missouriensis Rogers.

2. Obverse, X 27.

Fig. 3. — Polypora aspera Rogers.

3. Portion of zoarium, X6.

3a. Obverse face of portion of branch, X27.
Fig. 4. — Polypora flexuosa Rogers.

4. Obverse, X 27.

Fig. 5. — Thamniscus tenuiramus Rogers.

5. Specimen, natural size.
5a. Obverse face, X27.

Fig. 6. — Pinnatopora pyriformopora Rogers.

6. Specimen, natural size.
6a. Obverse face, X27.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE II.

3?

Syd Prent.c^ d<\

PLATE III.

Fig. 1. — Plnnatopora ptiloj^oroidea Rogers.

1. Reverse, X 10.

Fig. 2. — Pinnatox)ora tnultipora Rogers.

2. Speeimen, natural size.
2a. Horizontal section, X27.

Fig. 3. — Septojjora interpoi-ala Rogers.

3. Specimen, natural size.

3a. Obverse, X27. (The apertures are a little too far apart.)
Fig. 4. — Acanthocladia pinnata Rogers.

4. Specimen, natural size.
4a. Obverse, X 27.

Fig. 5. — Cystodictya divisa Rogers.

5. Specimen, natural size.

5a. Transverse section of several hemibranches, X'^'

56. Horizontal section, X 10-

5e. Vertical section, X27.

5c?. Non-poriferous surface of a hemibranch, X 27.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE III.

5r^ t^x

" J(S) i

.-m

if

ar

$fy;.:^'

, ^' r

•rt"

y6-€fe

zi:^

Svd PtfnT.cf J«<.

a-K.U.Qr. A-ix 1

PLATE IT.*

Fig. 1. — Streblotrypa striatopora Rogers.

1. Surface of a branch, X20. (The arrangement of the apertures is a

little too regular.)
Fig. 2. — Polypora elliptiea Rogers.

2. Portion of obverse, X 27.

Fig. 3. — Polypora triangularis Rogers.

3. Obverse surface of a branch, X 27. (Diagonal arrangement of the

apertures is not so marked.)
3a. Portion of the zoarium, X7.
36. Part of the reverse, X6.
3e. Cross-section of branch, enlarged.

Fig. 4. — Stenopora. spissa Rogers.

4. Zoarium, natural size.
4a. Surface, X27.

4&. Cross-section of branch, X13) showing the thickened zoecial walls.
Fig. 5. — Stenopora siyimdosa Rogers.

5. Surface, X 27.

*The drawings of this plate are semi-diagrammatic.

Kan. Umv. Qcar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE IV.

1 0-Jfi^^"!)" V

4a

TWO NEW CRINOIDS FROM THE KANSAS CARBONIFEROUS.

Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory No 53.

BY J. W. BEEDE.

With Plate V.

Seajjhiocj'iiius ? washburni, n. sp. Plate V, figs. 2, 2a.

/^1ALYX broadly obconical, somewhat wider than high, rather stout,
^^ and smooth. Infrabasals rather large, bent upward at outer end,
exterior outline pentagonal, plainly visible in the side view of the
calyx, well defined. Column large, circular, composed of alter-
nately thick and thin pieces, the outer half of the sutures radially
milled, the median canal of moderate size. Basals large, three hex-
agonal, and the posterior and right posterior ones heptagonal for the
reception of the anals ; the plates are nearly all equal, and the sutures
are placed in a shallow, rounded fur-row, which in branching at the
angles of the plates gives them a rounded appearance, so that the
plates appear subsemicircular in outline. The radials are the lar-
gest plates of the calyx, all pentagonal, all about equal, save the right
posterior, which is smaller than the rest ; the entire surface trun-
cated above, edge slightly beveled, wider than high, entire upper
surface faceted ; the transverse ridge is milled, the lateral corners of
the plates drawn in, apparently leaving a pore which connected with
the body cavity of the calyx ; there is a dorsal canal piercing the up-
per surface of the plates ; the inner edges of the plates are drawn in at
the center and extend in the form of a ridge to the canal. Costals
1 X 5, about half the size of the radials, pentagonal, line of articulation
with the radial gaping, lateral edges constricted and apparently not in
contact, about twice as wide as high. The first interradial is large
and situated well down in the cup. supported by the posterior basal
and the one at its right, on the sides by the special anal and the right
posterior radial, and supports another anal above it on its truncated
top. The special anal is moderately large and hexagonal, bounded on
the right by the two interradials, below by the truncated upper surface
of the posterior basal, on the left by the left posterior radial and the
space between it and the costal; it is about half within the calyx.
Above the first interradial is a second, somewhat smaller, pentagonal
plate which is about, or a little less than, half within the calyx. This

[21]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 1-Jan. '00.

22 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

plate, together with the special anal, supports the posterior portion of
the ventral sac (apparently two columns of plates), which seems to be
comjjosed of rather stout five- to seven-sided plates, with no, or very
small, pores at the angles; they have a botrioidal surface. At one
side and on the top of the sac there seems to be a madreporite plate
pierced by good-sized pores. The sac was apparently about the size
of the calyx, or perhaps the calyx and costals together. Arm plates
rounded on the exterior, not at all, or very slightly, wedge-shaped at
the base, and moderately stout. Pinnuhi? present and of moderately
good size.

Measurements. Height. Width.

Column 8 mm.

Infrabasals 3 mm. .5 "

Basals 10 " 11 "

Radials 8 " 14 " (right posterior smaller).

First interradial 8 " 9i "

Second interradial 5 " 6 "

Special anal 8 " 8 "

Costal 6 " 11 "

Calyx 17 " 28 "

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Topeka, Kan., from
the horizon of the Osage coal. Now in the collection of Washburn
College, in honor of which it is named.

The species seems to belong to the Poteriocrinoidea, though there
is some difficulty in locating it generically, as it seems to combine
some of the characters of several genera. It agrees with Homocrinus
in having a round dorsal canal piercing the first radials, but differs
from it in that it has pinnules, a robust calyx, and the entire top of
the radials truncated. According to the definition of Poteriocrinus,
the presence of the round dorsal canal in the radials removes it from
that genus, as would also the fact that the facets of the radials face
upwards rather than outwards. It differs from ScapJiiocrinus in
having a circular column, and the fact that the transverse ridge does
not occupy nearly the whole of the upper surface of the radials and
the brachials are not long. However, it agrees in other respects with
this genus bt^tter than any other, and it is provisionally referred to it.

Zeacrinus? robusius, n. sp. Plate V, figs. 1, la.

Calyx shallow, saucer- shaped or nearly flat, unsymmetrical, five or
six times as broad as high, deeply concave at the base ; plates tumid,
and the sutures are in depressions ; surface finely granular. Infra-
basals five, equal, half concealed by the column, deeply concave and
superior to the basals, forming a large elevation in the interior of the
cup, nearly one-fourth its entire width and fully one-half its height ;
column round, comi)osed of thin plates, which are carinated, and the

BEEDE : TWO NEW CRINOIDS. 23

sutures are crenulated ; the canal is round and small. Basals five,
large, tumid, three hexagonal and two heptagonal, unequal, situated
below the infrabasals and forming a large part of the real body cavity
of the cup. The three anterior basals are equal, about as broad as
high, very convex, the posterior one compressed laterally, superior
lateral edges longer than the others ; truncated side for the support of
interradial short, side next the radianal long ; the right posterior ba-
sal heptagonal very broad, left posterior side very long, side adjacent
for the reception of the radianal very short, the latter being situated
between the posterior basal and the right posterior radial. Radials
five, large, very moderately ascending, placed superior to the basals,
five- to seven-sided, quite massive, more than twice as large as the ba-
sals, convex, twice as wide as high, upper exterior portion much bev-
eled and concave ; plates separated at the corners and often along the
line of union ; at the upper union there seems to be an opening that
communicates with the calyx cavity between the arms ; right and left
l^osterior radials forced apart fully one-half the diameter of either by
the interradial and radianal ; the upper surface is faceted the entire
width of the plate, two external ridges present and milled; the re-
mainder of the surface is nearly flat or a little concave : the plane of
these surfaces is not horizontal but the inner side of each is higher
than the outside, so that if each were produced inward they would
form rather an obtuse cone ; the inner notch occupies about a third
of the ujDper surface of the plate. Radianal long, coffin-shaped, curv-
ing upward above, about twice as long as wide, pentagonal, side ad-
jacent to the right radial much the longer ; the superior side supports
an anal which is hexagonal, very thick, six-faceted above, touching
right radial for a short distance, one and one-half times as high as
wide, widest above, mostly without the calyx. Anal large, heptagonal,
very thick, one-third within the calyx, broadest above ; height one and
one- half times the width.

A iDortion of the vault of this specimen remains, somewhat crushed
down into the calyx. It appears to have been in the form of a pyra-
mid, about as broad as high, composed of rather heavy plates, which
were rather rough. It appears to have been rather angular, though
it may have been conical. Several rather irregular plates are pre-
served, three of which seem to be from around the aperture : they are
rather massive, five- or six-sided, nearly smooth on the exterior ; artic-
ular surfaces are deeply faceted and roughened, while the articular
surfaces of the other plates of the sac are milled.

Measurements. Height. Width.

Column segments 1 to U mm. 4^ mm.

Infrabasals 4 " 3 "

Three anterior basals 8 " 9

24

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Measurements.
Right posterior basal

Posterior basal

Radial

Radianal

Interradial

Anal

Calyx

Height.

Width.

9j mm.

11 mm

9 "

Ih "

9 "

19 "

8h "

4.^ "

Ih "

5 J "

8 "

U "

7 "

36 "

Position and locality : The specimen is labeled, "From the Upper
Coal Measures ; Kansas City." University of Kansas Museum.

It is impossible to locate the specimen generically with any degree
of certainty without more of the specimen preserved. The ventral
sac seems to have been angular and the stem round. For this rea-
son it is left with Zeacrimcs. The upper extremities of the radials
do not meet, but leave a small aperture, which seems to communicate
in life with the general body cavity. I know of no Coal Measures
crinoid with which it is likely to be confounded.

January, 1900.

o

>

t3

a
t)

W

X

•^

_>.

j:3

cj

_c

o

IS

J3

&

-i-i

«

X

13

«t-i

t<-.

«

O

0)

Qi

"rt

pq

'O

o

C

=« .S

«-i >

2

o O

o

CO

S

•5

.2 S
> 1

4J

%^

<s

O

'. s

a

_o

(M (M

o

■<

bjc be

73

g;

O

1— <

H

Co

P<H fe

S

o

cc

C

X

o O

O

^ be

W

oc

U cS

to .^

CS fe

^

03 a;

o

(h .^

5*

OT

1. i-

S

i-l T-H

!^

bJD bi

C

Cs

fe fe

SOME FISH TEETH FROM THE KANSAS CRETACEOUS.

Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory No. 54,

BY S. W. WILLISTON.
With Plates VI to XIV, inclusive.

'^^HE following aotes and descriptions of various pycnodont and
-^ selachian teeth from the Kan.sas Cretaceous are the result of an
endeavor to determine the material in the University Museum which
has accumulated in the last ten years, supplemented by a collection
kindly loaned me for study by Mr. T. W. Stanton, of the National
Museum. The material is by no means exhaustive, nor even sufficient
to settle several doubtful points, but I trust that, incomplete as it is,
it will be of service for a more thorough study in the future. As a
means to this end I have figured fully nearly everything that has been
examined.

"The specific determination of the detached teeth of sharks and
skates is little more than guesswork, and to decide upon their generic
relationships with any approach to certainty is also often very diffi-
cult."*

Nevertheless, because such detached teeth are so often found, and
connected series so very rarely, an attempt at their determination is
desirable. Fortunately, in the present collection there are several
forms represented by such complete specimens, that the positive ad-
dition they afford to the knowledge of the species and genera is very

welcome.

PYCNODONTID^.

The pycnodonts are a peculiar group of ganoid fishes, whose
remains have been found in the Jurassic, Cretaceous and Eocene
deposits of Europe, North America, Asia, and Australia. They are
all rather small fishes, very much flattened and oval in shape, covered
with rhomboidal scutes having close-lying spines, which give a ribbed
appearance. The united palatine and vomer of the upper jaws are
provided with five rows of round or oval, smooth-pavement teeth ; the
premaxillary with two or four chisel-like teeth. The dentaries below
have a like number of teeth, similar to those of the premaxillary,

* Woodward: Proe. Geol. Assn., XIII, 190.

[27J-K.lJ.Qr.— A ix 1-Jan. '00.

2S KAvsAs uyrrEBsiTY :/rA?.rz2^Ly.

~JLi^- - : : -ZzZ.ir ;r nxe pz-tts of pavement

teet- - : r.

Ccelodu^ brownii. Pla:e \T, fig. 1^.
Cixlodui hrournii Cope. JonrE. Acad- iXat. ScL Phil. IX, M7, pi. XX, f. 19.

A "-" ^^ - - - the left ! ~-T " -~ - r' vTiiTig two rows of teeth, the
-ner. T_ : ^^tis preserved, on the inner

row, neariy < - ^' ui len^in ^ srs teeth of the middle

row. ' - -^' ' . _ave the crow:_- ^:T:--rved. Cope's type had

onlv r . external rows, and none of the teeth had well-

preserved crowns. T.- reth Srrin. to corresxx)nd exactly in

size -^'r * - typres.

T' er side the ects as a rather broad trongh, with

. ^rently broader posteriorly than anteriorly. Its width

Lt-- -.- -^-^-: -^~- great as the width of the inner row of teeth. The
inner teeth are lai^e, their width eqnal to nearly half their length.
The snrface of the crowns is smooth and convex, more so antero-
posteriorly than transversely. The middle row has the teeth placed
a little obliqnely to the others, and the surface is more flattened trans-
versely in the middle. The axes of the crowns of the two rows are
placed at a distinct angle with each other.

Length of four teerb . :r::er rz— .36 mm.

Transverse diam.e:- row 17 "

Length of five te>r:_ . . - ; _ .31 "

Transverse diameter of crowns, middle row 12 "

Thickne^ of jaw, at middle row of teeth 22 "

Ti.e specimen was collected from the Kiowa shales near Belvldere,
by Mr. C. X. aould.

Cffloffiis sfn iif.oni. D. 5p. Plate VI, fig. 12: plate VIII, fig. 6.

A fragment of the right lower jaw, containing two perfect crowns
of the internal row, together with the bases of four teeth of the middle
row, evidently represents a species distinct from the previous one.
The teeth are much smaller in .size, more elongated and distinctly
kidney-shaped, the ends narrowed. The surface is smooth, strongly
convex antero-]x>steriorly, and gently so from side to side. The jaw is
much le.s5 robu.st than in the preceding species.

Transverse diameter of tooth, internal row 14 mm.

Antero- posterior diameter of same .5} '•

Length of four teeth, middle row 17 "

Transverse diameter of tooth, middle row 11 "

The middle teeth .seem to be larger in proportion to those of the
internal series than in the preceding .species. Kiowa shales.

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 29

Jlesodon abra^us.
Mesodon abrasus Cragin, Colorado College Studies, V, lS9i.

" This name is proposed for certain pycnodont teeth of low. rhom-
boidal form and feebly convex upper surface which occur in Xo. 3
of the Belvidere section, southwest of the Belvidere railroad station,
and seem to agree with the large mandibular teeth of Jfesodon. The
specific name refers to the occurrence in the tTi)e species of two
small, oblique facets produced at one end by attrition. The tr-pe has
a height (above root) of 3mm., a length of 13 mm., and a breadth of
•5 mm."

"To the vomerine set of the same species may belong the rotund.
oval or nearly hemispherical teeth of similar height but smaller size.
which occur not uncommonly at the same locality and horizon, the
largest now available example of which measures about 6 and 7 mm.
in major and minor horizontal diameters."

In the Xational Museum collection there are several teeth, occur-
ring singly, corresponding to the vomerine teeth described by Cragin.
That they belong with the other teeth there described is very doubt-
ful— indeed it is doubtful whether the other teeth belong with
Jlesodon, since it is impossible to locate the genus from single teeth.
It is not at all imix)ssible that the vomerine teeth are identical with
Cope's Jf. diastematicus . The larger teeth may be the same as those
of either the above-described species of Cijelodu^.

The largest of the specimens in the present collection measures
10 by ~ih mm. : several smaller examples have diameters of 6 and 5 mm.
( See plate XII, fig. 4. )

LEPEDOSTEID-E.
Lepidofii^t. sp.
In the National Museum collection there is a single exa:: : . : ?.
scute pertaining to some lepidotid fish (Xo. 1063, Kiowa shales).
Cope has described Jlac/tpUfius of this family from a stratum be-
tween the Upper and Lower Trinity Sands of Texas. It seems very
probable that the teeth referred to the vomer of Jfe^odon abra-^iis really

belong here.

MTLIOBATID-E.

Pfi/chodus agas:<iz.

Teeth with the crown more or less elevated and overhanging, orna-
mented with transverse or radiating ridges, and surrounded by a larger
or smaller, finely marked marginal area. Surface of the root smooth.

This genus of Upper Cretaceous selachians was for a long time
placed among the cestracionts. but recent discoveries of the nearly
complete dentition render it more probable that the proper location
is with the Mvliobatid:^?. The livinsr Mvliobatidi^. or sea-devils, are

30 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

broad, flat fishes, allied to the rays, with a disk-like body. Many at-
tain an enormous size, fifteen or twenty feet in length, and weigh a
thousand pounds or more. In some the pectoral fins take on almost
the character of limbs, and are said to be used in scooj^ing up their
food and transferring it to the mouth. The teeth are flat and pave-
ment-like, and are used for crushing crabs and shell-fish. They are
viviparous, and for the most part live in tropical or semitropical
waters.

The teeth in Ptychodus are not less than 500 in number ia each
jaw, at least in some species. They are arranged in parallel rows, de-
creasing in size from within outward, except that in the supposedly
upper jaws the median row is composed of small, low and smooth
teeth, very much unlike the immediately adjacent ones. In P. mor-
toiii there are eight rows on either side of this median row, or seven-
teen in all. The lateral teeth become more transversely elongated,
the surface markings less conspicuous, and the form more unsymmet-
rical. About fifteen species of the genus have so far been discovered,
all from the Upper Cretaceous. One or two species, including our
most common one, have been discovered in both Europe and North
America, and it is not improbable that the identity of yet others will
be established when they are better known. The teeth vary so much
in size and shape in the same individual that the identification from
single specimens is often impossible or a matter of great uncertainty.

rtyehodns inoitouL Plate VII; plate VIII, fig. 1: plate IX.

Pfyehnrhifi ?>ior<orr/ ( Mantel] ) Morton, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. VIII, 215,
pi. X, f. 7: Aga.ssiz, Poiss. Foss. Ill, 158, pi. XXV, ff. 1-3: Leidv, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1868, 205: Ext. Vert. Fauna, 295, pi. XVIII, ff. 1-11:
Cope, Cret. Vert. 291; Woodward, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. XLIII, 130;
Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 159; Proc. Geol. Assoc. XIII, 191, pi. V,
f. 4 — Alabama, Mississippi, Niobrara of Kansas, English Chalk.

This species is the most common one of this genus in the Kan.sas
Cretaceous, occurring only in the Niobrara beds, so far as I am aware ,^
and, for the most part at least, in the lower part of the beds. I have
before me at the present time two excellent series of teeth of this
species; one, including about eighty teeth, obtained from the estate
of the late Joseph Savage ; the other collected in the vicinity of
Castle Rock, in Trego county, by Prof. E. S. Rose — an exceedingly
interesting specimen, because most of the teeth are in place in the
matrix. A number of the teeth of the Savage specimen have been
arranged serially and photographed in plate VII. Of course the ar-
rangement is not the natural one, but the plate will show in an excel-
lent way many of the characters of the teeth better than they can be
described. In plates VIII and IX are given three views of portions
of the Rose specimen; that of plate VIII (fig. 1) shows a little more
than one-half of the upper view. One end (the left of the figure) has

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 31

been folded underneath obliquely. Thi.s folded end is shown in plate
IX, fig. 1. Figure 2 of the same plate gives a view of a transverse
series, as arranged from the loose teeth taken from the right end of
the specimen — the one that protruded from the chalk when discovered.
About 480 teeth, all told, were obtained, and doubtless not a few had
been lost before the specimen was discovered. The set is referred to
the upper jaw, on the supposition of Woodward that the small me-
dian teeth belong in this jaw.

Not a trace of osseous substance is preserved in the specimen.
The cartilage of the sharks' jaws is often preserved in a soft, calcified
condition, but it is evident that the material in which the teeth of
Ptychodus were lodged was of a more perishable nature, accounting
doubtless for the fact that Ptychodus teeth are so rarely found asso-
ciated.

The teeth of this species differ markedly from those of all other
known species in having the center of the crown raised into a conical
apex, the summit of which is crossed by a short transverse ridge from
which other diverging ridges run. In the smaller lateral teeth these
ridges become less well marked and occupy a relatively smaller space,
becoming almost obsolete in the fifth row. The marginal area is
formed of fine reticulations in many of the larger teeth, though in
most of these and in all the smaller teeth the markings are more like a
fine punctulation, clearly visible only with the aid of a lens, giving a
uniform, finely roughened apjDearance. The median upper row is
composed of low, flattened teeth, transversely oval or subquadrate in
shape, with a slight elevation in the middle, and finely roughened
throughout the whole coronal surface, there being only the slightest
trace of the divergent ridges on the summit of the elevation. This
does not quite agree with Woodward's description of these teeth, in
which he states that they are " not marked with the radiating ridges,
but exhibit a minute smooth eminence in the middle of the crown."
Possibly this effect is due to wear.

I*ff/c7iO(Ius poli/f/;/riis. Plate XI, fig. 9; plate X, fig. 14:.

Ptycliodus pnluqijriia (Ruckland) Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. Ill, 156, pi. XXV, fF.

'4-11, pi. XXV/^ ff. 21-23; Gibbes, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. I, 299, pi.

II, ff. 5, 6 : Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1868, p. 208 : Cope, Cret. Vert.

294; Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 143, pi. V, f. T^Senoniac,

Turonian of Europe, Rotten Limestone of Alabama, Niobrara of Kansas.
? Ptychodus latissimus Agassiz, 1. c, fig. 8: Dixon, Foss. Sussex, pi. XXX,

ff. 1, 2.

A single tooth of very large size from the lower beds of the Nio-
brara Cretaceous of the Smoky Hill river is referred to this species
provisionally. Until numerous specimens are examined there can be
no certainty of its correct location, though the resemblances are suffi-

32 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

ciently great to render the determination not improbable ; at least
with some of its varieties.

Pfl/cho€lus martini, n. sp. Plate X.

A large series of teeth, 110 in number, found together in the
Niobrara chalk of the Smoky Hill river, and collected by Mr. H. T.
Martin, cannot be indentified with any described species. I have
photographed them, arranged as symmetrically as possible, but with
no assurance that the arrangement is a natural one. In fact, it is
not improbable that the teeth belong to both upper and lower jaws.
The teeth apparently from the lower median row are much elongate
transversely, with a very flat crown, wherein they differ from the teeth
of other known species. The ridges are nine or ten in number, and
reach nearly to the lateral margin. In some of the teeth several of
the ridges form loops near the extremities. The marginal area of
granulations is small, and presents scarcely any distinct vermiculations.
The teeth of the lateral rows are less elongated than those of the
middle one, though still more so than is usual. The granulations
become rather more extensive in area proportionally in the small teeth,
as is the case with other species. A series ( left vertical row of the
plate) that may belong in the medio-lateral rows of the upper jaws are
more nearly square in shape, and the crown has a distinct, though low,
convexity extending over nearly its whole area. Antero-posteriorly
the surface is nearly flat, with a moderate convexity of the margin.
The surface posterior to the large grooves on the upper part shows
small, radiating and branched ridges.

The largest teeth measure 45 by 20 mm.; the ones more nearly
square, 35 by 25 mm.

Ptychodus (iiiomjmus. n. sp. Plate XI, figs. 5-8, 16-18, 20-22, 24.

Seven teeth of nearly uniform size, four of them united in the ma-
trix, from Walnut creek, Kansas, seem to belong to a species distinct
from any previously described (figs. 16-18). They are of about the
same size as those described as P. uiJiippleyi and jP. occidentalis, but
will be distinguished from the former by the more broadly conical
crowns. In the teeth of this size of P. ivhippleyi the crown is much
compressed, standing up, tooth-like; in the present specimens they are
nearly straight or gently concave from the apex to the rims. From
P. occideiitalls the species will be distinguished by the very distinctly
reticulate marginal areas, the transverse ridges not reaching to the
rims of the crown. Other specimens agreeing in these characters are
from the Niobrara. The horizon is probably Benton.

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 33

Pt}jcho(Jiis occidentalis. Plate XI, fig. 4; plate XII, fig. 13.

P/i/chodus ocridpnfal'S Leidv, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1868, p. 207; Ext.
Vert. Fauna West. Terr. 308, pi. XVII, ft". 7, 8, XVIII, flf. 15-18: Cope,
Cret. Vert. 24'1 — Niobrara, Benton of Kansas.

Two teeth, one from the same conglomerate that yielded the teeth

referred to P.janewayii, the other, without locality, from Mr. Joseph

Savage's collection, I refer to this species. The species differs from

the following in having the transverse ridges continued to the lateral

rims, and not separated by an area of fine reticulation. The anterior

surface has finer, elongated, nearly straight ridges and grooves in this

species, while in the others the markings are reticulate or vermicu-

late.

I'tt/chodus Jfuteirdijii. Plate XII, figs. 9, 10, 11.

Sporetndu^ ianeivayil Cope, Hayden's Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 2, 1874.

pi. XLVli.
Ptychodus janewaijii Cope, Cret. Vert. 214.

" Surface irregularly convex, covered with a dense layer, which
does not exhibit pores, and is thrown into transverse or oblique
ridges. Surface with four folds, which traverse it obliquely from
border to border. At the base of the outer, at one end, is a series of
adherent tubercles ; at the basis of that, at the opposite end, is a
broken fold, with tubercles at its outer base. Length 0.0045 m.,
width 0.0025 m. A portion of a larger and more central tooth has the
surface with an unsymmetrical convexity, and is crossed transversely
by five folds, from border to border." Cope, 1. c.

Three small teeth, shown enlarged in pi. XII, ff. 9-11, from the
conglomerate containing specimens of Corax curvatus, ap^Dear to be-
long to this species. The horizon of the conglomerate is near the
line of contact between the Dakota and Benton, in Ellsworth county.
Cope's type was from a bed of conglomerate containing Lamna and
O.ryrhina teeth of small size near Stockton. It is probable that the
horizon is the same in both.

Ptijchodiis trhippleiji. Plate XI, figs. 10-15.

Ptychodua ichlppleyi Marcou, Geol. North Amer. HH. .33, pi. IX, f. 4: Leidv,
Extinct Vert. Fauna, 300, pi. XVIII, ff. 19, 20: J. S. Newberry, Rep. Expl.
Exp. 147, pi. Ill, f. 2: Cope, Cret. Vert. 294 — Cretaceous, Texas (Marcou,
Leidy); Kansas, Arkansas Valley (Cope); Colorado, New Mexico.

Thirteen teeth from Dallas, Tex., and a number of others received
from Mr Frank Springer, collected in the vicinity of Las Vegas, in
New Mexico, agree well with the descriptions and figures of this
species, as given by Leidy. The same species has been referred to
the Niobrara chalk of the Arkansas valley by Cope. If his determi-
nation and locality are correct the species must be referred to the
Benton of Kansas, since the Niobrara does not occur in the Arkan-
sas valley. A single sj^ecimen from the Benton of Kansas in the

3— K.U.Qr. A— ix 1

34 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

museum, without definite locality, seems to agree pretty well with
the Texas specimens, but the specimen is an uncharacteristic one and
may pertain to some other species.

Some of the teeth referred to this species show a marked resem-
blance to those figured by Woodward (Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I,
pi. V, f. 2, P. rugosus), and by Dixon {P. altior Dix.)

The European species is described as having the sides of the
median elevation of the crown smooth, which is not the case with the
present species, the grooves continuing midway into the lateral
granulations.

Ttlichodns, sp. Plate XI, figs. 2, 3; plate XIII, fig. 53.

Four teeth of moderately large size, from the Benton Cretaceous,
of Salt creek, Russell county, and two others of smaller size, also
from the Benton, seem to belong to a species distinct from any hith-
erto known. The larger ones will be distinguished from those re-
ferred to the upper series of P. martini, which are of nearly the same
size and shape, by the smaller area of transverse ridges, and the much
larger area of marginal reticulations, which are coarser. The teeth are
more nearly square and the convexity of the crown is greater. The
two teeth of smaller size i^robably belong with the others. It is pos-
sible that some of these teeth may belong with P. polygyrus.

The other described species of this genus are the following :

Ptychodus mammilaris Agassiz. — Senonian, Turonian, and Ceno-
manian, Europe.

Ptychodus rugosus Dixon. — Senonian, England.

Ptychodus decurrens Agassiz. — Senonian, Turonian, and Ceno-
manian, Europe.

Ptychodus nadtistriatus Woodward. — Senonian and Turonian,
England.

Ptychodus latissimus Agassiz. — Turonian and Senonian, Europe.

Ptychodus papillosus Cope, Cret. Vert, 294. — Upper Cretaceous,
Colorado.

Ptychodus triangularis Reuss. — Upper Cretaceous, Bohemia.

Ptychodus levis Woodward. — Lower Chalk of England.

SCYLLIID^.

The family ScylliidciB comprises small sharks with sharp-pointed
cuspidate teeth, arranged in numerous series. The following genera
are given by Woodward (Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 838): Paleo-
scyllium Wagner, Lower Kimmeridgian of Bavaria; Scylliuni Cuvier,
Turonian and Senonian ; Pristiurus Bonaparte, Lower Kimmerid-
gian of Bavaria ; Mesiteia Kramb., Senonian and middle Eocene ;

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 35

Chiloscyllium Muller and Henle, Molasse; Crossorhinus Muller and
Henle, Gault; Oantioscylli H>n Woodw , Turonian ; G'mglymostoma
Miiller and Henle, Danaian, Eocene.

Numerous teeth from the Lower Cretaceous of Kansas seem in all
probability to belong in this family, and agree pretty well, though
rather large, with the teeth of Scyllluni, to which I refer them pro-
visionally.

Scj/lfiiim ruf/ostnit. n. sp. Plate VI, fig. 5.

Central cusp broad, pointed, nearly symmetrical, the cutting edges
nearly straight, one of them a little longer than the other and slightly
convex near the tip : a single pair of lateral denticles, which are nearly
eqnilaterally triangular in shape ; principal cusp with six or seven
strong ridges on the basal two-fifths ; denticles with four or five simi-
lar ridges reaching two-thirds of the way to the apex ; root narrow,
apparently not at all produced at the angles ; thinned and not at all
tumid.

Type No. 1949, U. S. National Museum, Greenleaf sandstone at
Greenleaf ranch.

Height of middle cusp 7 mm.

Width of same at base 4 "

Height of denticles 3 "

Width of same 2.2 "

Sri/llium plauideits, n. sp. Plate VI, fig. 7.

Central cusp broad, j)ointed, convex from .side to side, with sharp,
non-crenulate edges : lateral cusps sharply pointed, smooth, two in
number ; root thin, narrow, moderately produced below the posterior
denticle, smooth.

Height of median cusp 4 mm.

Width of same at base 3 "

Width of base of tooth G "

Height of denticles 1.] "

Type No. 1949, U. S. National Museum. From same horizon as
the preceding species.

I refer provisionally to this species numerous other specimens from
the same horizon and collection. They differ in the relative size of
the denticles, the more posterior direction of the main cu.sp, and the
size. One tooth seems to lack the anterior denticle, which is always
the smaller of the two ; its absence may be due to injury.

Sci/Uinin (Lainiia ?) f/r<t<f/fs. u. sp. Plate VI, fig. G.

Main cusp elongate, slender; inner surface smooth, gently convex
longitudinally, more so transversely, with sharp, smooth edges, the in-
terior edge nearly straight, the posterior somewhat concave ; denticles

36 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

of nearly equal size, small, slender, acute ; base narrow, prolonged
into a slender root at each extremity.

Height of tooth 9 mm.

Length of middle cusp 6 "

Width of same at base 3 "

Length of denticles 2 "

One specimen. No. 11)49, U. S. National Museum, with the pre-
ceding species.

LAMNID.E.

The Lamnidpe comprise the largest and most voracious of the
sharks, represented by a number of species in the oceans of the pres-
ent time. They are elongated fishes, the dorsal fin without spine;
there is no nictitating membrane to the eye, and the gill openings are
wide. The teeth are solid in the adult, and are 300 or more in num-
ber. The teeth are found very commonly in the Cretaceous deposits
of Kansas, as elsewhere, usually scattered singly, though occasionally
found more or less connected by the calcified cartilage of the jaws in
several rows. Owing to the great variation of size and shape of the
teeth in the same individual, it is often difficult or impossible to cor-
rectly determine the forms. Doctor Eastman has recently figured and
described the nearly complete dentition of Oxyrhina mantelli, the
most common species of the family in Kansas. Doubtless similar
variations will be found in the different siDecies of the other genera
of this family.

This genus difPers from Latnna only in the prevailing absence of
the lateral denticles of the teeth. The teeth are large. The genus
occurs from Jurassic to the present time.

O-iyihlna mantelli. Plate XIII, figs. 41-46; plate XIV, figs. 2-2m.

Oxijrhinn mrmtelU. (Geinitz) Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. III. 282, pi. XXXIII, ff.
i-5, 7-9 ; Eastman, Paleontographica, XLI, 149-192, pU. XVI-XVIII ( where
additional extensive synonymy will be found); Woodward, Proc. Geol.
Assoc. XIII, 196 — Cenomanian, Senonian and Turonian of Europe; Kan-
sas. Texas, New Jersey, Alabama, Colorado, etc.

Oxijrhina extenta Leidy, Ext. Vert. Fauna, 302, pi. XVIII, ff. 21-25.

"Moderate-sized, stout, three-cornered teeth; the crown on the
outer side nearly flat, with one or more vertical wrinkles; on the in-
ner side, lightly convex and smooth ; root long, thick, low, moder-
ately deeply furcate, usually obtuse at the ends, and on both sides
more or less flattened." Eastman, 1. c.

This species is very common in the Kansas Niobrara, in fact, the
most common of all, and not infrequently it is represented by many
associated teeth. From the plates, and from Eastman's figures, it will
be readily identified in all its forms.

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 87

Liunna.

Teeth, except some of the hindmost ones, with a narrow, com-
pressed, conical cusp, with one or two pairs of small, pointed denticles.

Some of the following species may belong to Odontaspis, which
can hardly be distinguished by the teeth alone, differing only in the
relatively less high and less subulated character of the anterior ones,
and in the usually larger size of the lateral denticles.

LaiHim (titiK'ndici(h(t((. Plate XIV, figs. 3-3c.

Otodus npppncHcuIafits: (Roemer) Agassiz. Poiss. Foss. Ill, 279, pi. XXXII,
ff. 1-25; Davis, Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soc. IV, 402, pi. XLI, ff. 1-11.

Lamnn appemdicidnfri Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I. .393:
Proc. Geol Assoc. XIII, 196 — Senoniau, Cenoraanian, Turonian( ?),Danian
of Europe, Niobrara of Kansas, and Greensand of New Jersey.

"Teeth robust, with a thick root, having a much flattened postero-
inferior face, the nutritive foramen not in a groove. Outer face
slightly convex or fiat, often with a few indefinite vertical folds on
the basal half; inner side of crown markedly convex, smooth ; cutting
edges prominent; a single pair of lateral denticles, broad, but pointed.
Anterior teeth narrow and upright ; lateral teeth much inclined back-
ward, the anterior teeth much more arcuate and longer than the pos-
terior ones." Woodward, I. c.

Several teeth from the Niobrara chalk agree sufficiently well with
the foregoing description, and especially with Woodward's figures, to
permit their allocation here. They are somewhat broader than the
specimens figured by Woodward. Two of the specimens differ mark-
edly from the others in having the base flatter and the roots much
less prolonged downward, the notch of the base shallower and shorter.
Another tooth from the base of the Benton, in the conglomerate con-
taining the specimens of Corax curvatus and Ptyc/iodus janewayii,
agrees well with these last specimens and apparently belongs to the
same species, if distinct. Their resemblance to Odontaspis kopin-
gensis Davis likewise cannot be denied, but the lateral denticles are
more triangular in shape.

Lannta sitlcafft. Plate VI, figs. 1-lb.

Otodufi sulcafus Geinitz, Char. Schicht. u. Petriffact. saechs-boohm Krei-
deb. Nacht 5, pi. IV, f. 2.

Otodm diraricatus Leidv, Ext. Vert. Fauna, 30.5, vol. XVIII, ff. 26-28 : Cope,
Cret. Vert. 295.

Lamnn fudcata Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 398 (where addi-
tional synonymy will be found); Proc. Geol. Assoc. XIII, p. 197 — Ceno-
manian and Turonian, England, France, Belgium, Saxony, Bohemia;
Senonian, England: Cretaceous, Texas, (Leidy); Jewell county, Kansas
(Cope); Mississippi (Cope).

"Teeth very robust, the crown sometimes attaining a height of
nearly 50 mm. Outer face of crown slightly convex, generally un-
even ; both the inner and the outer faces with more or less prominent

Sb KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

series of vertical wrinkles near the base, usually irregular. A single
pair of large, acuminate lateral denticles, slightly divergent, often
incompletely separated from the principal cone. Root with a con-
siderable inward prominence immediately below the base of the
crown." Woodward, 1. c.

"A name given to very large, robust teeth with vertically wrinkled
crown and slightly divergent acuminate lateral denticles. There
are specimens in the British Museum from undetermined horizons
in the chalk of Kent, Surrey, and Sussex." Woodward.

This species is unknown to me. Its occurrence in Kansas is given
on the authority of Cope. The horizon is evidently the Benton.

L,(fiiiiiff luudffei.

Lamna mudgei Cope, Cret. Vert. 207, pi. XII, ff. 11, 12 — Niobrara of Kansas,
Greensand of New Jersey.

" Indicated by three teeth from the Niobrara epoch of Kansas and
one from the Greensand No. 4, from New Jersey. These teeth are
rather stout, especially at the base, and the crown is not very elon-
gate. The root is excessively i^rotuberant, projecting horizontally
beyond the convex side, and flat or truncate below the protuberance.
The enamel is entirely smooth. Length, 14 mm."

This species is unknown to me, or unrecognizable from the
description and figures of the mutilated type specimens.

Ij(( lit H a in (fcroi'Ii izft .

La 'linn rnrwrorhiza Cope, Cret. Vert. 297, pi. XLII, ff. 9, 10; Woodward, Cat.
Foss. Fishes, Brit. Mus. I, .399 — Niobrara of Kansas, Albian of England,
Cenonian of S. E. Russia (Woodward).

"Teeth of small size, elevated though robust, the maximum total
height being about 25 mm. Outer coronal face flat, or nearly so, with
a faint median longitudinal elevation, and often a few folds at the
base ; inner coronal face very convex, smooth ; cutting edges sharp :
a single pair of relatively large, narrow, acuminate lateral denticles,
divergent, also often marked at the base by minute vertical folds ; root
with a prominent inward projection below the base of the crown ; nutri-
tive foramen in a groove."

The above description by Woodward is drawn from a European
specimen, while the type described and figured by Cope is from Ellis
county, Kansas, probably Niobrara. I do not know the species.

LainiKf (0(7ouf<(sj>is ?), sp. Plate XII, fig. 5.
A single tooth from the Lower Cretaceous ( Kiowa shales, Clark
county), resembles the figure of Odontaspis kopingensis Davis, as
figured by that author ( Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soc. IV, XXXVI, fP. 27, 28),
except that it is smaller and has the base rather more prominent, more
triangular, and more pointed. The tooth has also resemblance to

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS C^RETACEOUS. 39

Lamna appendiculata, but the denticles are stouter (comiDare Wood-
ward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. XIII, pi. VI, f. 26). Height of crown, 15
mm.; width of base, 18 mm.; width of base of crown, 9 mm.; distance
between points of denticles, 14 mm.

Lfinnid, sp. Plate XII, fig. 6.

A somewhat injured tooth, of larger size than the last, differs in
having a larger and stouter base, the inner projection in the middle
of the latter stouter and broader, and the lateral denticles smaller and
more obtuse. Height of tooth (approximately), 32 mm. ; width of base
of crown, 12 mm.; width of base of tooth, 25 mm.

One specimen, Ki^wa shales, Clark county.

La in n «i ([ n in 7 ncln ferttfis,

Lamna quhiquelaternlis Cragin, Colorado College Studies, V, 189.

"The specific name qriinquelateralis is applied to a species of
shark whose vertabraj ditfer from all others of which I have any
knowledge. The type vertebra is short, much broader than high,
shallow-cupped, and more or less sharply pentagonal ended.

"Measurements: Height, 20 mm.; length, 12 mm.; breadth, 12
mm. The two upper angles measure each about 130 deg.; either lat-
eral angles about 105 deg.; the lower angle is broad and rounded."

"Occurrence: A single vertebra of this form was found by the
writer at Belvidere, Kan., with the above-described remains of Ple-
siochelys, in the upper part of No. 4 of the Belvidere section."

Probably this vertebra belongs with one or the other of the above-
described teeth from these same deposits, but the correlation cannot
be made until the teeth and vertebrae are found associated, which

may be long hence.

Sr(fjt(tn orit t/ii cIi us.

Rhinognafhits Davis, Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soe. (2) III, 480.
Scopanorhijnchus Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 351, 1889.
/ Mitsukurinn Jordan, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Zool. I, 1898; Amer. Natur-
alist, XXXIV, 234.

The genus Scapanorhynchus, first proposed by Davis under a pre-
occupied name, has been more closelj' defined by Woodward. The
teeth themselves cannot in many cases be generically distinguished
from those of Odontaspis, under which name some were originally
described.

Recently Doctor Woodward* has identified a modern genus of
sharks, from the deep sea off Yokahama, Japan, with this supposedly
extinct type — Mitsiikurina Jordan.

Possibly the i:)ositive identification is premature, but there seems
to be no doubt of the close relationship of the two forms, at least.

* Am. Mas. Nat. Hist. Ill, 487 ( 1899).

40 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Scap<inovJtyncus rltaphiodon. Plate VIII, fig. i : plate XIV, fig. 5.

Lamnn (Odonfasp>s) rhaphiodoji Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. Ill, 296, pi,
XXXVIIa, ff. 12-16.

Scnpanorhi/ nchit\' rhap/iiodon Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I,
353 (where additional synonymy will be found); Proc. Geol. Assoc. XIII,
196 — Cenomanian, Russia andGalicia: Cenomanian and Turonian, France,
SiXony,and Bohemia: Cenomanian- Senonian, England: Upper Cretaceous,
S. India: Upper Cretaceous of Texas, Mississippi, New Jersey; Benton
Cretaceous of Kansas.

Lamnn fp.rann Roemer, Kreideb. von Texas, 29, pi. I, ff. 7; Leidy, Rep.
U. S. Geol. Surv. I, 301, pi. XVIII, ff. 46-50; Cope, Cret. Vert. 296.

Teeth of considerable size, slender, the anterior ones without lateral
denticles; inner coronal face conspicuously and finely striate.

A number of teeth before me from the Cretaceous of New Jersey and
one from the Benton Cretaceous of Kansas agree fairly well with the
figures given by Leidy of specimens from Mississippi, New Jersey,
and "from near the mouth of Vermilion creek, in Kansas,'" and which
agree with those from Texas called Lanina texana by Roemer.

The specimens agree so well with the European species, especially
as figured by Woodward (1. c, I have no European specimens for
comparison), that I think there cannot be much doubt of their iden-
tity, a conclusion suggested by Woodward.

The Kansas specimen described by Leidy was said to have been
obtained by Hayden from a "gray sandstone from near the mouth of
Vermilion river." The Vermilion in Kansas runs its whole length
through the Carboniferous in eastern Kansas ; nor do I think there is
any gray sandstone (necessarily Dakota Cretaceous) in the state
which will yield these teeth. In all probability the specimens did not
come from this state. However, a specimen in our collection agreeing
with the species was obtained in the state, and probably from the Ben-
ton, though possibly from either the Niobrara or Fort Pierre.

Coi'dx.

The genus Corax is confined wholly to the Cretaceous, and is known
from the teeth only. Its distinction from Galeocerdo, under which
name some of its species have been described, is based upon the solid-
ity of the teeth — those of Galeocerdo have a hollow cavity within.
The teeth are small, compressed, more or less triangular, with mar-
ginal serrations, though this character may be more or less wanting
in young individuals. They vary not a little in shape in the same
individual. In some the crown is nearly bilaterally symmetrical, but
they more usually have the crown directed more or less obliquely
backward, the anterior margin convex, the posterior more or less
straight and angulated.

Three species of the genus are known in England — Cfalcatus, C.
pristodontus, which is hardly distinct, and C. ajfinis. In addition, C.

WILLISTON : FISH TEETH FROM KANSAS CRETACEOUS. 41

antiquus Desl., C. incisits Egert., C. Iwvis Gieb. and C. pygmceus
Munst. have been described from Europe, and C. crassidens Cope and
C. hartvelli Cope from the United States.

Cor(i.t falcdtus.

Cora.v faJcatvs Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. Ill, 220. pi. XXVI, f. U. XXVI^/, ff.
1-15: Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. I, 42J: 'where additional
synonymy will be found); Proc. Geol. Assoc. XIII, 198. pi. VI, ff. 13-15.

Galeocerdo falcaius Leidy, Ext. Vert. Fauna West. Terr. ,301, pi. XVII,
ff. 29-42.

Cenomanian and Turonian, England, France, Switzerland, Saxony,
Bohemia, Galicia. Russia ; Senonian of England and France ; Creta-
ceous of Texas, New Jersey, Mississippi ; Niobrara of Kansas.

The very variable shape of the teeth referred to this species will be
seen in plate XIII, ff. 1-40. Possibly the specimens there figured
represent distinct species. C {Galeocerdo) crassidens Cope seems
to be represented by fig. 21, and C. ( Galeocerdo) hartvelli Cope (Cret.
Vert. 244) by fig. 23. Possibly this species also includes C. pristo-
dontus and C. lindstromi, both of which seem to be imperfectly dif-
ferentiated from C. falcaius at j)resent.

In plate XIV, ff. 1-1^, are shown a number of teeth pertaining to
a single individual and found associated with many others, by Mr.
Martin, in the Niobrara Cretaceous of the Smoky Hill valley. Iso-
lated teeth of this species are the most abundant of the selachian
teeth in the Niobrara of Kansas. Only in very few instances have
many teeth been found associated, so that it is yet imi^ossible to fully
understand the dentition. The species occurs rarely, if at all, in the
lower Niobrara horizons, where those of OxyrMna and Ptychodus are
the most abundant.

Cor<(.i- CHi'i-dta. n. sp. Plate XII, figs. 7, 8.

Two specimens from the same block which yielded those of Ptycho-
dus janewayii and Lamna, species, aritea, seem evidently specifically
distinct from the foregoing. These teeth, while not differing much,
in outline from certain ones referred to C. falcatus, show a marked
variance in structure. In C. falcatus the outer surface of the tooth
stands out but very slightly. In C. curvata the crown is attached to
the root very obliquely, so that when resting upon a plane the tooth
forms a high arch, touching only by the extreme tips of the roots
and crown. The inner surface, also, is very much more uneven and
convex, the crown separated from the root by a marked, narrow, trans-
verse ridge, which is scarcely indicated in the teeth of C. falcatus.
Altitude, 8 mm.: greatest width, 14 mm.; horizon, lower or lowermost
Benton of Ellsworth county.

42 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Leptostyrd.v, gen. nov. Plate VI, figs. 3, 15, 15a; plate VIII, fig. 7.

Leptosiyrccv hicusj^idatus, gen. et sp. nov.

Principal cusp long and slender, flattened upon the outer side, with
sharp, smooth edges and a median convexity in the middle of the
flattened surface ; for the most part convex longitudinally, gently
concave before the apex. Inner surface strongly convex from side to
side, concave on the lower half longitudinally, gently convex on the
upper part. A single denticle present, slender, flattened cylindrical,
with an anterior and posterior carina ; it arises below the base of the
main cusp, and is directed more outwards, its inner surface concave
longitudinally. Immediate base of crown of both main cusp and
denticle" with short ridges. Base of tooth short, truncate ( ? ) below
the main cusp, prolonged downward below the denticle. Length of
main cusp, 19 mm.; width of same at base, 5 mm.; length of denticle,
5 mm.; width of same at base, 2| mm.; height of tooth, 26 mm.; width
of base, 10 mm.

A small tooth of the same form found with this has a total length
of 14 mm. The base is deeply emarginate below, with two slender
roots; that below the denticle the longer. Mentor beds, 4i miles
southwest of Marquette, Kan.

U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 1979.

i^

PLATE VI.

Fig. 1, la, lb. — Lamna sulcata Geinitz, after Leidy, natural size.
Figs. 2, 2a. — Scapanorhynchus 7'haphiodon (texana) Agassiz, natural size^
after Leidy.

Fig. .3. — Lepfosty7^ax bicusjndatus Willist., from the side, natural size.
Fig. 6. — ScyUiuni {Lamna ?) gracilis Willist., enlarged.
Figs. 7, 8. — Scyllium planidens Willist., enlarged.
Fig. 5. — Scyllium I'ugosicm Willist., enlarged.
Figs. 9, 10. — Fragments of undetermined teeth from Kiowa shales.
Fig. 11. — Ciclodus stanto7ii Willist., imperfect right spleuial dentition, natural
size.

Fig. 12. — Crelodus hroivnii Cope, imperfect left splenial dentition, natural size.
Figs. 13, 13 «. — Amphibian atlas from Laramie Cretaceous.

Fig. 11. — Undetermined shark tooth {Coixix?) from Benton of Colorado, en-
larged.
Figs. 15, 15a. — Leptostyrax hicuspidatus Willist., natural size.
Middle figure of plate — Selachian vertebra {Cor ax ?) from Niobrara Cretaceous.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE VI.

PLATE VII.

Ptyehodus rnortoni Mantell, natural size.

Kan. Univ. Qlar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE VII.

PLATE VIII.

±12. 1. — F _^ . . : :^. : : ■ ' : I'lsmelL. ; ^ :

aerred in tie loatzix. four-seTentiis natnzal siz^
Figs. 2, i— ' . ; ' ' " " ' " :---

Fig. a— X _

F%. 5. — Oxifrhina manteRi Agas? - ;

Fi2- 6- — C ' ' ■ '--'-:

ioTer js.' -- - - -

Fig. 7. — L/epfjf^^rax biewspidcuw^ W_

Ka.v. JJyrr. Qcap... Vol. IX. S^rirE? A.

PLATE VIII.

4— ii.L.QT. A— is 1

PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. — Plychodus mortoni, end of superior dentition, continuous with left
end of fig. 1, plate VIII, but less reduced.

Fig. 2. — Ptychodus mortoni, a transverse series of teeth, arranged more loosely,
from near the right extremity of fig. 1, plate VIII, about two-thirds natural
size; the upper series belong one at each end of the lower series.

>

>1

PLATE X,

Ptyehodus martini Willist., three-fourths natural size;
ered disassociated.

the teeth were discov-

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE X.

PLAT|E XI.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Pfychodus, sp. indet.

Fig. 4. — Pfychodus occidentcdls Leidy, natural size.

Fig. 5-S. — Pfychodus anomymus Willist., natural size.

Fig. 9. — Pfychodus polygyi-us Buckl., a little enlarged.

Figs. 10-15. — Pfychodus whippleyi Marcou, nearly natural size.

Figs. 16-18, 20-22, 2i. — Pfychodus anonymus Willist., nearly natural size.

Figs. 19, 23, 25, 26, -21. — Pfychodus, spp.

Kan. U.niv. Qlar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XI.

♦

c

f

/3

19

^

^.^

2J

A

PLATE XII.

Figs. 1-3. — Undetermined lamnids from Kiowa shales, Lower Cretaceous, en-
larged one-half.

Fig. 4. — f Metiodon abrasus Cragin, enlarged one-half.

Figs. 5, 6. — Lnmna, sp., from Kiowa shales, enlarged one-half.

Figs. 7, 8. — Corax curvafus Willist., from without and within, enlarged nearly
two diameters.

Figs. 9-11. — .' Ptychochis janewayii Cope, enlarged.

Fig. 12. — LcDnna, sp., enlarged nearly two diameters. Kiowa shales.

Fig. 14. — Ptychodu^ x>oly gyrus, from the side, natural size (the same tooth
figured on plate XI, fig. 9).

Fig. 13. — Ptychodus occidentalis, enlarged nearly two diameters.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XII.

PLATE XIII.

Figs. 1-40. — Corax falcatus Agassiz, about nine-tenths natural size; isolated

teeth from many individuals.
Figs. 41-46, 50-52. — Oxyrhina mantelli Agassiz, nearly natural size.
Figs. 47-49. — Lamna aiDpendiculata Roemer, nearly natural size.
Fig. 53. — Ptj/choclus, sp., enlarged one-fourth.

LAN. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XIII.

f

^ Mk

i|m!a»?.-^

PLATE XIV.

Figs. 1-1/. — Corax falcatus Agassiz, from a single individual.
Figs. 2-2/. — Oxyrhlna mantelU, from a single individual.
Figs. 3-3r-. — Larana oppendiculata.
Figs. 4, o. — Scapanorhynchus rhaphiodon Agassiz.
Figs. 6, 7. — Oxyrhinci mantelli.
All six-sevenths natural size.

Ph

>

<y

NOTE ON THE PERMIAN FLORA OF KANSAS.

Contribution from Paleontological Laboratory No. 54.

BY E. H. SELLARDS.

"1~\URING the past year a very interesting and important plant
-*-^ horizon was discovered in the Permian (Marion* formation),
Dickinson county, Kansas, by Mr. Charles Sterling, of the University.
In October of the same year the author visited the locality and made
a careful collection. The plants are of great biological as well as
geological interest.

CalUpteris eoi^ferta Sterng. occurs very abundantly. C covferta,
var. ohliqua Goep. is the most common. Other forms occur which agree
closely with C. conferta lanceolata Weiss and C. conferta vulgaris
Weiss. Still other pinnae, differing from any yet figured, in having
a much more obtuse apex, a projjortionally smaller terminal pinnule,
and a flexuous rachis, seem to represent a new variety of this very
variable species. The largest specimen of the species in our collec-
tion is the middle portion of a frond, having a rachis (3 mm. wide,
with pinna? alternate, oblique, 2 cm. apart. The innnules are alter-
nate, contiguous almost to the apex, 8 to 11 mm. long, and stand out
obliquely from the rachis, curving back at the apex. Another speci-
men shows the terminal portion of the frond, with the characteristic
ajjpearance as figured by Weiss, f

The pinnules, seen from above, have a smooth coreaceous look, the
midvein and rachial vein showing as slight depre.ssions ; seen from be-
low they appear wrinkled, the midvein of the pinnule and the rachial
vein showing as sharp, thin elevations. Professor Weiss speaks of a
line running from the rachis of the pinna to the incision between the
pinnules. Our specimens show that this line is a vein going oft' from
the midvein of. the pinnule near or at its base, or from the rachis of
the pinna, and running obliquely to the incision between the pin-
nules. It is impossible to mistake the species, as it agrees in every
particular with Weiss's figures. The fronds are readily recognizable
by the form of the pinnules, the strong vein running to the incision
between them, and the decurrent pinnules attached to the penulti-
mate rachis between the ultimate pinnae.

*Chas. S. Prosser, Journal of Geology, vol. 3, p. 786.
tFossile Flora d. jungst. Stein, u. Roth, pis. VI and VII.

[63J— K.U.Qr.— A ix 1— Jan. '00.

04 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Some specimens belonging to the Tseniopteroid group of ferns are
of especial interest as showing what is, so far as I have been able to
learn, a new type of fructification among ferns. The fronds are all
simple, linear, 10 to 20 or more cm. long, strongly petiolate, and
have a TiBniopteroid venation. Two species are represented by both
sterile and fertile fronds. The sporangia, oval or slightly elongate,
are situated on the back of the frond, midway between the veins, ajD-
parently sessile, half immersed in the coaly epidermis of the frond.
When removed from the frond, their position is marked by a cu^d-
shaped depression. The sporangia on one species are about three-
fourths mm. apart, five or six between each two veins. On the other
species they are closer, about one-half mm. apart, sixteen to eighteen
between each two veins. On many of the sporangia a transverse slit
is seen across the top or slightly to one side, very similar to the slit
for the discharge of spores on many living ferns of the eusporangiate
type.

A very remarkable group of herbaceous ferns occur abundantly in
the collection. They are all small plants, 10 to 30 cm. high, with
pinnatifid or simply pinnate fronds. They comprise three species, and
by their form are referable to the family Alethopteridepe. They prob-
ably should be referred to a new genus.

Other genera present, so far as determined, are Neuropteris, Odon-
topteris, Pecopteris, Sphenoyteris, Sphenop>hylluin, and a fragment
of leaf belonging to the Cordaites group.

The geological range of Callipteris conferta has an interesting
bearing on the question of the age of the upjoermost paleozoic rocks
of Kansas. The species is characteristic of the middle and lower
Rothliegenden of Europe, but has not been found above the middle
of the Permian. It has also been found in the Permo-carboniferous
of West Virginia. The occurrence of this species near the top of the
Kansas strata together with Sphenophyllum, a genus that has not
been discovered above the middle of the Permian, makes it improba-
ble that the Kansas beds are younger than middle Permian. While,
on the other hand, the presence of Callipteris, a Permian genus, and
the number and variety of plants belonging to the Ta?niopteroid
group, as well as the general character of the flora, tends to confirm
the Permian age of the Kansas Upper Paleozoic.

The author is at present, and has been for some time, working on
the collection, and hopes in the near future to have more definite re-
sults and more satisfactory information in regard to this interesting
flora.

ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF COLLINEATIONS.

BY H. B. NEWSON.

1. Introduction. On page 137 of Reye's Geometrie der Lage
( Holgale's translation), is found the following pair of dualistic theo-
rems :

Two conies which lie in the same
plane and have one point S in common
are correlated projectively to each other
if those points of the curves are made
to correspond, which lie in a straight
line with S. Every common point of
the curves different from S is a self-
corresponding point. The point S is
likewise a self-corresponding point if
the curves have a common tangent in
this point, /. e., if they touch each other
at S.

Two conies which lie in the same
plane and have a common tangent s
are correlated projectively to each other
if those tangents to the two curves are
made to correspond, which intersect in
s. Every common tangent to the two
curves different from .s- is a .self-corre-
sponding line. The line .s itself is self-
corresponding only if the curves have a
common point of contact in s.

In vol. IV, page 2-43, of this journal. I deduced the converse of the
theorem on the right, and showed how by its use to construct the five
types of collineations in the plane. In the Annals of Mathematics,
vol. XI, page 148, Prof. Arnold Emch deduced both theorems from
the properties of the congruences (1, 3) and (3, 1) of lines in space.

The object of this paper is to construct the five types of collinea-
tions by means of the theorem on the left, and to develop the analo-
gous method for constructing the thirteen types of collineations in
space.

A. — Collineations in the Plane.

2. Construction by Means of Two Conics. Let there be given
two projectively related conics A' and Aj intersecting in a real point
S. By making use of the principle that corresjjonding points on K
and A^j are collinear with S, we can construct the line g^ correspond-
ing to any line g of the plane ; we can also construct the point /^j
corresponding to any given point P.

The line g cuts A' in Q and B: join Q and lito S : these joins cut
Ki in Qi and Ai corresponding i^oints to Q and R. The line joining
Qi and Ai is the line gi which corresponds to g. If a point P be
given, we find Pi by drawing two lines g and g' through A cutting K;
find by the above constructioai the corresponding lines gi and g\\
these intersect in Ai, the point which corresponds to A.

If the line g cuts K in a pair of imaginary points, the construction
of gi may be accomplished by choosing two points G and G' on g and
constructing their corresponding points Gi and G'l ; these new points

5— K.U.Qr. A— ix 1 [65]— K.U.Qr.-A is 1— Jan. '00.

m

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

determine </i. If ^ is tangent to K, (j\ will be tangent to K\ and the
two points of contact will be collinear with S. If the given line g
passes through S and cuts K in P and K\ in P\, the corresponding line
is found by joining P\ to S\ the point where the tangent to A" at S
cuts Ki.

Theorem 1. ^i collineation or projective transformation of the
plane can he completely constructed hy means of two conies K and
K\ intersecting in S.

3. Invariant Points and Lines. The conies /rand lu intersect
in S and generally in three other points A, B, C. Since any line

NEWSON : ON THE CONSTRUCTION' OF COLLIXEATIONS. 67

through 6' cuts A' and A'l m a pair of corresponding points, it follows
that A, B, and C are self-corresponding or invariant points on A' and
K\. In other words A, B, and Care invariant points and the lints
AB, BC, and CA are self-corresponding or invariant lines of the col-
lineation. Hence in the most general case a projective transforma-
tion of the i^lane leaves invariant the vertices and sides of a triangle.

The three points A, B, and C are either all real or one is real and
two are conjugate imaginary; for the real conies A' and I\\ intersect
either in four real points, in two real and two conjugate imaginary
points, or in two pairs of conjugate imaginary points. Since S is
real. A, B, and C are either all real or one is real and tvro conjugate
imaginary.

Theorem 2. ^1 real eollineation in its most general form leaves a
triangle i7ivariant which is real in all of its parts or has one real
and two conjugate imaginary vertices.

4. Five Types of Collineations. The five well-known ty]3es of
collineations in the plane are obtained by taking the tw'o conies K
and K\ in different special relations to each other. Thus when the
two conies A'and K\ of the above construction intersect in four points
we have what is called type I. This type has two sub-types, hyper-
bolic and elliptic, according as the invariant triangle is real in all its
parts or partly real and partly conjugate imaginary.

If the two conies have contact of the first order, as for example
when A and B coincide, the transformation is said to be of type II.
If the two conies intersect at S and have contact of the second order
at a point A, the invariant figure is a lineal element A\, and the trans-
formation is said to be of type III.

If the conies A" and K\ have contact of the first order at S. then.
the common tangent to A" and K\ at xS is an invariant line; also the
lines joining S to the other two points of intersection are invariant lines
of the eollineation. Thus we have three invariant lines through 6"
and one invariant line not through S. The transformation of this
type is a perspective eollineation wath its vertex at S and its axis
through the other two points of intersection of A' and A", ; it is said
to be of type IV. If A and K^ have contact of second or third order
at S, the eollineation is still perspective but with its vertex on its
axis ; it is said to be tyi^e V.

Theorem 3, The construction of a eollineation hy means of two
conies K and Ky gives rise to five distinct types of collineations, ac-
cording to the mutual position of the two conies.

5. CO- Coxsteuctions of the Same Collineation. Any given
eollineation Tcan be constructed in x- ditferent ways, as w^e proceed
to show. There are co "^ conies passing through the three invariant

68 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

points A, B, C From these co - conies one can formco^ pairs of
conies ; out of these co ^ pairs of conies x) '^- pairs will give rise to the
same coUineation. For let us choose any conic L passing through
A, B, C. The transformation ^constructed by A' and A\ transforms
L into Zj, intersecting L in A, B, C, and V. The course of reason-
ing used above shows that corresponding j^oints on L and L^ are col-
linear with V. Hence the two conies L and Z^, may be used to
construct the collineation Tin the same way that K, K^, and S were
used. It is evident that to each of the oo ■■■' conies through A, B, and
C there is a corresponding conic, and hence there are oo - different
constructions of the same transformation T.

Theorem 4. A collineation T can he constructed hy means of a
pair of intersecting conies in oo- different ivays.

(3. Collineation Constructed by Means of Two Circles. The
collineation constructed by means of two intersecting circles A'and K\
is an interesting special case. Without giving the proofs I shall
state only the results, leaving the reader to work out the details.
This special collineation transforms angles into equal angles and
parallel lines into parallel lines ; it also increases or diminishes all
areas by a constant ratio, which is equal to the ratio of the radii of
the tw^o circles. In case the circles are of equal radii the collineation
is equivalent to a rigid motion of the plane into itself.

B. — Collineations in vSpace.

7. Two Intersecting Space Cubics. Let us suppose that a given
collineation in space transforms a point ,6' into xSi and *S'] into S-i. The
bundle of rays through -S' is transformed into the bundle through aS'i.
The two bundles iS) and {Si) are protectively related and hence
(Reye's Geometrie der Lage, Zweite Abtheilung, S. 87.) the locus of
intersection of those corresponding rays which do intersect is a twisted
cubic C passing through both S and S\. In like manner the original
bundle through S\ is transformed into the bundle through .SV, and the
corresponding intersecting rays generate a second cubic Ci passing
through 'S'l and S-i. Since the bundles through xS and *S'i are trans-
formed into the bundles through S\ and Si respectively, it follows that
the cubic 6' is transformed into the cubic C\.

The line SSi is a common ray of the two bundles through xS'and S\\
considered as a ray of the bundle through -S it is transformed into the
tangent to Cat -S'l; l)ut considered as a ray of the bundle through *S'i
it is transformed into the line SiS.,. Hence the tangent to Cat Si
intersects Ci, and S-i is this point of intersection.

Consider a point P on C and its corresponding point Pi on C\.
The lines A'Z* and SiP Q.xe corresponding lines in the two bundles
through 6" and Si, since they meet on C. But N is transformed into

NEWSON : ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF COLLINEATIONS. fiU

Si and P into J\; hence the line SJ^ is transformed into <S'iiA.
Therefore SiP and Si Pi must coincide, since they each correspond to
SP. Hence P and Pi, corresponding points on the two cubics C and
Ci, are coUinear with Si. From this it is evident that the two cubics
C and Ci lie on the same quadric cone with vertex at Si.

Theorem 5. A collineation I' in space which transforms a point
S into Si and Si into Si transforms the cubic C into Ci; C and Ci
intersect in Si and lie on the same quadric cone with vertex at Si;
a pair of corresponding points on C and Ci are coUinear with Si.

8. CONSTRUCTIOK OF A COLLINEATION BY MeANS OF C AND C,. By

making use of this last tlieoi'em we can construct the plane pi corre-
sponding to any given plane p. The plane /) cuts C in three points
P, P', P" : join these three points to .Vj : these joins cut C^ in P^,
P\, P" I, corresponding points to P, P' , P" . Pass a plane through
i^j, P\, P\ and this is /Jj, the plane which corresponds io p.

To construct the line g^ corresponding to any given line g in
space, pass two planes through g and by the above method construct
their corresponding planes; these intersect in g\ the required line.
To construct the point Pi corresponding to any given point P in
space, pass three planes through P and construct their corresponding
planes; these new planes intersect in Pi.

If a plane p cuts C in one real and two conjugate imaginary points,
only the point corresponding to the real point of intersection can be
constructed. In this case we can choose two other real points in p
and construct their corresponding points ; thus pi is determined.

If the plane p is tangent to G, the corresponding plane jfi will be
tangent to C\ and the two points of contact will be coUinear with Si.
If the given plane passes through 'S'l and cuts C in P and P\ the cor-
resi^onding plane pn will i)ass through P\ and P'l and the point where
the tangent to C at S\ cuts C\, i. e., at S-i.

Theorem 6. A projective tranfovmation of space can he completely
constructed hy means of two cubics C and Ci i?itersecting in a point
Si and lying on the same quadric cone with vertex at Si.

9. Invariant Points, Lines, and Planes. Two cubics C and C'l
lying on the same cone A' intersect at its vertex and generally in four
other points A, B, C. D. This may be shown as follows : Two twisted
quartics on the same surface F of the second order intersect in eight
points. When /^degenerates into a cone, each quartic degenerates
into a cubic and an element of the cone. The vertex of the cone is a
double point on each degenerate quartic and hence counts for two in-
tersections. The points in which the elements belonging to each
cubic intersect the other cubic count for two more points of intersec-

70 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

tion of the quartics ; thus we have left four i^oints of intersection of
the two cubics.

Since any element of the cone Aleuts C and C\ in a pair of corre-
sponding points, it follows that A, B, C, D are self-corresponding or
invariant points of the coUineation. In the general case these four
points form a tetrahedron. It is at once evident that the four faces
of the tetrahedron are invariant planes and the six edges are invariant
lines of the collinealion.

Theorem 7. ^i collineatton T constructed l)y means of two cubics
C and C\ leaves invariant in the general case the vertices, faces and
edges of a tetrahedron.

10. The Five Primary Types of Collineations. There are
thirteen types of collineations in space, each characterized by its in-
variant figure. When the two cubics C and Cj intersect in four dis-
tinct points, the coUineation T constructed as above is of type I.
If two points of intersection of the cubics C and C^ coincide but not
at the vertex of the cone, the coUineation is of type II. If the four
points of intersection A, B, C, D coincide two and tw^o, the coUinea-
tion is of type III. If three of the four points of intersection coin-
cide, the coUineation is of type IV. If all four points of intersection
coincide, the transformation is of type V. These constitute what are
called the five primary types of collineations in space.

11. If one of the four points of intersection of C and C^^ coincides
with S^ , the vertex of the cone, the common tangent to C and C^ at
8^ is an invariant line of the coUineation. The lines joining S^ to
the three remaining points of intersection B, C, D are likewise inva-
riant lines; thus there are four invariant lines through ^S^, and
therefore all lines through S^ are invariant lines of the transforma-
tion. All points of the plane B, C, D are also invariant points of the
transformation; hence our transformation Tin this case is of type
VI. In case two of the four points A. B, C, I) coincide at S^ so that
the plane of invariant points passes through S, we have a coUineation
of type VII. These two cases are both perspective collineations.

12. The Six Remaining Secondary Types. The cone ICon which
the cubics C and C^ lie may degenerate into two intersecting planes.
The two cubics in this ease each degenerate into a conic and a line I,
respectively ^i, not in the plane of the conic, meeting the conic in a
single point. The two conies lie in the same plane and generally in-
tersect in four jDoints SABC. The two lines I and U coincide
throughout and pass through one of the i^oints of intersection, say A,
of the two conies.

The coUineation constructed by means of these two degenerate

NEWSON: ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF COLLINEATIONS. 71

cables leaves invariant all points on the line Ih and the triangle
ABC. Such a collineation is of type YIII. If B and 6' coincide
the collineation is of type IX. If ^ and ^ or ^ and 6' coincide the
collineation is of type XI. If A with Ih through it coincides with .Vi
tlie collineation is of type X. If A, B, and 6'all coincide the colline-
ation is of type XIII. If A and B both coincide with ^ the colline-
ation is of type XII. In each of these types the invariant figure has
at least one line of invariant points.

Theorem 8. The method of constructing a collineation in space hy
means of two twisted cubics lying on the same cone gives rise to all
of the thirteen knovm tyjyes of such collineations .

13. Qo ■' Different Constructions of the Same Collineation.
The construction of a given collineation Thy means of the two cubics
6^ and Ci is evidently not unique. The vertex ,S'i of the cone on which
the cubics lie may be any point in space. For each point in space
there is a different pair of cubics by means of which a transformation
Tcan be constructed ; in other words there are in the general case
3c -^ different constructions of the same transformation T

14. Collineations with the Same Invariant Tetrahedron.
Passing through the five points AB CBS there are oo"-' cubics; for a
cubic is determined by six points and each point counts as a double
condition. There are oo i cones of second order with vertex at Si and
passing through A BCD. On each cone there are co i of the cubics
through the five points ; hence on each cone there are x - pairs of cu-
bics, each pair giving rise to a different collineation with the same
invariant tetrahedron ABCU. Since there are oo i such cones, there
are y.'^ collineations which have the same invariant tetrahedron.

THE SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDIDjE.

BY C. E. M'CLUNG.
With Plates xv, xvi, xvii.

/^WING to the importance of the question with regard tothemech-
^-^ anism of heredity, the manner in which the chromatin is sepa-
rated in the two rapidly succeeding spermatocyte divisions has
attracted much attention. In the consideration of this problem,
materials derived from Ascaris megalocephala, diiferent species of
Copepods and several genera of insects have been largely used. The
results thus obtained are of a widely difTerent character; indeed, all
the possibilities of the jDrocess appear to have been exhausted in the
explanations of different observers.

Fundamentally, the question involved might be stated somewhat
in this form : Given a rod ; derive from it by direct division four ap-
proximately equal rods. Obviously this might be accomplished by
splitting the rod twice longitudinally in planes at right angles to each
other, by cutting it across in three places, or by sjolitting it once lon-
gitudinally and tlien halving each of the resulting pieces by a
cross-division.

The problem of securing from the spireme thread of the sper-
matocytes the quadripartite chromosomes which enter into the
subsequent divisions has, in fact, thus been solved by different in-
vestigators. The work of these scientists is now so well known that
it is hardly necessary to review it here, but in order to make a con-
sideration of the c^uestion more convenient, I will briefly advert to
typical cases.

The simplest method, that of two longitudinal divisions, finds its
exponent in Brauer, who reached his conclusions from a study of the
spermatogenesis of Ascaris megalocephala. In this animal, it is as-
serted that the spireme thread divides by cleavage at right angles to
its length, into a number of segments equal to that of the subsequent
chromosomes. Each of these segments, then, by two divisions par-
allel to the length of the original thread, sjjlits into four rods, which
remain bound together by linin fibers. The two divisions of the
[spermatocytes then distribute these to the four resulting spermatids.
This conclusion, although apparently well substantiaied, remains an
dmost isolated exainple, and, owing to the fact that the composition
jf the chromosomes in the sexual cells of this worm is so anomalous, it

[73]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 1-Jan. '00.

74 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

seems to me that any results derived from a study of this object should
not be accepted unless well supported by similar appearances in other
animals.

The other possilnlities are such as have found expression from in-
vestigations upon insect material and that of other Arthropods. Wil-
cox, from a study of the genera Melanoplus and Cicada, becomes an
advocate of the formation of the tetrads by the second possibility, i. e.,
by repeated cross-divisions. As in thecase of Ascaris, there is little
to support this view in the appearances found in other objects.

The remaining explanation, according to which the tetrad is formed
by one longitudinal and one cross-division, is advocated by Henking,
vom Rath, and Hacker, and more recently by Paulmier and Mont-
gomery. These authors are all in agreement upon the question of
the two forms of division, but are in dispute as to whether the longi-
tudinal or the cross-division is first to occur.

It is the purpose of the jjresent paper to contribute to the existing
observations upon these disputed subjects and to offer some explana-
tions suggested by the study of Orthopteran spermatogene.sis, as mani-
fested in the Acridid?^. The principal object of study has been
Hippiscus plujcnicopteriis, but the facts observed in this form have
been verified by examination of numerous other genera, so that what
is here given may, I think, be considered typical for the family.

I. — MATERIALS AND METHODS.

The first specimens of Hlppiscus were captured early in the spring.
These were either adults, or nymphs in the final period of their trans-
formation, which had wintered over in this stage. The condition of
the testes in the two forms was essentially the same. In the follicles
of the first individuals taken most of the cells were in the prophases
of the first spermatocyte division, and had evidently endured the
winter in this condition, for, after a few days of warm weather, large
numbers of the cells were observed passing through the later stages
of division. The continuance of the spireme during the hibernation
of the animal was further confirmed by observations upon nymphs of
the second moult taken in the fall. Here a great portion of each fol-
licle was found to be filled with cells established in the spireme stage.

I cannot refrain from calling attention to the very excellent char-
acter of the material conveniently offered by this widely distributed
insect for the study of spermatogenesis. The cells are even larger
than those of the Amphi'uina testis and are much more favorable for
observation on account of the smaller size of the organ and lesser
number of nuclear elements.

For fixing the tissue, a variety of agents was employed, but all
were finally discarded in favor of the osmic acid mixtures of Hermann

M CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 75

and Flemming. Gilson's aceto-nitric-sublimate fluid, liowever. gave
very satisfactory results.

For staining, Heidenhain's iron-luvniatoxylin method was largely
and most satisfactorily employed. This was supplemented by the use
of Flemming's triple stain, which is very valuable for indicating the
chemical condition of the cellular elements during division.

II. — NOMENCLATURE.

In order to avoid misunderstandings concerning the different steps
in the process of spermatogenesis, I will briefly outline the nomencla-
ture that I employ. This, as will be observed, is the one proposed by
la Valette St. George. According to it, the cells arising from the pri-
mordial germ cells are designated as spermatogonia up to the time
when they cease dividing for a period and undergo a considerable in-
crease in size. The exact period at which the cells of this generation
pass over into the next is marked by the reconstruction of the
daughter cells of the last division, during which the spermatogonia!
chromosomes are diffused into material for the formation of the .sper-
matocyte spireme.

This is a clearly indicated change in the material that I have
studied, for the following reasons: (1) There is a marked difference
in the staining reaction of the spermatogonia and that of the other
cell generations, both in the resting condition and during division.
This consists in a stronger general affinity for the coloring matters as
manifested by all the cell elements, so that the region ot" the testis
occupied by these cells presents a deeper coloration than other por-
tions. (2) The cells, because of the rapidity with which they divide,
are smaller than those of the succeeding cell generations, and the
nuclei occupy a relatively larger area. (3) The number of chromo-
somes* is the same as that of the body cells, and during division the
elements are rod-shaped and split in elongated halves. (4) The
spindle is shorter and its outline broader than that of the spermato-
cyte division figures. (5) The centrosomes are often more clearly
distinguishable during the spermatogonia! division than they are in
later ones.

Immediately after the last spermatogonial division the cells cease
to divide, and, during a considerable length of time, merely increase
in size. These cells are the spermatocytes. In Hippiscus, the cells
of the testis pass through the winter in the pi'cjphases of this stage.
Early in the spring they commence to divide vigorously, and in the
division figures the number of chromosomes is but half that of the
spermatogonia. The spermatocytes which have quadripartite chronio-

*The material derived from irii>))i.ic'ix is not suited to the determination of numerical ratios,
owing to the large size and loose distribution of the elements. I therefore accept the authority
of other investigators, pending the search for a favorable object.

76 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

somes, and which, therefore, are the earliest to divide, are called the
"first spermatocytes." Those having diad chromosomes in the meta-
phase are denominated "second spermatocytes.'' By the division of
these the spermatids are formed. There is no resting condition of
the cells between the two divisions of the speripatocytes.

When the two spermatocyte divisions are completed, the end of
cell division is reached, and the subsequent changes undergone by
the cells are merely transformations. These changes are experienced
by the spermatids, and, at the completion of their metamorphosis,
they become spermatozoa, the mature elements of the male sexual
organs.

Regarding the stages of the division processes, I recognize four,
depending upon the condition of the chromatin. These are (1) the
prophase, during which the chromatin takes on the form of a thread
and then divides by cross-division into a number of segments called
chromosomes. This stage terminates and (2) the metaphase begins
when the chromosomes become arranged in the equatorial plate. The
metaphase witnesses but a single change in the chromatin, the sepa-
ration of the halves of the chromosomes. As soon as this is com-
pleted and the daughter groups of chromosomes commence their
movement towards the two poles it is ended, and the succeeding stage,
(3) the anaphase, is inaugurated. This comprises all the movements
of the chromosomes from their position in the equatorial plate until
they are grouped at the two poles of the spindle; here it ends, and
the final stage, (4) the telophase, commences. These terminal
changes, included under the telophase, consist usually in a loss of
the identity of the chromosomes, the arrangement of the resulting
chromatin in a nuclear vesicle such as is characteristic of the resting
cell, and the separation of the halves of the mother cell by the growth
of a cell wall. This cycle of changes terminates and the next one
commences when the chromatin of the daughter cells leaves the dif-
fuse condition and inaugurates the formation of a spireme.

In the spermatocytes, of course, there is no resting condition be-
tween the divisions, and therefore no reconstruction of the nuclei, so
that the termination of one cycle and the commencement of another
is marked, principally, by the growth of a cell wall between the di-
asters. Applying this method of designating stages in the process of
cell division to the cells of the, insect testis, we would mark the end of
the spermatogonial divisions by the changes which result in the re-
construction of the nuclei and the formation of cell walls between the
last cells that divide with the somatic number of chromosomes in the
mitoses. The prophases which succeed this division belong to the
spermatocytes and have nothing further to do with the spermatogonia.
I am thus explicit in stating my position on this point because Mont-

M'cLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE AC'RIDID.E. 77

gomery,in his late paper upon the spermatogenesis of Pentatoma (8),
commences his consideration of the spermatocytes with the anaphases
of the spermatogonia. To the treatment of this part of the subject
by Montgomery I shall have occasion to refer later.

It will be noticed that I make no reference to the so-called "synap-
sis" stage. It is thus slighted because I have good reasons to regard
it merely as an accident in the process of preparation and not as a
normal condition of the nuclear elements. At least such is the case
in the testicular cells of the Orthoptera.

As stated in a previous paper (23), I agree with Montgomery that
the designation "chromosome" should not be applied indiscriminately
to all chromatic elements that occur in the cell. It is obviously very
confusing to have one author denominate a tetrad a chromosome, and
to have another apply the same term to each of the elements compos-
ing the aggregate. According to the above-mentioned author, the
chromosome is a unit prepared for separation in the equatorial plate,
and it is to units occupying this position in the cell that the term
should be applied, regardless of what they have been or what they are
to become. I am much in sympathy with the endeavor to have the
term "chromosome" apply to but one clearly defined cell element.

Since, however, the chromosomes are bodies designed to be sepa-
rated by metakinesis, which do not acquire their full development
until the metaphase is reached, I do not hold their origin in the
prophases so essential in their determination as does Montgomery.
This would be a matter of little moment were it not for the accessory
chromosome that occurs in insect reproductive cells. This element,
which I consider as much a chromosome as any of the others that come
t(j lie in the equatorial plate, never loses its identity in the prophases
as do the others, and so cannot be traced back to an origin from the
s[)ireme of that cell, as becomes necessary according to Montgomery's
definition.

While subscribing, therefore, to the definition proposed by tliis in-
\ tstigator, in so far as it concerns the unity of the element in ques-
tion, I differ from him with regard to the importance that must be
attached to the preliminary stages of the formation. It is, of course.
iiiil)OSsible to make a definition that will stand accurately for all cases.
•specially where the knowledge is so scant as it is in the present in-
stfince, but for convenience of description it is almost necessary to
linve some definite statement regarding the views of a writer. I shall.
oil that account, endeavor to state in a few mords my conception of a
■chromosome, having in mind the points made by Henking and Mont-
LToiuery regarding the present value of the element, without question-
ing its past or prospective relationships.

These considerations would lead me to frame a definition some-

78 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

what as follows : A cliromosorae is one of the chromatin elements of
the nucleus formed, usually, during the i^rophases of mitosis, and
divided during metakinesis to form two daughter chromosomes. In
this detinition the word "element" is understood to signify a unit,
simple or compound, separated from the rest and moving as an indi-
vidual during the later prophases and the anaphases of mitosis. Of
necessity, the chromosome of the prophase and that of the anaj^hase
differ. The latter is but half the volume of the former, and in the
germ cells has only half its valence, but in one essential they are the
same : each is acting as a unit among coordinate units and not merely
as a member of one of these. Also, it is regarded that metakinesis is
the inauguration of the individuality of the daughter cells, so that,
while the cell bodies are not yet sej^arated, the unity of the mother
cell has been destroyed and it can no longer be regarded as a simple
individuality. The term "chromosome" being, then, restricted to the
units of the division figures, there remains no name for the parts com-
posing these when they are compound, as in the tetrads and diads.
This is the want which I believe has led to confusing the meaning of
the word "chromosome." I find it very difficult to express myself
clearly and succinctly regarding the compound elements without
having some designation for the component parts. I should like,
therefore, to propose the term ''chromatid" for each of these, so that
we might speak of the chromosomes of the first spermatocyte in the
tetrad condition as being composed of four "chromatids," while those
of the second spermatocyte would contain two. So far as I know,
there has been no such word compounded from the familiar etymo-
logical materials of cytological nomenclature. I therefore feel free to
make use of the term as being both suggestive and convenient.

III.— OBSERVATIONS.

To i^roperly understand what takes place during the spermatocyte
mitoses, it will be necessary to examine the last of the spermatogonia!
divisions, particularly the anaphases and the telopha-ses, for in them is
the material that is directly transformed into that of the sijerma-
tocytes.

In all of the specimens examined the spermatogonia occupied the
distal portion of the follicles. Here they are jjlainly to be observed,
on account of their smaller size, denser color, and large number of
chromosomes. The purpose of this article does not require a dis-
cussion of the spermatogonia, and, accordingly, the anaphases of the
last division will suffice for a beginning of the present discussion.

Here the long, looped chromosomes lie loosely in the cell, but so
entangled that it is difficult to enumerate them. Figs. 1 and 2 show
the cells at this stage of their growth. Unlike the spermatogonia of

M CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID^. 79

Xiphidium, there is as yet no noticeable appearance of the accessory
chromosome so strikingly visible in the spermatogonia of the Locus-
tidcP.

Immediately following the assembly of the spermatogonia! chromo-
somes at the poles of the mother cell, they commence to disintegrate
in preparation for the formation of the nnclear thread of the sperma-
tocyte. This is a very interesting process, and was carefully observed
in a follicle where the relative position of the cells clearly indicated
the phases of development.

The first thing to be noted is the change in the character of the
chromosomes. Heretofore smooth in outline and homogeneous in
structure, they now become irregular in form and of a granular nature-
A little later it will be seen that the dispersion of the chromatic mate-
rial has progressed so far that almost all trace of the individual chro-
mosome has disappeared. Only here and there does a slight massing
of the chromomeres indicated the position of a former chromosome.
(Fig. 4.)

Such, however, is not the fate of all the chromatic elements. One,
refusing to give up its identity, maintains its form among the re-
mains of its fellows and passes into the spermatocytes unchanged, to
become the accessory chromosome, whose future history will be con-
sidered later.

From the scattered mass of chromatin granules produced by the
breaking down of the spermatogonia! chromosomes, there is now con-
structed a thin, granular thread which marks a very early stage of
spermatocyte prophase. This becomes more definite in outline and
thicker in structure until a single, much-convoluted thread is formed.
(Figs. 5, 6, 7.) While it is a difficult matter to determine with cer-
tainty whether or not the end of this process results in the formation
of a single thread, I am inclined to believe that it does.

But however this may be. there is no doubt that shortly afterwards
a series of cross-divisions results in the establishment of a number of
long, irregular chromatin rods. The number of these is either the
same, or very nearly the same, as that of the chomosomes appearing
in the spermatocytes. Figs. 8 and 9 show the conditions prevailing
at this time. Shortly after this a marked change takes place in
these chromatin segments. The coarsely granular character thus far
noticeable gives way to a much finer granulation which accompa-
nies a shortening and loosening of the chromatic segments. The chro-
matin here gradually passes into thread-like processes whicli extend
throughout the nucleus and join the rods and loops together. The
form and structure of these elements is subject to considerable varia-
tion, as may be observed from an examination of Figs. 10, 11, Vl, and

80 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

13 ; but despite the multiplicity of their forms, these precursors of
the chromosomes are all referable to a common type.

One thing of striking interest and importance to be observed at
this stage is the clear and unmistakable existence of the longitudinal
cleft in these segments. This may appear more or less clearly mani-
fest, as is shown in Fig. 12, but there is absolutely no doubt of its
presence. Owing to the various positions assumed by the chromatin
segments in the nucleus, the split is more easily observed in some than
in others or even in different parts of the segment, as is shown in Fig.
14.

There is, in nearly every case, a weak place about the center of the
rod or loop. As a result of this, the thread often becomes bent upon
itself at an angle (Fig. 14), thus producing the double-V's described
by Paulmier. From the method of its formation and subsequent be-
havior, there is no doubt in my mind that this represents the place
where the chromatids of the second spermatocyte division are to
separate. Certainly the space between the arms of the Vs corresponds
to the longitudinal cleft of the thread and to the plane of cleavage in
the first spermatocyte division.

The subsequent behavior of these peculiar elements is very inter-
esting and offers us a key by which we may determine whether or not
the separation of the chromatids effected by the first spermatocyte
division is longitudinal or cross. It is at this point where the greatest
difference of opinion concerning the behavior of the chromatin ele-
ments exists, and I shall, therefore, speak in detail of the changes now
ensuing, in the hope that the observations I have made upon the ex-
tremely favorable objects at my command may serve to aid in bringing
together and unifying the diverse results obtained by other investi-
gators who have not been so fortunate in the quality of their material.
The conclusions herein set forth have been reached only after careful
and painstaking observations and I feel convinced of their accuracy.

The method by which the tetrad elements are formed is particularly
shown in Figs. 14, 15, 15a, and 17. The planes of the two resulting
cleavages are clearly indicated in the double-V figure represented in
Fig. 14. This will serve as a type figure to which we may refer various
modifications for explanation. Instead of being bent at the middle,
the element may maintain the form of an approximatel}' straight rod.
in which case the point of cross-division is not always apparent.
Again, the free ends of the rod may curve around until they come in
contact, thus producing the occasional ring figures to be observed in
various stages of the first spermatocyte prophases. These latter are
particularly valuable in the determination of the longitudinal charac-
ter of the first division.

M CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 81

In the stages represented in Figs. 15, loa and IT are liroiight out
several points which I wish to emphasize. It will be noted in several
of the elements that the lines of the two divisions are very clearly
marked, particularly so in the one represented in Fig. 17. It will
also be observed, in this element, that the chromatids have moved
upon each other along the line of the cross-division to such an extent
that the arms of the resulting cross-figure approximate each other in
length. This movement is a very significant one, as I hope to show
in considering the later stages of division.

The lines of separation between the chromatids, so i^lainly appar-
ent in these early stages, entirely disappear with the subsequent con-
centration of the chromatin elements, and it is only the general
outline of the chromosome and a knowledge of its formation that
enables us to understand what takes place during division.

A great change in the constitution of the chromosomes occurs as
the metaphase of the first spermatocyte division is approached.
During the early prophases, the rings, loops and rods occurring in
the nucleus all display the diffused granular condition represented in
the figures. The essential feature of their further develoj^ment con-
sists in the concentration of the chromatic material. As a result of
this, the elements become smaller and denser and all lines of division
between the chromomeres become indistinguishable. This is true
not only of those in the same chromatid, but of those between chro-
matids, so that the chromosomes in the nuclear plate appear to be
simple homogeneous bodies.

From what follows in the resulting early anaphases, it would ap-
l^ear that the chromatids of each chromosome are bound together by
certain intrinsic forces which maintain a unit element so long as they
are undisturbed. The result is an obliteration, but not destruction,
of the individuality of the constituent elements. This is very i^lainly
apparent in their later behavior. Thus, immediately after the halves
of the chromosomes are separated in the metaphase, the free ends, not
attached to the spindle fibers, immediately diverge, showing a line of
separation between the two chromatids, which is quite indistinguish-
able in the apparently simple rod which they constituted.

This coalescence of the elements and their ability to move along
each other, as shown in the earlier prophases, put us in possession
of the necessary facts to determine the exact character of the sperma-
tocyte divisions.

I now wish to call attention to Figs. 18, 19, and 20, which exhibit
the metaphase of the first spermatocyte division. The great variation
in the form of the chromosomes was for some time very puzzling,
and it was not until I had made out their constitution that I could

6— K.U.Qr. A— ix 1

82 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

understand the meaning of this diversity of form. Once understood,
however, the process is one of extreme simplicity. In Fig. 22 I have
drawn a number of chromosomes under the camera lucida which show
the progressive changes undergone by them during division. Those
from a to e lay in the equatorial plate of one nucleus, and are as clear
as diagrams in their indication of the intrachromosomal movements.

At a, the chromosome lies with its longer diameter (corresponding
to the length of the thread from which it is derived ) in the equatorial
plane. At its center (which represents the point where the cross-
division is indicated in the earlier prophases) are attached the fibers of
the spindle. At b is shown an early effect of the fiber contraction,
which results in the formation of a cross-figure with its longer arm in
the equatorial plate (comjoare this with the chromatin element shown
in Fig. 17). A further contraction of the fibers brings about a length-
ening of the arms to which they are attached, and a corresponding short-
ening of those lying across their axis. This continues until the result
indicated at d is reached. It will be noted that this chromosome has
almost exactly the same form as that of a, except that its longer diam-
eter lies parallel to the axis of the spindle. The traction exerted by
the fibers continues until the halves of the chromosome are separated,
as shown in e,f, and g. At h is presented a chromosome of the stage
represented at a, but viewed from the pole of the cell. Imagine
the ends of the structure to be brought around until they coalesce,
when the ring represented at i will be formed.

Knowing the composition of the chromosome, one can easily con-
ceive what takes place during the separation of its halves. It is evi-
dent that the chromatids on each side of the longitudinal division,
acted upon by the contracting fibers, move along upon each other
as they did during the earlier prophase when their structure was
less dense and the spaces between them were manifest. That the
demarkation between the chromatids was not lost is evident from
an examination of Fig. 21. Here it is observable that the diads,
shortly after they have separated, exhibit their dual nature by spring-
ing apart at the ends not attached to the fibers. This plane of sepa-
ration doubtless existed in the tetrad, but on account of the cohesive
forces prevailing in the element it was not visible. Immediately
upon the destruction of the balance of forces there established, how-
ever, the elements separated and manifested their individuality.

There is no question, I think, but what the division of the chomo-
somes in the first spermatocyte of Hippiscus takes place as I have
indicated, and an examination of many other Orthopteran species
leads me to believe that it is the usual method of division in this
order. Indeed, I should not be surprised if it were a method com-

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 83

raoii to all insects. The work of Paulmier makes it almost certain
that the processes prevailing in the Orthoptera also obtain in Hem-
iptera. The rings and crosses tigured by many investigators in plant
and animal cells might easily be referred to some structure of this
character.

Reference was made on an earlier page to the conclusive evidence
ottered by the ring figures with regard to the character of the first
spermatocyte division. This, I think, cannot be disputed. The
rings, with the point of cross-division to which the threads are at-
tached indicated by a slight projection, come to lie in the equatorial
j)late. With the contraction of the fibers the halves of the rings sep-
arate more and more, until at the point of final separation the result-
ing figure differs in no marked degree from that of the rod type.

If the chromo.somes of the spermatocytes are formed from the
spireme thread Ijy one longitudinal and one cross-division, it might
naturally be supposed that it is a matter of little moment which of
these separations occurs first. Indeed, it might be thought that the
chromosomes could divide indiscriminately in the two spermatocyte
divisions, some splitting longitudinally, and some across, in the first
spermatocyte mitosis. Such an occurrence has, in fact, been described
by some authors.

From my studies of insect spermatogenesis, I am led to believe
that such a i^henomenon rarely, if ever, occurs. On the contrary, the
chromosomes manifest such a constancy of habit as to indicate some
fundamental principle in the order of their divisions. What this may
be is not now apparent, but it is none the less real, I think. Owing
to the peculiar changes undergone by the chromosomes in the first
spermatocyte mitosis, it is conceivable that the diverse accounts of
different authors may be due to faulty observations upon unfavorable
material. Certainly I should ascribe great constancy to the sequence
of the divisions, for all manifestations of cellular activity point to defi-
nite and characteristic changes in the nuclear elements. I cannot, in
the light of my present studies, subscribe to any theory which ex-
plains the division of the chromosomes as one of mere mass separation.

A teloijhase of the first spermatocyte division is represented in Fig.
23. Here it will be noticed that the diads have become grouped
together, indistinguishably, into a mass. There"is, however, no reason
to believe that they, in any way, lose their identity. There is no such
thing as a resting stage between the two spermatocyte divisions. As
soon as the archo^jlasm has had time to distril)ute itself in the daugh-
ter cells and these have become separate^and distinct individualities,
the second spermatocyte division figure is formed. In it, we note
just such elements as appear in the anaphases of the first spermato-
cyte.

\

84: KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Figs. 24 and 25 show the metaphase of the second spermatocyte
division. The diad character of the chromosomes is here plainly ex-
hibited, and there is no obliteration of the boundaries between the
chromatids, which is so characteristic an appearance of the elements
in the first spermatocyte. The chromatids are superimposed upon
each other in the plane of the spindle axis so that their separation in
metakinesis is a very simple matter. The union of the diad elements
seems to be a slight one. their only point of contact, usually, being
that at which the fibers of the first spermatocyte division were attached.

The character of the spindle, also, throws some light upon the na-
ture of the chromosomes. It is small and weak compared with that
of the first spermatocyte division, showing that the force necessary
for the separation of the diad elements is slight. It is also more un-
stable and transient than that of the preceding cell generation. Figs.
26 and 27 show anaphases of the second spermatocyte. It is notice-
able that, with the polar movement of the chromosomes, the spindle
is also elongated, so that it stretches throughout most of the length
of the cell. As a result of this longitudinal extension, the spindle
becomes almost non-existent at the end of the anaphase, being rejore-
sented only by a few masses of archoplasmic substance.

The telophases are brief, and soon from the second spermatocyte
are formed the spermatids which transform directly into spermatozoa.
The changes involved in this process are not connected with the sper-
matocyte divisions, and so will be left for a subsequent paper, where
they may be considered in detail.

Only casual mention has as yet been made of the interesting struc-
ture described under the name of "accessory chromosome" in a pre-
vious i^aper (23). The material for the earlier work was derived
exclusively from the Locustidte, and it was surmised that, although
this element might be found in all insects, there would be more
£)r less difference in its form and behavior in various species.

These surmises have been verified by subsequent study. A great
many specimens, drawn from the different orders of insects, have been
examined, and in no case was the absence of the accessory chromosome
noted. On the other hand, considerable differences were found to
exist in the general character of the element. Since, however, the
material for the present paper was taken from the Orthoptera, com-
parisons will not be instituted except among the subdivisions of this
order.

Some broad differences with respect to this nuclear element ex-
ist between the Locustidse and the Acrididse. In the former family,
as previously described, the accessory chromosome arises some time
before the last of the spermatogonial divisions. It may be observed

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISION'S OF THE ACRIDID.E. 85

as a large and striking element of the mitoses of these cell generations
some time before the transformation into spermatocytes. Just when
it arises, or how, is not known. It appears tirst in the resting stage
of the spermatogonia, and from this time on throughout its whole his-
tory it manifests a steady and constant character. In relative size it
is always much larger than the other chromosomes, and in staining, it
maintains a constancy in striking contrast to them. Its part in the
formation of the spermatozoon is conspicuous and apparently impor-
tant.

In the Acrididae, the uniformity of staining power and the periph-
eral position in the nucleus are maintained by the accessory chromo-
some, but its origin and relative size apj^ear to be diiferent. Instead
of appearing during a resting period among the ditfused chromatin,
it is at first observed as one of the sperm atogonial chromosomes per-
sisting in the nucleus, while its fellows break down into a granular
mass of chromatin.

Appearing thus in the last series of spermatogonia, it does not ex-
hibit in its peculiar character until the spermatocytes are established.
Fig. 4 shows the first stage, so far observed, in the production of the
accessory chromosome in Hippiscus. Throughout the prophases of
the first spermatocyte, it is to be noted as a strongly staining, sharply
outlined body, lying directly under the nuclear membrane. In this
character and position it persists until it takes its place in the meta-
phase ready for division. Here it is so much like the rest of the
chromosomes that it is impossible to distinguish it from the others.
There is, therefore, every reason to believe that it comports itself
through the division like its fellow chromosomes. A discussion of
its position and character in the spermatid will be reserved for a sub-
sequent paper.

The alluring explanation by Paulmier concerning the function of
the accessory chromosome unfortunately receives no supijort in the
behavior of this structure in the Orthopteran testis. If extreme
constancy in form, structure and staining reaction is any indication
of permanency and importance, then no other cell element excels
this one in the possession of these qualities. Every ob.servation made
upon members of the Acrididse, as well as of the Locustidjc, tends to
support the view that the accessory chromosome is of primary im-
jortance in the development of the spermatozoon. It is almost in-
variably the case that when a part is in the progress of degeneration
t becomes extremely variable and eccentric in its behavior, During
dl the divisions in which it takes part, the accessory chromosome pur-
ues a uniform course, witli the apparent purpose of carrying its sub-
;tance through to the end of the process with the least possible in-

bb KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

fluence from the rest of the chromatin. Studies in progress in this
laboratory by a student, Mr. W. 8. Sutton, show that so strenuous is
this endeavor, that during all the spennatogonial divisions the ac-
cessory chromosome is provided with a separate vesicle whose con-
tents do not mingle with those of the ordinary nuclear vesicle, except
during the actual process of separating the daughter chromosomes.
Such a refinement of nicety would, to say the least, be extremely in-
compatible with our usual ideas of degeneration. Some more im-
mediate connection with the idioplasm than is enjoyed by the ordinary
chromosome, it seems to me, would be a more probable explanation
of the accessory chromosome's behavior than would one which regards
it as possessing the evidence of degeneration.

In respect to the function of this remarkable element, nothing
definite can as yet be said. By its formation, it is removed from the
influences operating upon the rest of the chromatic material during
the long-continued prophases of the first spermatocyte division. This
is the time when the fundamental differences in chromosome struc-
ture between the germ cells and the somatic cells are inaugurated,
and during this time the accessory chromosome remains apart and
distinct from the rest of the chromalic material. It thus seems to be
the conserver and bearer of certain properties which it is desirable
not to have disturbed during the early phases of the first s])ermato-
cyte division. The pan it plays in fertilization has not yet been de-
termined, and so we have no definite ground upon which to base any
theories concerning its function.

There is one thing, however, which I think stands out clearly and
definitely as a result of even our limited knowledge of this element.
The theory of the individuality of the chromosome must certainly re-
ceive a strong sujjport from the behavior of this aberrant representa-
tive. Indeed, a more conclusive proof could hardly be imagined.

Concerning the name to be applied to this element, perhaps a little
might be said. I am more firmly than ever convinced that it should
be classed among the chromosomes, since it really is one and never
anything else. Under no consileration, I believe, should it be placed
with the ill-defined group of nuclear bodies included under the term
"nucleoli."' The real character of the chromosome cannot be ascer-
tained until its office during fertilization and cleavage has been
discovered; meanwhile the qualifying term "accessory" serves to
distinguish this chromosome from all others, and is general enough
not to predispose any one toward one conception or aiiother while the
solution of its character is in abeyance. The strictly chromatic nature
of this element is recognized by Paulmier in his latt^st work (26),
where he designates it as the "small chromosome.'' It is to be re-

M'cLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 87

gretted that, after having so far appreciated the character of the
structure, he should confuse the nomenclature by applying the
(pialifying term "small" to it. The argument (26, p. 251) he so
justly uses against the word "mitosome" applies with equal force in
the present instance, and condemns the expression "small chromo-
some" as a misnomer, because, in most insects, this chromosome ex-
ceeds all the others in size. Accordingly, the preliminary term will
be continued until a more fitting one is found.

IV. — COMPARISONS AND CONCLUSIONS.

With due regard to the importance of theoretical and comparative
work, I hope to avoid what is certainly an error : the erection of a
large superstructure of theory upon a small foundation of fact. Only
the comparative study of numerous forms can serve as the basis for
any far-reaching theories, and this, I believe, is yet to be accom-
plished. Since, however, the ground must first be cleared by weed-
ing out the errors that unavoidably sjDring up in i3reliminary work of
this kind, I venture to suggest instances wherein such mistakes ap-
pear to have been made by other investigators. In order to facilitate
such a discussion, the generally accepted facts of the subject will be
outlined in the beginning,

In the process of germ-cell formation in the male organism, there
are three generally recognized stages. The first of these includes the
changes by means of which the primordial germ cell, by rapid and
repeated divisions, gives rise to a large number of cells, commonly
called spermatogonia. These changes are included under what is
usually termed the "division period." At its conclusion there are to
be found in the sexual organ considerable numbers of cells which do
not enter into division, but gradually increase in size during the early
prophase of a long-delayed mitosis. These cells are then said to be
passing through the "growth i^eriod." This prolonged existence in
tlie prophase is an evident preijaration for the unusual and character-
istic divisions which follow. The essential features of these are the
lialving of the usual number of chromosomes, the production of others
that are quadripartite in character, and the sej)aration of these by two
rapid divisions without an intervening resting stage. These fall
within the •'maturation period," so called. In the process of sperma-
togenesis, there follows a series of transformations, as a result of which
tlie cells are converted into the highly specialized elements known as
spermatozoa.

With these facts accepted, there remain to be determined the
means by which the number of chromosomes is reduced, and the
methods by which the tetrads are separated without entering into a

88 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

resting condition between two consecutive mitoses. These are the
points which I wish to consider here.

Already the general methods of tetrad formation have been out-
lined. Now I wish to take up in a more detailed way the work done
upon insect material.*

Wilcox (19), (20), (21), from a study of the " Spermatogenesis of
Caloptenus femur -rub nun, and Cicada tlhicen," concludes that the
tetrads are formed by segmentation of the spireme thread into parts
equal in number to the chromosomes of the spermatogonia. These
subsequently unite by twos, and, by a concentration of the chromatic
substance at the ends of the two rods, produce the tetrads. As each
element of the tetrad is considered a chromosome, no form of division
is possible except a cross-division separating whole chromosomes.
This fact is recogniz("d by Wilcox, when he states that, "According
to my interpretation of the Vierergruppen in Caloptemis, the formula

alb

would be c I d • Both the divisions following the formation of a
Vierergruppe would therefore be reduction divisions. ... If my
description of the ring formation be accurate, there may be two re-
ductions."

I have examined numerous species of Melanoplus, including /e?/iw;'-
ruhrum, and I have never found anything to support the statements
of Wilcox. I am convinced that he is mistaken in his view of tetrad
formation.

His error arises principally in interpreting the segments formed
from the spireme thread. In all the material that I have studied
there exists an indisputable longitudinal splitting of the chromatic
thread. This may be traced down through the rings and similar
structures into the chromosomes themselves. This fact has escaped
Wilcox's observation, for in his later paper (20) he reiterates his be-
lief in the absence of any longitudinal division.

Having convinced himself of this fact, he proceeds to explain the
origin of the tetrads by means of repeated cross-divisions of the

* It has not been my purpose, in this paper, to carry a comparison of iny results mucli be-
yond the work done upon insect material. I cannot, however, avoid a brief reference to the
articles of some investigators where the conclusions agree so closely with my own. I would
mention especially tuose of Moore (19) upon the Elasmobranch spermatogenesis. Griffin (25)
upon Thahtxxenia and Zirphd'ii, and Atkinson (24) upon Ariswrnn and Trillium. The close
concordance of these results upon materials derived from so widely different forms speaks inos-t
strongly for the existence of a type form of division which, I believe, will be exemplified more
and more widely as different species of animals and plants are studied.

Th(^ clear and accurate conclusions of Griffin receive so strong a confirmation from the ap-
pearances noted in Hippisciii as to make a reasonable doubt of their correctness almost impos-
sible. Owing to the favorable character of the early prophase stages and the progressive
ciianges of the different metaphase chromosomes in Hippi.ycuK, any uncertainty that might
have attached to Griffin's conclusions regarding the sequence of the longitudinal and cross-
division is disiiellcd.

Besides these instances where the observer has clearly understood and definitely remarked
the character of the maturation divisions, there are other cases where the figures presented by
different authors would indicate the existence of a modified form of this type division, although
their interpretations of them lead to different conclusions.

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID/E. 89

thread. In elaborating this conception, there is no denying that his
diagrams are much more conclusive than are his figures.

The dumb-bells which he represents are nothing more nor less
than the U-shaped figures so common to insect spermatogenesis. I
am quite at a loss to reconcile his union, by pairs, of the chromatic
segments with any real occurrences in the spermatocyte prophases.

Again, in his interpretation of the completed tetrad I consider
Wilcox in error. I have never yet ob.served in Orthopteran material te-
trads composed of spherical chromatids. In the AcrididcV, at least, they
correspond in structure and method of division to those of Hippiscus.
In a few of this author's figures, there are represented chromosomes in
the metaphase of the first sjjermatocyte division which bear a general
resemblance to those I have found in Hippiscus. Note, in connec-
tion with this point. Figs. 20, 22, and 25 (20). In Fig. 9, also, will be
found a ring corresponding in structure to those represented in Figs.
15 and 15« of this paper.

In a previous article, I have already called attention to a corre-
spondence between Wilcox's "nucleolus" and the body which I have
described under the name "accessory chromosome." Further studies
have confirmed me in my opinion that these bodies are identical
structures. In fact, as observations multiply, the process of sperma-
togenesis in the insects seems to approach a type, the deviations from
which are only in minor details, corresponding to variations in size
and habit of the elements concerned.

In justice to Wilcox, however, I would fay that the feniur-ruhruia
material is far inferior to that furnished by Hippiscus, so that struc-
tures quite plainly apparent in the latter would be difficult to discern
in the former. I believe that due importance should be attached to
the character of the material employed by an investigator, so that
statements based upon a study of favorable subjects, other things
being equal, should receive credence over those resulting from a study
upon less favorable observation material.

The latest paper by Paulnuer (26) unfortunately reached me after
the manuscript of this article was in the hands of the printers. On
this account, I shall be unable to accord it the attention it deserves,
and shall be obliged to confine myself to a few brief foot-notes. I
hope, however, to consider it more at length in a subsequent paper.

In a recent paper (11) Paulmier discusses the formation and divi-
I sion of the tetrads in the spermatogenesis of the Hemiptera. It is
gratifying to note that the processes in this order and in the Orthop-
tera appear to be essentially the same. So far as I know, Paulmier
is the first to accurately describe the early changes taking place in
the nuclear thread that result in the formation of the tetrad. These

90 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

are practically alike in Anasa, Euchistus, and Jlippiscus. But if
this parallelism extends throughout the process, as I am confident
that it does, then Paulmier has fallen into error in his interpretation
of the final stages and, with this, in the sequence of the longitudinal
and cross cleavages.

I believe it will be found that he has overlooked the movements of
the chromatids in the raetai^hase of the first spermatocyte division.
I would call attention to the striking resemblance between his Fig. 12
and Fig. 22e of this paper. This would seem to indicate the identical
character of these two chromosomes, and I think further study will
confirm this belief. I would, therefore, suggest that Paulmier is mis-
taken in considering that the first division is a cross and the second
a longitudinal. The reverse of this, I think, I have shown to be the
case.

Mention has already been made of the nomenclature employed by
Montgomery (8) in considering the phases of cell division. I wish
here to protest against his use of well-established terms in other
senses than those intended by their originators. It is with difficulty,
from Montgomery's description, that one can trace out the cycles of
changes undergone by cells during division.

In discussing the first spermatocyte, he commences with the "ana-
phase." The term " anaphase " was first used by Strasburger in 1884 to
designate that phase of indirect cell division during which the chro-
mosomes are transported from the equatorial plate to the poles of the
cell and there transformed into the diffuse chromatin of the resting
nucleus. By the introduction of the term "telophase" (which is also
employed by Montgomery), the anaphase is made to include only the
changes involved in the transportation of the chromatin elements
from the equator to the poles of the cell. If, therefore, it is used by
Montgomery in its proper sense, it would be the anaphase of the
spermatogonia, and not of the spermatocyte, that is described. If not
thus used, then it is misapplied with a new meaning. Such appears
to be the case.

Three sub-phases are mentioned by Montgomery as occurring
under the anaphases. These are the "early anaphase," the "synap-
sis," and the "posf-synapsis." Since the "early anaphase" witnesses
the formation of a nuclear membrane around the groups of chromo-
somes arising from the last spermatogonial division, it must corre-
spond to the true telophase, for, according to Heidenhain, this is the
period during which the daughter nuclei are supplied with membranes
and during which the nuclei are reconstructed. Montgomery's early
anaphase is, therefore, the telophase of the spermatogonia.

It is a difficult matter to locate the "synapsis." Moore, who coined

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 91

the term "synaptic phase," intended it to designate that period of the
prophase during which a fusion of the chromosomes existing in the
si^ireme takes place in such a way that half the normal number arises
from its subsequent division. Since it is at this time that the con-
centration of the chromatin at one side of the nucleus takes place,
under some conditions, the term "synapsis" has come to apply to this
massing of the chromatin. Montgomery attaches the term to a con-
dition of the telophase in which the still persisting chromosomes are
collected at one side of the nuclear cavity. It is generally understood
that synapsis does not occur except during the spireme condition of
the nucleus. This is expressed by Hacker (4) i'l the following
language: "Mit dem von Moore stammenden Au.sdruck 'synai)sis'
bezeichnet man neuerdings vielfach ein Stadium dcr Mutterzellkerne,
in welchem der in der Kegel shon langsgesijaltene, aber wahrscheinlieh
noch unsegmentierte, Chromatinfaden auf einer Seite des Kernraums,
gewohnlich im Umkreis des Nucleolus, einseitig kontrahiert er-
scheint."

While dwelling upon the subject of "synapsis," I should like to
state that I consider the appearance itself to be an artefact. Doubt-
less Moore and Hacker are correct in their belief that the nucleus is
in a peculiar condition at the time when the contraction phenomenon
occurs, but that the chromatin exists in the living cell in the form of
a concentrated mass, I very much doubt. My study upon insect
spermatocytes leads me to this belief, for the following reasons : In
properly treated material no synapsis occurs. When observed, its
artificial character is evident because the mass of chromatin is always
to be found in the region of the nucleus opposite to the point at which
the fixing or dehydrating fluids had free entrance. Thus, in a freely
exposed follicle, the chromatin masses always lie toward the central
axis of the follicle.

Montgomery follows his synapsis phase by the post-synapsis, in
which the mass of chromosomes becomes disentangled, and the liber-
ated elements lie free on the periphery of the nuclear vesicle. Its
termination yet witnesses no dissolution of the spermatogonia! chro-
mosomes and formation of a spireme thread from their substance. I
am not prepared to criticize these views concerning the Hemipteran
cells at this time, but in the Orthoi^tera I am sure no such occur-
rences are to be found. In these, the sperm atogonial chromosomes,
with the exception of one, rapidly disintegrate, and from their scat-
tered granules a very fine spireme thread is formed. In Hij)phcvs,
since the spermatocytes pass through the winter in this spireme stage,
any synapsis, if it occurred, would easily be found in the long follicles
filled with the prophase spiremes in various stages of advancement.

92 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

The telophase, according to Montgomery, is the "stage between the
j)ost- synapsis of the anaphase and the rest stage." The term "telo-
phase" was coined by Heidenhain in 1894 to designate that period of
cell division during which the chromatin framework of the daughter
nuclei is produced from the chromosomes of the preceding generation
and during which the cells are separated from each other by a cell
wall. Such is not Montgomery's conception, for his subsequent
"rest"" stage is one in which a diffused chromatic thread exists, and
from which the chromosomes of the first division are formed by seg-
mentation. The "telophase" and "rest," so far as I can discover from
the text and drawings, are merely early prophases of the spermatocyte.
In Orthopteran material, there is no true rest stage of the nucleus
between the spermatogonia and the spermatocytes. The chromatin
passes rapidly into a fine spireme condition from the spermatogonial
chromosomes by dispersion and rearrangement of their substance.

The prophase of Montgomery appears to be in reality a late pro-
phase. The chromatin, it is stated, exists in the form of a number of
threads, each of which is termed a chromosome. These are less in
number than the bodies which subsequently divide in the metaphase.
They should not, therefore, be termed chromosomes, for the same
reason that we do not call the single chromatic thread of the early
prophase a chromosome. In the prophase, it seems to me, there can
be neither more nor less chromosomes than are formed in the meta-
phase before division.

la his earlier paper Montgomery was positive in his statement that
there is no longitudinal division of the spireme. In a correction (9)
appearing later, however, he frankly acknowledges his mistake in
this, and states that his first conception of two transverse divisions is
verified by occasional instances. I am very much inclined to doubt
any departure from the typical chromosome division in any of the
cells that form functional sexual elements. I believe that in favorable
material the type division will be found exemplified in every nor-
mal mitosis. The mere occurrence of the chromosomes, with their
longer axis parallel to the spindle and a constriction in the equato-
rial plate, would be no reason whatever for assuming that the division
following is to be a transverse one. This is apparent from a study
of the chromosomes in the metaphase of the first spermatocytes, such
as those of Hippiscus. In commenting upon Paulmier s belief that
the first division is a cross-division, with which Montgomery agrees,
I have stated my reasons for believing that such a conclusion is
wrong ; I shall not therefore repeat them here. In confirmation of
my belief that the chromosomes of the first spermatocyte are essen-
tially the same in all insect material, I would ask a comparison of the

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID/E. 93

central chromosomes of Fig. 145 by Montgomery and Fig. loa of this
paper.

It affords me great pleasure, after having had to differ so much
from Montgomery in other matters, to confirm his belief in the origin
of the accessory chromosome. As already described, it arises in Hip-
piscus and other AcrididtB, as it does in Euchisius, from one of the
spermatogonial chromosomes which does not become reticulated and
joined with the substance of the others to form the spireme. In the
Locustidte, as previously stated, I have not been able to satisfy myself
that the element has just this origin. On the other hand, I have no
proof that it does not thus arise. Further comparative study, now
begun, will doubtless make this point clear.

I have already stated that my studies upon insect spermatogenesis
have led me to believe that the processes of spermatocyte divisions are
essentially the same throughout the class Insecta. I must, therefore,
disagree with the conclusions reached by Henking (5) from a study
upon Pyrrhocoris apterus. According to this author, the twenty-four
chromosomes, characteristic of the spermatogonia, appear in the first
spermatocyte, but. instead of being single, are united by pairs. The
result of this is that an equatorial view of a spermatogonial metaphase
will show a plate of simple, round chromosomes ( twenty-four in num-
ber from a polar view ) ; while, on the contrary, a chromatic plate of
the first spermatocyte shows the chromosomes to be dumb-bell shape,
and arranged as a double plate, which, viewed from the pole, exhibits
twelve chromosomes.

In reaching this conclusion, Henking disregards, or rather misin-
terprets, certain significant figures of the late prophases. I refer to
those represented in his Fig. 20, which he mentions as "die mit vier
Verdickungen versehenen Ringe." Instead of considering these nor-
mal structures, he regards them as transformation stages, or accidental
unions, of simpler elements.

Henking's error consists in regarding the elements of the first
spermatocyte division as double instead of quadruple — a mistake
which would easily be made if the fully formed structures were ex-
amined instead of those in the preliminary stages. The true difficulty
is recognized by vom Rath when he says: "Ich erinnere daran, dass
audi bei Gryllotalpa bei den beiden letzten Theilungen stets 2
Chromosomen einander genahert sind und ein Paar bildeii, bei
Pyrrhocoris konnte eine noch weiter gehende Vereinigung eines
Chromosomen-Paares bis zu einer scheinbaren Verschmelzung statt-
gefunden haben." As in IPippiseus, the cliromatids are closely
united, so that the lines of separation are quite invisible. Particularly
would this be true of cells where the elements are so small as they

94 KANSAS UNIVEESITY QUARTERLY.

are in Pyrrhocoris, Undoubtedly the elements of the iirst spermc-
tocytes of Pyvrhocoris, like those of other insects, are quadripartite
— for the early stages of their formation clearly indicate this. We
have here another example of the fact that it is to the formative stages
of the chromosomes that we must look for indications of their struc-
ture, rather than to the mature elements themselves.

The material derived from Pyn'hocoris is well adapted for the solu-
tion of many cytological problems, but I maintain that the structure
and divisions of the chromosomes are not one of these. Surely ma-
terial which requires such reasoning as Henking employed in the
following quotation is not of the most desirable character. He says :
"Dennoch bin ich der Meinung, dass die hier vorliegende Theilung
theoretisch einer Langstheilung gleichzusetzen sei ; denn wo ge-
streckte Chromosomen vorhanden sind, pfiegen sie den Polen nicht
ihre Enden, sondern ihre Seiten zuzukehren und also der Liinge
nach getheilt zu werden. Warum soUten wir hier etwas Anderes
annehmen "r"'

In the germ cells of animals and plants there are wide variations
in size, form and manner of division of the chromosomes, but I be-
lieve the underlying structural principle will be found the same in all»
when the details are thoroughly worked out. Thus, for instance, the
chromosomes of Pyrrochoris and Ilippiscus differ remarkably in al-
most all points, if the elements in the metaphase of the first sperma-
tocyte are considered. If, however, we look back to the prophases, the
quadrii3artite nature of each is apparent.

Too much importance cannot he laid upon the necessity for a
thorough understanding of the early formative periods in the history
of the first -spermatocyte chromosomes. The remarkable feature about
the maturation divisions is not, it seems to me, the separation of the
chromatids, but rather the means by which they are associated in prep-
aration for these divisions. Therefore, objects which present these
early stages to the best advantage are the ones which are most likely
to give us a proper understanding of tetrad formation and division.
Insect material seems to be especially favorable for this purpose, par-
ticularly that derived from the Orthoptera and Hemiptera.

Henking, with others, assumes that because there are twenty-four
chromosomes in the spermatogonia and twelve double ones in the first
spermatocyte, the latter represent the ones of the earlier generation
united end to end. I believe that there is lacking a sufficient proof of
this assumption. In this connection, I would call attention to the
great difference that exists in the prophases of these germ cells and
those of the body cell. In Hippiscus., the chromatin passes the win-
ter in the form of the spireme, as it does also in other animals and

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 95

some plants, and is thus long established in relations that differ from
the ordinary resting nucleus. Because this spireme in the spring
divides into half the number of segments that the spermatogonia!
spireme did, are we justified in assuming that each of these segments
represents two longitudinally arranged chromosomes of the early cell
generation? It would appear that, with our present knowledge of the
subject, we are not; and certainly it would be less prejudicial to an
impartial study if this fact were made clear in discussions upon the
question.

Under the term "nucleolus," Henking discusses a structure which
appears to be identical with that which I have termed the accessory
chromosome. I am led to this belief by the statements he makes
concerning the constancy of staining power, position in the nucleus,
and regularity of outline. In all these features there is a striking re-
semblance between the elements. Regarding these points he says :
"Erscheint der Nucleolus der jiingsten Hodenzellen bei der genann-
ten Methode farblos, so nimmt er nun begierig Farbe auf, ein Ver-
halten, welches ganz regelmassig ist. . . . Allein der Nucleolus
hat bei den Veranderungen von Kern und Zelle sein Aussehen nicht
gewechselt. , . . Der Nucleolus behalt seine Kugelgestalt un-
verandert bei, wahrend die Chromosomen gewissermassen Pseudo-
podien aussenden und sich so zu einem Netz vereinigen. Der
Nucleolus bietet seinerseits den Pseudopodien keine Ansatzflachen
und bleibt daher isoliert."

Later, in discussing the chromosomes, he mentions peculiarities,
one of which puts it in agreement with the later changes undergone
by the accessory chromosome in Orthopteran cells. These points are,
again, the size, staining intensity, and smooth contour. It is asserted
with great positiveness that, in the last division of the spermatocytes,
this element goes over undivided into one of the daughter cells.
Certain appearances in the testicular cells of Xiphidiuin at one time
led me to believe that the accessory chromosome was thus apportioned
by the last spermatocyte division. I am not now prepared to make a
positive assertion upon this iDoint, but I hope by the aid of more
favorable material to reach a conclusion concerning the matter. Be
this as it may, there is an evident resemblance between Henking's
undivided chromosome in Pyrrhocoris and the accessory chromosome
of Xiphidum. In view of all these resemblances, I do not doubt that
the accessory chromosome has been observed by Henking.

The observations of vora Rath (14) upon the spermatocyte divisions
of Gryllotalpa vulgaris give us an excellent idea of the actual division
of the chromosomes. The exact origin of these tetrad elements, how-
ever, is not clearly demonstrated. As a result of this, each of the

96 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

chromatids is denominated a chromosome. The objection to this
designation has already been stated in the criticism npon the work of
Wilcox.

Vom Rath's criterion of valence is based, not upon the origin of the
elements, but rather upon their relation to each other. In deciding
as to whether or not the tetrad itself shall be called a chromosome, he
makes use of the following reasoning : "Mit grosster Aufmerksamkeit
habe ich die Verbindungsfaden zwischen je 4 Chromosomen studiert,
aber niemals eine Spur vom chromatischer Substanz wahrgenommen,
so dass die 4 Chromosomen jeder Grujjpe als Einzelchromosomen und
nicht die Gruppen selbst als Einheiten aufgefasst werden miissen."
Just why the presence or absence of chromatic connection should de-
termine the nature of a chromosome I cannot see. Suppose, for in-
stance, that the chromatids of a tetrad in Gryllotalpa were so closely
approximated that they came in contact with each other : would this
in any way alter the character of the elements with respect to their
origin and ultimate fate '?

Again, in Hippisciis the chromatids constituting the tetrads are so
closely united that their lines of contact are almost invisible. Sup-
pose, now, that these were so disposed that they were brought in con-
tact only by the interposition of linin threads : would this in any
way change the essential character of these elements? There seems
to be no reason for believing that it would. The various families of
insects have their characteristic habits in the formation of the tetrads,
bat they are, in all, essentially the same stnicture, and should not be
differently designated on account of these i^eculiarities.

Concerning the facts recorded by vom Rath in his paper I find
few with which to disagree. The main contention I have to make is
with regard to the statement concerning which of the divisions cor-
responds to the original longitudinal splitting of the thread. It is
his evident opinion that the second division completes the separation
already inaugurated in the prophase. He says in this connection :
". . . Es kann folglich die eine der beiden Trennungen der
Chromosomen auf diese vorzeitige Spaltung des Chromatinfadens
zuriickgefuhrt werden, ob dies nun aber die erste oder die zweite
Theilung ist, kann nach den Priiparaten nicht mit Sicherheit
entschieden werden, ich machte eher an die zweite Theilung denk-
en." As in the case of Pyrrhocoris, the evidence presented by
the elements during their prophase condition is not conclusive, or,
if so, has not been given its true importance. In all respects, the
spermatogenesis of Oryllotalpa appears to conform to the typical
insect plan. There is no mention made, however, of the occurrence
of any such element as the accessory chromosome. I have not had

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDIDiE. 97

the opportunity to study this object, but other members of the Gryl-
lid<¥ which I have examined present this element very much as it ap-
pears in the Locustid.e, and so I have no doubt that it also occurs in
Gryllotalpa.

The work of Toyama (16) upon the spermatogenesis of the silk-
worm is not of a character to throw much light upon tlie methods of
chromosome division. His figures would indicate that the chromatic
elements are exceedingly small — so minute, indeed, as to be practically
worthless as a means of determining chromosome structure.

It is stated, however, that the germ mother cell contains twenty-
eight chromosomes, and that in the tirst mitosis these divide trans-
versely and transmit to each of the daughter cells the same number
of chromatic elements. There is, as yet, no reduction in number of
the chromosomes, but in the mitosis of the second spermatocyte this
is brought about by one-half of the chromosomes going into each of
the resulting cells. The mitosis of the second spermatocyte is, there-
fore, not a division of chromatic elements, but a mere sifting apart.

I should consider such a process as this extremely improbable and,
in view of the results obtained upon insect material better adapted
for the observation of such points, unworthy of credence unless well
supported by more undoubted cases. The regrettable habit of terming
all chromatic elements chromosomes is exemplified by this author and
leads to much confusion in determining the nature of the structure
he is discussing.

There is some reason to believe that the body termed "nucleolus"
by Toyama is the accessory chromosome of other insect cells, although
the facts given are not sufficient to warrant a positive statement that
such is the case.

V. — SUMMARY.

1. As a result of the last spermatogonial division, the much re-
duced daughter cells are each provided with the somatic number of
chromosomes. All but one of these rapidly disintegrate and from
their substance produce the spireme of the first sijermatocyte. One
pi rsists in its original form and, assuming a peripheral position, con-
tinues to stain as does a chromosome of the metaphase. During
iiiftakinesis it is divided like the other chromosomes. This is the ac-
<i ssory chromosome.

2. There is no true resting .stage between the spermatogonia and
sjjfrmatocyte. The prophase spireme of the spermatocyte is formed
immediately from the chromosomes of the spermatogonia by a disijer-
sii m and rearrangement of their substance. The resulting thread per-
sists throughout the winter and segments into chromosomes only at

7— K.U.Qr. A— ix 1

98 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

the approach of warm weather. Late stages of the spireme show un-
mistakable evidences of a longitudinal cleft.

3. The segments of the chromatic thread offer clear and convinc-
ing evidence that the resulting chromosomes are quadrivalent struc-
tures. They may exist in the form of rods, double -V figures, or rings,
but all are modifications of one tyjje. In this the segment is split
longitudinally, and again in the center at right angles to the first cleft.
The members of this compound unit are able to move upon each other
so as to produce cross-figures with arms of various proportionate
lengths.

4. A concentration of the loose elements of the prophase produces
the mature chromosomes of the first spermatocyte metaphase. This,
from the method of its production, is known to be quadrivalent, al-
though planes of division are usually indistinguishable. In the equa-
torial plate, the chromosomes arrange themselves with their longer
axis at right angles to the spindle. Fibers attach to the chromosomes
at their middle point, which corresj^onds to the place where the cross-
division was previously noted.

5. By contraction of the fibers, the elements of the tetrad are re-
moved from each other in pairs. Separation takes place along the
plane corresponding to the original longitudinal cleft, but without
divergence of the chromatids. In this way the chromosome in the
final stage of separation resembles the one just beginning to divide,
except that its longer axis is parallel to the spindle axis. Movements
of all the chromosomes in a nucleus are not coincident, so that the
various stages may be noted in the same cell.

6. The balance of forces inherent in the tetrad chromosomes ap-
pears to be destroyed when the diads separate, for the chromatids
composing these bipartite elements immediately diverge when they
lose connection with their sister pairs. They thus travel to the poles
in the form of a V-shaped structure more or less closely united at the
apex. During the telophase they become closely aggregated but never
lose their identity. There is, accordingly, no intermediate rest stage.

7. The second spermatocyte division figure is established almost
as soon as the daughter cells are separated by the growth of an inter-
posing wall. In it, the spindle is small, and the chromosomes are
arranged on its periphery in such a way that the chromatids of each
pair are superimposed in the plane of the spindle axis. Fibers attach
at the same place they did in the first spermatocyte and easily sepa-
rate the loosely joined chromatids. These move apart to the poles
and coincidentally the cell and spindle increase in length. Since the
fibers of the first spermatocyte figure were attached to the chromatids
at a point marking the plane of cross cleavage, the second spermato-
cyte mitosis which separates them at this point is a cross-division.

M'CLUNG : SPERMATOCYTE DIVISIONS OF THE ACRIDID.E. 99

With the ingrowth of a cell wall, the second spermatocytes separate
and produce the spermatids, and these transform directly into sper-
matozoa.

8. The sequence of the longitudinal and cross-divisions appears to
be constant. There is reason to believe that it is of fundamental im-
portance, and, therefore, accounts of the indiscriminate occurrence of
both forms in the same cell generation should be accepted with cau-
tion. If the polar body of the parthenogenetic eii^v acquires new
properties by its brief separation from the egg which it subsequently
fertilizes, there is every reason to suppose that the order of chromatid
separation in the forming spermatozoa is vital and essential.

9. The accessory chromosome is a constant and important element
of the germ cell. It arises, in the Acrididae, from a spermatogonial
chromosome, and from that time forward maintains a separate and dis-
tinct existence. During the prophases, when occur the profound
changes that result in the production of a nucleus with only half the
number of ordinary chromosomes, this structure stands aloof and self-
contained. With the establishment of the mitotic tigurc of the tirst
spermatocyte, however, it takes its place with the other chromatic ele-
ments and becomes indistinguishable from them henceforth until the
spermatids are formed. Here it again becomes distinct and conspic-
uous.

10. All the phenomena incident to the formation of the male ger-
minal elements in the AcrididjB speak for the existence and prevalence
of a typical series of processes through which all elements pass on
their way to the production of the functional spermatozoon.

VI. — BIBLIOGRAPHY.*

1. Brauer, A., 1898. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von As-
caris megalocephala. Arch. mikr. Anat., vol. 42.

2. Carnoy, 1895. La cytodierese chez les Arthropodes, La Cel-
lule, vol. 1.

3. Cholodkovsky, N., 1894. Zur Frage iiber die Anfangsstadien
der Spermatogonese bei den Insecten, Zool. Anz., vol. 17.

4. Hacker, Valetin, 1897. Ueber weitere Uebereinstimmungen
•/.wischen den Fortpflanzungsvorgangen der Tiere und Pflanzen,
IJiol. Cent., vol. 17.

5. Henking, H., 1890. Untersuchungen iiber die ersten Entwick-
lungsvorgange in den Eiern der Insecten. 2. L^eber Spermato-
genese und deren Beziehung zur Eientwicklung bei Pyrrhocoris
apterus M., Z. wiss. Zool., vol. 51.

(). Henking, H., 1892, idem. 3. Specielles und Allgemeines, ibid.,
vol. 54.

*I am under great obligations to Prof. W. M. Wheeler for the kindly loan of much litera-
ture that I have used.

I

100 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

7. Ischikawa, 1891. Studies of Reproductive Elements. Sper-
matogenesis, Ovogenesis and Fertilization in Diaptomus sp., J. Coll.
Sc. Imp. Univ. Japan, vol. 5.

8. Montgomery, 1898. The Spermatogenesis in Pontatoma up to
the Formation of the Spermatid, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 12.

9. Montgomery, 1898. Chromatin Reduction in the Hemiptera :
a Correction, Zool. Anz., vol. 22.

10. Moore, J. E. S., 1895. On the Structural Changes in the Re-
productive Cells during the Spermatogenesis of Elasmobranchs,
Quart. J. Micr. Sc, vol. 38.

11. Paulmier, F. C, 1898. Chromatin Reduction in the Hemij}-
tera, Anat. Anz., vol. 14.

12. Platner, G., 1886. Die Karyokinese bei den Lepidopteren als
Grundlage fiir eine Theorie der Zelltheilung, Internat. Monatsschr.
Anat. Histol., vol. 3.

13. Rath, O. vom, 1891. Ueber die Reduction der chromatischen
Elemente in der Samenbildung von Gryllotalpa, Ber. naturf. Ges.
Freiburg, vol. 6.

11. Rath, O. vom, 1892. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von
Gryllotalj)a vulgaris Latr., Arch. mikr. Anat., vol. 40.

15. Rath, O. vom, 1895. Neue Beitrage zur Frage der Chroma-
tinreduction in der Samen und Eireife. ibid., vol. 4.

16. Toyama, K., 1894. On the Spermatogenesis of the Silkworm,
Bull. Coll. Agric. Imp. Univ. Japan, vol. 2.

17. La Valette, St. George von, 1897. Zur Samen-und Eibildung
beim Seidenspinner (Bombyx mori). Arch. Mikr. Anat., vol. 50.

18. Wagner, J., 1896. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Spermatoge-
nese bei den Spinnen, Arb. Nat. Ges. St. Petersburg, vol. 26.

19. Wilcox, E. v., 1895. Spermatogenesis of Caloptenus femnr-
rubrum and Cicada tibicen. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Univ.,
vol. 27.

20. Wilcox, E. v., 1896. Further Studies on the Spermatogenesis
of CalojDtenus femur-rubrum, ibid., vol. 29.

21. Wilcox, E. v., 1897. Chromatic Tetrads, Anat. Anz., vol. 14.

22. Wilson, E. B., 1896. The Cell in Development and Inherit-
ance, New York.

23. McClung, C. E., 1899. A Peculiar Nuclear Element in the
Male Reproductive Cells of Insects, Zool. Bull., vol. 2.

24. Atkinson, Geo. F., 1899. Studies on Reduction in Plants, Bot.
Gaz., vol. 28.

25. Griffin, B. B., 1899. Studies on the Maturation, Fertilization,
and Cleavage of Thalassema and Zirplupa, Jr. Morph., vol. 15.

26. Paulmier, F. C, 1899. The Spermatogenesis of Anasa tristis,
Jr. Morph., vol. 15.

PLATE XV.

All drawings were made under the camera Incida, with an optical combination consisting of
a Zeiss 2 mm. apochroraatic objective and compensating ocular No. S. This produced, at the
drawing surface, a magnification of 1000 diameters. In the photomechanical reproduction of
the drawings this has been reduced to 750 diameters.

Fig. 1.— A semi-diagrammatic view of a late spermatogonia! anaphase, showing the number,
position and arrangement of the chromosomes.

Fig. 2.— Same as fig. 1.

Fig. 3.— Telophase of the last spermatogonial division, showing the small size of the cell,
and an early stage in the loosening of the chromatic structures.

Fig. 4.— Very early prophase of the spermatocyte, in which is shown the production of granu.
lar chromatin from the chromosomes of the spermatogonia. Portions of the disintegrating chro.
mosomes shown at a. At h appears one which does not lose its identity ; this is the accessory
chromosome.

Fig. 5.— A somewhat later prophase, in which the chromatic thread is established. The ac-
cessory chromosome has become definitely specialized and has taken its characteristic peripheral
position.

Fig. 6. — A still later prophase, in which the chromatin thread is shown very much contorted.
At this stage it evidently consists of many pieces. The accessory chromosome is viewed from
the side.

Fig. 7. — A stage of the prophases in which the chromatin has become aggregated into a sin-
gle thread. The accessory chromosome is here exhibited in cross-section.

Fig. 8.— At this stage the single thread has become divided transversely into a number of
segments. Each of these, later, forms one of the elements which is found in the metaphase of
the primary spermatocyte.

Fig. 9. — About the same stage as fig. 8, but showing the accessory chromosome.

Fig. 10. — This represents a prophase stage closely following that shown in figs. 8 and 9.
Here, however, the chromatic segments have separated, taken a peripheral position, and become
finely granular. They have, as yet, assumed no particular form.

Fig. 11.— In this the chro7iiatic segments are represented in their characteristic loop form.
The series of figures from 1 to 11 was drawn from cells in a single follicle, and, therefore, repre-
sents progressive development. The gradual and regular increase in size of the nucleus and
cell, from the stage represented in fig. 3 to that in fig. 9, is very noticeable.

Fig. 12.— Here is represented the early longitudinal division of the chromatic segments. In
many cells it appears in a much more pronounced manner than is indicated.

Fig. 13. — A cell at about the same stage as that regresented in fig. 11. This indicates the
great variation which the segments of the chromatic thread may undergo.

Fig. 14. — Fragment of a cell, showing a portion of the nuclear elements. These are all seen
to be longitudinally divided. One of them is also bent at the center where the cross-division of
the second spermatocyte is to occur. The quadrivalent character of the element is thus clearly
indicated. By the subsequent concentration of the chromatic material these lines of division
become indistinguishable.

Fig. 15. — The stage here represented follows closely upon that of the preceding figure. Two
of the elements yet show their quadripartite nature. The one in the center of the nucleus has
bent upon itself until the free ends have united to form a ring.

Fig. 15a. — A somewliat later stage than fig. 15, showing a greater concentration of the chro-
matic elements. The longitudinal and cross-divisions are, however, still plainly visible. At
one side of the nucleus the astral rays are beginning to develop.

Fig. 16.— A cell of the same age as that shown in fig. 15, but with the nuclear elements of a
more granular character and with no indication of division.

Fig. 17. — This coll represents a stage a trifle in advance of ihat shown in figs. 15 and 16. The
nuclear element just below the accessory chromosome clearly presents the evidences of both
longitudinal and cross-division. It will be noticed that the chromatids are in contact along
the plane of cross-division for almost as great a portion of their length as they are along the
plane of the longitudinal division. This is a significant indication of future movements of the
elements.

Kan. Univ. Quak., Vol. IX, Series A

PLATE XVI.

Fig. 18. — A metaphase of the first spermatocyte mitosis. This figure shows
the various forms assumed by the chromosomes during their division.

Fig. 19. — Same as fig. 18.

Fig. 20. — One side of the cell, exhibiting a portion of a spindle and the chro-
mosomes. These are in different stages of division, the central ones being nearly
separated.

Fig. 21. — Mid-anaphase of the first spermatocyte. Immediately upon the
separation of the chromatids along the plane of the longitudinal cleavage, the
two remaining chromatids spring apart at the ends unconnected with the fibers,
as is here represented.

Fig. 22. — A series of figures, drawn with the camera lucida, showing the
changes experienced by the chromosomes during the first spermatocyte division.
The progressive movement of the chromatids along the invisible plane of cleav-
age is here conclusively shown; a, b, c, d and e were drawn from one cell, and in-
dicate clearly the position of the chromosome with reference to the spindle; h
shows the form of chromosome, of the stage represented by a, when viewed from
the pole, and i is a ring formed by the union of the free ends of the chromatids
seen in h.

Fig. 23. — Telophase of the first spermatocyte division, exhibiting the close
massing of the chromosomes. The persistent character of the spindle fibers is
here indicated.

Fig. 21. — Metaphase of the second spermatocyte. The bipartite structure of
the chromosomes, first noticed in the anaphase of the first spermatocyte (21), is
here clearly indicated. It will be noticed that in this stage the spindle is much
shorter than that of the first spermatocyte metaphase.

Fig. 25. — Another cell of the same character as shown in fig. 21. Note the
persisting spindle fibers of the first spermatocyte division at one side of the mi-
totic figure.

Fig. 26. — Anaphase of the second spermatocyte division. The individual
chromatids are here seen, differing much in their form from that of the paired
elements found in the anaphase of the first spermatocyte division. In this par-
ticular cell each stands nearly opposite the sister element to which it was united.
Note the elongated form of the spindle.

Fig. 27. — A somewhat later anaphase, in which is to be observed the concen-
tration of the archoplasmic substance at the periphery of the spindle, and also
the variation in the form of the chromatids.

Fig. 28. — Polar view of a second spermatocyte anaphase, showing the chro-
matids moving to the poles.

Kan. Umv. Quak., Vol. IX, Series A.

22

A^ P

PLATE XVII.

These plates were made with a Zeiss 2 mm. apochromatic objective, arc light
illumination, at an original magnification of 1000 diameters. In reproduction,
this has been reduced to 750 diameters, and so corresponds to that of the draw-

Fig. A. — This represents the metaphase and anaphase of spermatogonia! di-
visions. So rapid are these cycles in their succession that the continuity of the
archoplasmic substance between the centers of the previous generation is not
lost. This simulates the "antipodal cone" of Boveri very closely.

Fig. B. — The cells on the left of the spermatocyst wall are in the telophase
of the last spermatogonia! division. Cf. fig. 3. To the right of the wall are very
early prophases of the spermatocytes. Somewhat earlier than fig. 4.

Fig. C. — Later first spermatocyte prophase, showing the character of the
chromatin segments and the linin connecting threads. Near the upper edge of
the figure is seen the accessory chromosome, marked by the smoothness of its
outline and the homogeneous, transparent structure.

Fig. D. — In this figure is shown a chromatin segment with the central cleft
indicated in figs. 14, 15, 15a, and 17.

Fig. E. — A segment as in D, accompanied by a ring showing the same
structure. Note the archoplasmic radiations proceeding from a center located
on the nuclear membrane, as shown in fig. 15a.

Fig. F. — In the vipper part of the figure is exhibited a first spermatocyte in
the metaphase condition as viewed from the side. Chromosomes are seen in
difl'erent stages of division. The cell below presents the form of the elements in
the same stage when observed from the pole.

Fig. G. — Two spermatocytes in the metaphase of division. Chromosomes in
various stages of separation shown. A central opening visible in the element at
the left of the figure.

Fig. H. — Here are shown chromosomes in the form of loops and rings, with
the chromatin drawn out into a long thread by the contracting fibers attached to
them. Cf. figs. 22/t and 22/.

Fig. I. — Another first spermatocyte metaphase in which are chromosomes at
about the middle stage of their separation. Cf. figs. 20, 226, and 22c.

Fig. J. — Second spermatocyte metaphases. The radially disposed diads
with the chromatids superimposed in the plane of the spindle shown. Cf. figs-.
24 and 25.

Fig. K. — An anaphase of the first spermatocyte, showing the diads near one
pole of the spindle. At the left a polar view of a trifle later stage.

Fig. L. — Telophase of the first spermatocyte, in which are seen the ragged out-
line of the chromosomes and the persistent spindle fibers between the daughter
cells. Somewhat earlier than fig. 23.

(Drawings and photomicrographs by the author.)

Kan, Univ. Quak., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XVII.

Hariri mi letette Bicf cles

Have the confidence of the cycling pubUc. For weeks
we have been running our immense factories 22 hours
daily to meet the demands for our new 1899 models.

The Longest Experience,
The Greatest Resources,
The Largest Factories,

The Best Devised Machinery,
The Most Scientific Methods,

A combination of advantages which
produces the Standard Bicycles of the world.

Columbia Chainless, Models 59 and 60, . $75

Columbia Chain, Models 57 and 58, . . 50

Hartfords, Patterns 19 and 20, . . . 35

Vedettes, Patterns 21 and 22, . . . 25, 26

ENTIRELY NEW MODELS.

We are closing out the limited number remaining of
1898 Columbias and Hartfords ( leaders of last season )
at greatly reduced ijrices.

Juvenile Bicycles, all sizes, $20 to $25.

POPE MANUFACTURING CO., Hartford, Conn.

Catalogue from any Columbia dealer, or by mail for one 2-ceut stamp.

«|«l«l<l«l4r«l4«l«l«l«l^«l4i|<l«l>l«l«l#<l«l«l«l'>'

♦
*

Have You Read
These Books?

They are devoted to the wonderful sights
and scenes and special resorts of tourists
and healthseekers in the Great West.

Though published by a Railway Com-
pany,

Tk Santa Fe Route,

they are literary and artistic produc-
tions, designed to create among travelers
a better appreciation of the attractions
of our own country.

Mailed free to any address on receipt
of postage, as indicated :

"The Moki Snake Dance," 56, pp., 64
illustrations. 3 cents.

"Grand Canon of the Colorado Riv-
er,'' 23 pp., 1.5 illustrations. 2 cents.

"Health Resorts of New Mexico,"
80 pp., 31 illustrations. 2 cents.

"Health Resorts of Arizona," 72 pp.,
18 illustrations. 2 cents.

" Las Vegas Hot Springs and Vicin-
ity," 48 pp., 39 illustrations. 2 cents.

"To California and Back," 176 pp.,
176 illustrations. 5 cents.

W. J. BLACK,

G. p. A., A. T. & S. F. KY.,
TOPEKA, KAN.

C. A. HIGQIHS,

A. G. p. A., A. T. & S. F. EY.
CHICAGO.

IK

1*

1^1(1 |ii|iif(ii|fii|»|ii§i|iifi^^|(i§i|(i%i^^%i%i|ii^|ii§i^|ii

VOL. I.

No. 3.

/ BULLETIN

SEP SO 1900

OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.

Kansas University Quarterly.

(Continuous number, Vol. IX, No. 2.)

APRIL, 1900.

PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.
AT LAWRENCE.

Application made for Entry at Post-offlce as Second-class Matter.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The Kansas University Quarterly is maintained by the t
versity of Kansas as a medium for the publication of the results
original research by members of the University. Papers will
published only on recommendation of the Committee of Publicati
Contributed articles sliould be in the hands of the committee at h
one month prior to the date of publication. A limited number
author's separata will be furnislped free to contributors.

In order to have the volume begin with the year, volume Y of
Quarterly was closed with the number for Octolier, 1896, and
but two numbers ; but no issue was omitted. \

Beginning with volume VI, the Quarterly ajjpears in two sel
A, Science and Mathematics; B. Philology and History.

The Quarterly is issued regularly, as indicated by its title. Ei
number contains 100 or more pages of reading matter, with necess
illustrations. The four numbers of each year constitute a volui
The x^rice of subscription is two dollars a volume, single numl
varying in jjrice with cost of publication. Exchanges an? solicited

Communications should be addressed to

W. H. Carruth,

University of Kansas
Lawrence.

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

E. H. S. BAILEY. F. W. BLACKMAR.

E. MILLER. C. G. DUNLAP.

H. B. NEWSON. S. W. WILLISTON.

W. H. CARRUTH, Managing Editor.

This journal is on file in the office of the University Revieiv, New York city.

THE

KANSAS UNIVERSITY
QUARTERLY.

( Vol. IX, No. 2.-Apeil, 1900.)

SERIES A.— SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS.

CONTENTS :

I.— CocciD.E OF Kansas, III. o 7- rr

o. J . Hunter.

II.-The Stratigraphy and Invertebrate Faunas of the
Jurassic Formation in the Freeze-out Hills of

'^^°"^""' W.N.Logan.

III.-The Spermatogonial Divisions in Brachvstola magna,

Walter B. Sutton.
IV.-Annotated List of the Minerals Occurring in the

JoPLiN Lead AND Zinc District, .... Austin F. Rogers.

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY,

Lawrence, Kan.

Price of this number, 50 cents.

Entered at the post-offico in Lawrence as second-class matter.

SEP 30 1800

Kansas University Quarterly.

Vol. 9, No. 2. APRIL, 1900. Series A.

COCCIDjE of KANSAS, III.

Oontribution from the Entomological Laboratory No. 72.

BY S. J. HUNTER.

With Plates XVIII to XXIV, inclusive.

Chionaspis ortJiolobis Comstock. Plate XVIII, figs. 1, 2.

On willow ( Salix sp. ) on bank of Kaw river, and cotton wood ( Popu-
lus sp.) in the vicinity of Lawrence; also on willow (Sali,'') on Uni-
versity camijus.

CftioiKfsjtis salicis-m'f/rfr Walsh. Plate XIX, fig. 1.

On willow (Salix sp.) near Lo.st Springs, Marion connty, and on
host of same ,a:enus near Greeley, Anderson county.

In my study of these two species I have found the differentiation
(when the mature female only was represented in the material at
hand) attended by some uncertainty. In looking over the literature
I find the same difficulty sometimes expressed. The distinctive
haracteristics of each I have endeavored to set forth. The com-
parisons are ba.sed upon an abundance of material determined by the
writer from the Kansas localities given, and upon the following from
:he Division of Entomology at Washington : Specimens of C. ortholo-
ns from San Bernardino, Cal., the type locality, and C. salicis-nigrcv
Tom Mankato, Kan., authentic material, which through the courtesy
)f Mr. C. L. Marlatt I have had the privilege of studying in this con-
lection.

C. ortholobis. C. salicis-nigrce.

I SCALE OF MALE.

Vithout carinje. ] Tricarinate.

jjxuvue dark yellow or brownish. | Exuviie pale lemon yellow or colorless.

SCALE OF FEMALE.

^hite.

'.8-2.2 mm. long.

Ixuvise yellowish brown.

8-K.U.Qr. A-is 2 [101]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 2-April. '00.

White.

2.6-3.4 mm. long.

Yellow or colorless.

102

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

PYGIDIUM OF FEMALE.

Median lobes almost fused in basal
half; inner margins frequently diver-
gent in distal half, serrate.

Second lobes half or less than half as
long as median lobes.

Space between second and third lobes
less than twice the distance between
the first and second lobes.

Third lobe, inner lobule less than one-
half inner lobule of second lobe.

Plates 1, 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, 1-4.
Circumgenital glands: Median, 17-21;

post, lat., 11-27: ant. lat., 21-3.3.
In second row dorsal glands, posterior

group absent.
Anteriors 2-6; minute circular glands

absent.

Median lobes short, broad, symmetri-
cally rounded at tips.

Second lobes half or more than half as
long as median lobes.

Space between second and third lobes
more than twice distance between
first and second lobes.

Third lobe frequently prominent; inner
lobule ^one-half inner lobule of sec-
ond lobe.i

Plates 1, 1-2, 1-2, 1-2, 1-5.

Median, 23-30: ant. lat., 17-53; post,
lat., 19-40.

Posteriors 1-4.

Anteriors 2-4;
1-10.

minute circular glands

Chionaspis salicis-nigra', readily separated from C. 07'tholohis by
its male scale, can, from observations made upon the pygidia of fifty-
four females, be said to differ in this structure by its shorter and
broader lobes, by its possession of the posterior group of dorsal
glands in the second row, and the j^resence of minute circular glands
most abundant in the anterior group, second row, and visible beneath
(ventral aspect) the circumgenital glands. In an examination of
twenty-seven mounts of ortholohis and twenty-seven mounts of salicis-
nigra', I found this posterior group in second -row dorsal glands ab-
sent in all ortholohis, and present in all but one salicis-nignc ; this
individual salicis-nigrai was well marked with the minute circular
dorsal glands. The statement of Comstock- concerning median lobes
of ortholohis, "mesal margins are i^arallel for more than half their
length," holds good in many individuals among salicis-nigrw. "The
distal margin of each (ortholohis) is rounded"- does not always ob-
tain, since the inner distal margin is frequently divergent while the
outer margin is rounded.

Chionaspis ntuericand Johnson. Plate XIX, fig. 2.

Scale of female, 2 to 3.5 mm. in length ; exuviae 0.8 mm. long, sides
diverging ; generally straight, sometimes curved to right or left, curved
scales located singly, broadly convex, dirty white.

Scale of male, tricarinate, 0.7 to 1 mm. in length, sides nearly par-
allel, clear white ; exuvise pale lemon yellow.

Mature female. The pygidium bears three pairs of lobes. Median
lobes prominent, fused almost entire length of inner margins, slop-
ing rapidly laterad, lateral margins with from one to three distinct

1. Cooley says "third pair often almost obsolete." Sp. Bull. Hatch Exp. Sta. Aug. 1899, p.
19. When this is the case lobes 1 and 2 are proportionately depressed.

2. Kept. U. S. Comm'r Agr. 1880, p. 317.

HUNTER : COCCID.E OF KANSAS, III. 103

notches. Second lobes prominent, consisting of a large mesially in-
clined inner lobule, showing one or two marginal notches, and a
shorter, more erect, outer lobule, sometimes with one notch. Third
lobe generally compressed, though clearly distinguishable, division
into two lobules apparent, inner lobule generally entire, margin of
outer lobule notched once or twice, spines appear singly, as shown in
figure 2, plate XIX, and grouped, beginning laterad of the median
lobes, as follows : 1. 1-3, 1-2, 2-1, 4-8. The circnmgenital glands
range in number : Median groups, 16-26, anterio-laterals, 15-36, pos-
terio-laterals, 15-39. Of the thirteen specimens in which the glands
were counted, ten had decidedly more glands upon the right side tlian
upon the left side. Location and number of the dorsal glands shown
in the figure.

Male. The author of this species. Prof. W. G. Johnson, records
two forms of males — "A perfect male with fully developed wings, and
a pseudo-imago with rudimentary wings." ^

This species is very common in Lawrence and vicinity, where I have
taken it chiefly upon the outer branches of the white elm, but have
also found it existing upon the trunk of the tree. I have received it
from Floral, Cowley county, and Abilene, Dickinson county, upon
badly infested twigs of the white elm.

In the abundant material studied, from five localities in Douglas
county, and at Abilene and Floral, little striking variation is to be
noted. The plates are sometimes forked and sometiuies simple, the
limits of circumgenital glands rather large ; lobular crenulations
appear at irregular intervals. The structural characteristics of the
species in this latitude, however, appear to be fairly constant.

Chionasftis j)/(if(fiii Cooley. Plate XX, fig:. 1,

Scale of male, 0.9 to 1.3 mm. in length, sides' parallel, diverging,
-^lightly oval, without carintp. exuviae lemon yellow, occupying about
me-fourth the length of scale.

Scale of female, 1.4 to 2 mm. in length, broadens posteriorly some-
inies abruptly, color favors the whitish coloring of the bark of host,
sometimes obscured by the characteristic pruinose coloring of the
)ark ; exuvia? dark reddish brown, prominent, about one-fourth of
f ngth of scale ; little or no ventral scale.

Female. Pygidium bears three pairs of lobes ; median lobes promi-
lent, divergent from inner base, plainly serrate ; second lobes consist
>f two lobules, the inner lobe the more prominent, the outer lobe ex-
t'uding but little if any beyond the marginal outline, faintly serrate;
he third pair obscure, inner lobule noticeable, the outer represented
ire arranged laterad of median lobes, beginning at the median lobe 1,

3. Bull. 111. St. Lab., vol. IV, p. 391.

104

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY,

generally as a bench -like lateral extension of the inner lobule. Plates
1, 1-2, 1-2, plates simple, spines and dorsal glands arranged as shown
in figure, together with an average number of circumgenital glands.

Since this scale is described from Kansas, the specimens in hand
conform with Cooley's description. The male scale seems to be uni-
formly larger than in the type insect, and with darker exuviae.

C/iionasjiis 2>iui'folla' Fitch. Plate XX, figs. 1, 2.

Common upon Plnus sp. on the campus in Lawrence and vicinity.
The infestation nowhere serious.

PiiJrhia rid innuniei-dhilis Rathv. Plate XXI, figs. 1, 2.

On soft maple {Ace7' sp.), white elm ( Ulmiis americana), honey-
locust {Rohinia sp.), black walnut {Juglayis nigra), in the vicinity of
Lawrence, and on maple near Kansas City.

MEASUREMENTS IN MICROMILLIMETERS.

Host.

Antennal Segments.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

s

Maple

45
39
45
45

48
42
48
51

63
69
63
66

51
45
51

60

36
30
36
36

27
24
27
24

24
21
24
24

45

Honev-locust

Walnut

45
45
42

Legs.

Coxa.

Trocb.

Fern.

Tibia.

Tarsi.

Claws,

Maple

96
108

90
108

60
.30
60
30
63

175
180
147
180
174

135
135
129
150
159

105

Honey-locust

78
66
84
90

27

Walnut

24

25

White elm

21

l*iilvhmri(t pvuni, n. sp. Plate XXI, fig. 3; plate XXII; plate XXIII,

figs. 1, 2.

Scale of female. Before the formation of the ovisac the scale is
not unlike that of the fully mature Lecanium hesperidum, of delicate
texture, plane surface, oval, 1-1.7 mm. in width, 1.5-2.9 mm, long.
After oviposition the scale becomes more dense, recurved, plicate,
when boiled in KOH and spread out under cover glass measures
about 3 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length. Marginal spines simple.
The base of ovisac ranges from 5 to 7 mm. in length and from 3 to 5
mm. in wddth.

The larv?e settle on the twigs and both sides of the leaves, prefer-
ably the under side, in either case choosing positions alongside the

HUNTER : COCCID.E OF KANSAS, III.

105

veins. Longitudinal median carina prominent, undisturbed by shriv-
eling of the body in the dried specimens.

The following measurements will show the characteristic structure
of legs and antenn.ie of the adult female :

Scale on leaves
Scale on twigs.

Antennal Segments.

57
54

75
66

84

84

63
48

39
36

30
27

36
27

51
45

Scale nn leaves:

Cephalic leg. .

Median leg . . .

Posterior leg. .
Scale on tiuig :

Cephalic leg. .

Median leg . . .

Posterior leg. ,

Segments of Leg.

Coxa.

Tro.

Femur.

Tibia.

Tarsus.

Claw.

120

135

240

255

108

30

165

180

300

285

114

45

180

180

300

255

115

45

135

150

249

270

96

24

159

174

285

240

105

36

150

150

276

246

108

30

Breadtli
of femur.

Ill
111
105

96

108

93

The above measurements were so characteristic, differing essentially
(being in most cases uniformly larger) from either material or de-
scription before me, that I sent mounts, specimens in situ and notes
to Dr. Howard, for comparison with departmental collections. In
u letter he says : "I have asked Mr. Pergande to give it a careful ex-
amination, and he rejwrts that it is apparently an undescribed species.
We have received it before, and it bears the biologic number in our
collection '6222.' We have received it from Charleston and Florence,
S. C, both in 1894."

In our own collections it bears the lot number 39*.), which reft-'rs to
like number in accession book. It is here recorded as being received
from Wichita, Kan., July 23. 1895. The accompanying letter stated
that these insects have been infesting the trees for three or four years.

On the twigs of this same plum tree Aspidiotus ancylus and As-
pnliotusfoi'hesi were present. This is the second instance of the as-
sociation in goodly numbers of these two species, the first being lot
D, on crab-apple.*

A number of the scales of P. primi showed the effects of parasites.
A specimen was sent to Doctor Howard, who finds it to be Coccopha-
gus lecanii Fitch.

Parlatorf(( pcrfjundel Comstock. Plate XXIV, figs. 1, 2.

This species is differentiated by Comstock from its nearest ally,
Parlatoria proteus Curt., principally by the shape of scale of female :

4. This lot was discussed in this journal, vol. VIII. No. 1, p. 3. Mention is there made of the
presence of another species besides A. forhesi upon tlio crab tree, but the determination of the
isecond species as A. ancylus was not given at that time.

106 KANSAS UNIVEESITY QUARTERLY.

circular in pergandei, oblong in proteus: by the fourth lobe : present
in pergandei, absent in proteus.

It is upon these characters that specimens in hand are determined
as pergandei. Comstock's comparisons were probably made without
specimens of proteus at hand, since he mentions in a foot-note Sig-
noret's figures and description."^ Later, however, Comstock speaks of
receiving specimens of proteus from Signoret,- confirming his con-
ception of this species.

The exact status of pergandei, however, does not seem to be fully
settled. Professor Cockerell in his first check-list cites pergandei as
a distinct species," and in his first supplement it is located as a variety
of proteus.- I have received it from Mr. Craw on orange from the
type locality, Florida, labeled in agreement with CockerelFs supple-
ment. Mr. C. L. Marlatt, who is now studying the genus, says "per-
gandei Comst. (merges into proteus Curt.)"^ Doctors Berlese and
Leonardi place Comstock's variety oi pergandei. carnelice, as proteus^
var. camelice,^^ and other instances likewise might be cited.

With pergandei on orange branches from Florida (Craw), Wio, per-
gandei under consideration on orange leaves and branches from a
Lawrence greenhouse, prjteus on Pinus insignis from Perth, Aus-
tralia (Ckll.), and proteus on leaf of an orchid, Watagode, Ceylon
(Green), before me, the following notes are made: Regarding the
form of scale of female, I find "circular" scales among proteus and
"elongate" scales among pergandei. No steadfast distinction either
in shape or color of the female scale can therefore be noticed. Con-
cerning the pygidium, the proteus on Pinus and the orchid show, in
accordance with Comstock, the presence of plates in the location
where the pointed fourth lobe is found in pergandei. Proteus further
shows marginal undulations apparently independent of the lobes, the
crests situated beneath (ventral aspect) the lobes and extending out
about one-third the length of the lobes. These undulations are shown
in the figure and are characteristic of the proteus on Pinus. They
are not noticeable on the orchid insects.

Proteus, further, is not recorded, as far as I can ascertain, existing
upon orange. I have received specimens in exchange on orange la-
beled proteus, but discriminations made upon the above basis showed
the insects to be undoubtedly pergandei. The undulations along the
posterior margin of proteus may be fairly constant ; their presence in
this one lot on Pinus does not warrant a statement of their perma-

5. Rep. Comm'r Agr. 1850. p. 327.

6. 2d Rep. Dept. Ent. Cornell Univ. 1SS3, p. 114.

7. Bull. lU. St. Lab., vol. IV, p. 335, 18S6.

8. BuU. 111. St. Lab., vol. V, p. 397, 1S99.

9. Marlatt, MSS.

10. Chermotheca Italia, Fascicola I, No. 2.

HUNTER: COCCID.E OF KANSAS, III. ' 107

nence. The question then arises, Are the distinctions surrounding the
fourth-lobe position of specific moment ? In some genera they would
not be. In Parlatoria all species are closely related, and hence dis-
tinctive structural characteristics, though slight, are of greater weight
than in genera where distinctions are more marked. The presence of
the fourth lobe, rudimentary, with papillar termination, then, should
difiPerentiate the species P. pergandei from the species P. proteus
with Its fourth rudimentary lobe showing plates extending beyond its
caudal margin.

NOTES AND CORRIGIENDA.
Part I.
_ Aspidiotus ohseurus Comstock as recorded was represented bv only a few
individuals upon one tree. I have since (October, 1899) found two black oak
trees quite generally infested on both trunk and limbs. These trees are in a
forest near Holton, Jackson county, Kansas.

On page 4, and wherever it occurs thereafter, the specific term amijclus
should be ancylus.

Part II.

Lecanium canadense Ckll. Occurred sparsely when found at time of col-
lection, April, 1898. Last year the same conditions existed. This season it
appears to be abundant upon elms in Lawrence and vicinitv: in some cases
assembled in clusters. I have found a species, alike in form, size, and color upon
hickory, a suggestion for further observations upon the status of caryce and
canadense.

Lecanium cockerelli Hunter. This species has been found on plum in
Nebraska ( Bruner MSS.) I have found it on hickory this season ( May . near Law-
rence. The scale on hickory was well covered with a pruinose coating

Lecanium maclurce being preoccupied, the term Lecanium aurantiacum
is now offered in substitution.

Measurements of length and breadth of bodies of scales contain thereafter
the abbreviation ^ (Greek mu i, which should be mm.

1^

PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. — Chionaspis ortholohis Comstock, on Salix sp. Anal plate of fe-
male, showing somewhat irregular position of dorsal glands.

Fig. 2. — Chionaspis ortholohis Comstock, on cottonwood, Populus sp. Anal
plate of female, illustrating variations in second and third lobes. The dorsal
glands, second and third rows, in this figure, as in figure 1, are shown beneath
the circumgenital glands. These are frequently located laterad of circumgenital
glands.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XVIII.

H Ella Weeks, del. ad nat.

Fig. 2.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. — Chionaspis salicis-nigrcc Walsh, on Sali.v sp. Anal plate of fe-
male.

Fig. 2. — Chionaspis a?nei-icana Johnson, on Uhnus ainerieana. Anal
plate of female, (o) Variation in margin of median and second lobe: (6) illus-
trates marginal variations and forked plates.

Kax. Univ. Qiar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1.

Ella Wefks, del. ad nat.

Fig. 2.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. — Cliionaspis platani Cooley, on sycamore, Platanus occidentalis.
Anal plate of female.

Fig. 2. — Chionaspis pinifolice Fitch, on Pinus sp. Anal plate of female.

Kan. Univ. Qcak., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1.

Ella Weeks, del. ail nat.

Fig. 2.

PLATE XXI.

Fig. l.—Pulvinaria innumerabilis Rathv. Leg and antenna of female.
Greatly enlarged.

Fig. 2.—Pulvinaria innumerahilis Rathv. Adult female on twig, the cot-
tony covering of the egg mass frayed by the weather. Enlarged.

Fig. 3.—PuIvinaria pruni, n. sp. Sketch of nymph, its antenna, and leg,
at time of location upon the plum leaf. Enlarged.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXI.

Fig. 1.

.^2^.

Ella M'eeks, del. ad nat.

PLATE XXII.

Palvinaria 2:>rum, n. sp., on leaves and twig of plum. Adult females, be-
ing much recurved and shriveled, do not show clearly at the ends of the cottony
egg masses.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXII.

From a photograph

PLATE XXIII.

Fig \.-^Palvmariapruni,n.sv. Antenna. Anterior (^), median (B), pos-
terior (C) legs of adult female on leaves of plum. Greatly enlarged.

Fig. 2.-Antenna. Anterior (A ), median (B), posterior ( C) legs of adult female
on plum twigs. Greatly enlarged.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1.

Ella Weeks, del. ad nat.

Fig. 2.

PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. — Parlatorla pergandci Comstock, on orange, Citrus sp.

Fig. 2. — (a) Parlatorla pergandci. First, second, third and fourth lobes,
with variations, ib) Parlatorla proteus Curt., on Pinus insignis.

Note the variation in the papillar fourth lobe oi pergandd, and presence oi
plate beyond fourth lobe of proteus.

Kan. Univ. Qu.ak., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXIV.

^"h, m

Fi^. 1.

s^m

/a X-^^^i-i'^ ^

^A^

/f%

3"*

H

+K

lla Weeks, del. ad nat.

m

Fv' 2.

THE STRATIGRAPHY AND INVERTEBRATE FAUNAS OF

THE JURASSIC FORMATION IN THE FREEZE-OUT

HILLS OF WYOMING.

BY W. N. LOGAX.
With Plates XXV to XXXI, inclusive.

INTRODUCTION.

npHE present article is based on the study of an assemblage of fos-
-*- sils collected by members of the Kansas University paleontologic
party from the Freeze-out Hills of Wyoming during the summer of
1899. The expedition was under the direction of Dr. S. W. Willis-
ton, to whom the writer is indebted for assistance in securing these
data.

The specimens described in this article will be placed in the Kan-
sas University Museum. The collections contain a majority of the
species which have been described from the interior Jurassic prov-
ince. A few of the species were collected by the writer from Como
Bluffs, and many of the species described from the Freeze-out Hills
were recognized there.

Geographic Position. The Freeze-out Hills of Wyoming are situ-
ated in the region of the sixth standard parallel north, between lati-
tude 42^ and 42^ 15' north, and between longitude 106' and 106' 30'
west. Their most southern extension lies about fifteen miles north-
west of Medicine Bow, a station in southern Wyoming on the L^nion
Pacific railroad. Sixty or seventy miles east of them the lofty peaks of
the Laramie mountains rise, while the Seminole mountains approach
them from the west, and from them the Snowy range is jDlainly visi-
ble on the south. The extensive orogenic movements which produced
these surrounding mountain ranges left on the enclosed interior a
number of anticlinal folds, of which the Freeze-out is a type. The
hills, which are carved out of this anticline, are in the form of a semi-
circle, with a northwestern and southeastern extension of about
twenty-five miles. They are located about tw^enty miles north of the
region described by King in the report of the geology of the fortieth
parallel.

Drainage. The Freeze-out Hills are separated from the Laramie
range by the basin carved out by the Little Medicine Bow river and

[lC9]-K.U.Qr.-.A. ix 2-April, '00.

no

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY,

its tributaries. The Little Medicine has in this region two principal
branches. Sheep creek, its eastern branch, rises among the foot-hills
of the Laramie mountains, flows in a general south w^est direction, and
joins the river at a point almost directly east of the southern border
of the Freeze-out Hills. Muddy creek, the western tributary of the
Bow, has its origin north and west of the hills, flows for some dis-
tance nearly straight east, turns first southeast, then south, and enters
the parent stream a few miles below the mouth of Sheep creek. Thus
Muddy creek and its branches receive the northern and eastern drain-
age of the hills.

A few miles below the mouth of Muddy creek the Little Medicine
Bow river, which, north of that point, flows for some distance almost
directly south, turns sharply toward the west, and, flowing not far
south of the hills, receives their southern drainage through its north-
ern branches. On the west the drainage is effected through Trouble-
some creek, which is also a northern branch of the Bow.

Topography. The topographic features of the region are bold and
rugged. The hills have been carved out of a great anticline by
streams which in many instances flow almost parallel with the dip
and across the strike of the strata. In general outline the group forms
a great semicircle, with an abrupt central ascent and a gradually sloping
circumferential descent. The maximum height of the hills is between
500 and 600 feet. The dip of the strata which compose them is about
thirteen deg. although at first sight it appears much greater than that.
The individual hills have an abrupt central or western approach and
a far less precipitous outer approach. The occurrence of alternating

LOGAN: FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. Ill

hard and soft layers has produced a number of terrace-like ledges
which rise one above the other between the lowermost Red Beds and
the Dakota at the summit.

In many places the topograpliy approaches the Bad Lands type.
The characteristic absence of vegetation of the Bad Lands is saved
here to a limited extent by the presence, on the lower levels, of
springs of water which irrigate the creek valleys. On the slopes,
however, very little vegetation grows, but the dip of the strata com-
bined with the thickness of the hard layers serves to produce the
shelving rather than the sharjj-crested form of topography which is so
common in the Bad Lands.

Streams which have worked against the face of the monocline
from the west have carved out broad, amphitheater-like basins. Those
streams which flow toward the east have cut down through the hard
strata of the Dakota and carved out similar basins in the softer strata
of the underlying beds. The courses of these streams are marked
through the Dakota by narrow, tortuous defiles or canons.

The basal portion of the hills is formed by the Red Beds, while the
main body of the hills is formed by the Jurassic and Atlantasaurus
Beds. The hills are capped, usually, with a hard stratum of Dakota
sandstone. This sandstone, broken into huge blocks by the sapping
action of erosion, lies scattered upon the slopes. The soft clays under-
lying are first cut away by the action of the falling water, and the
sandstones, being undermined, are broken ofp by their own weight and
roll down the slopes of the hills. In some places the Jura is, by this
means, concealed, although on the whole the exposures are very per-
fect.

STRATIGRAPHY.

The Red Beds. The oldest rocks recognized in the Freeze-out Hills
are the Carboniferous. They occupy the center of the anticline and are
Dverlain by the Red Beds, which are composed of sandstones and red-
jiish arenaceous clays, enclosing here and there lenticular masses of
gypsum or gypsiferous clays. These beds are seemingly devoid of
fossils, and are apparently conformable with the overlying Jurassic
beds, of unquestionable marine deposition. The brilliant colors of
uhe Red Beds, blended in places with the green of the vegetation and
aluish clay of the Jura, produce in the hills a series of views remark-
iible alike for their beauty and brilliancy. At a point on the Dyer
'anch the following stratigraphical conditions of the contact between
:he Red Beds and the Jura were noticed :

1. Base, near top of Red Beds, reddish clay 2 ft.+

2. White, indurated sandstone 4 in.

3. Clay, light red. . . 5 "

•> 4. White sandstone with reddish tinge . . 1 "

112

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

5. Light red clay 2 in.

6. White, sHghtly indurated sandstone 6 "

7. Shale, reddish, changing to purple 4 ft.

8. White, fissile sandstone 6 "

9. Arenaceous clay of a dull red color 10 "

10. White, laminated arenaceous limestone containing fossils 6 in.

This last stratum contains a characteristic Jurassic type, Pseudo-
ryionotls curta Hall. This is the first or lowest known fossil-bearing
horizon of the Jura. Any division line i^laced between the Red Beds
and the Jura lower than this fossiliferous statum would be an arbi-
trary one, as there appears to be no unconformity to mark their
separation.

The term Jura-Trias, which has so long been applied to these beds,
is no longer applicable, for the reason that the Jura is well differ-
entiated by its faunas. This is true not alone of the Jura of this
region, but it is also true of the formation everywhere in the West.
The series of beds, however, which lie between the known Carbon-
iferous and the Jura, and which constitute the Red Beds proper,
might, in the absence of any means of differentiation,
be called the Permo-Trias.

The Jura. Continuing the section already be-
gun, we have, for number

11. Arenaceous clay of a somewhat shaly nature. . . 6 ft.

This layer contains, near the central portion, a
more highly arenaceous stratum of a greenish color.
It has scattered through it, also, at different levels,
some rather large, browm, argillaceous concretions.
The entire stratum seems to be unfossiliferous. But
it may contain Belemnites densus, as it is often diffi-
cult to determine whether this fossil does or does not
belong to the lower beds, since, on account of its abun-
dance in some of the upper beds, it is scattered su-
perficially throughout the full extent of the outcroj).

12. White, sandy clay 4 ft.

No invertebrate fossils were found in this stratum,
but the remains of marine saurians belonging to the
genera Ichthyosaiints and Pleslosauras occur in con-
siderable abundance.

13. Purplish fossiliferous clay containing calcar-

eous nodules 20 ft.

The most abundant fossil in this stratum is Belem-
nites denstis, which occurs distributed throughout
the layer, while the other fossils are confined chiefly

•y^^^

/^zz.^

■^Y'

-^Vir"^

^~/^^

^^f--

^V;-?

Q :"■'-. '.■■^^^yft^

■c^^22ici

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING.

113

— ii.^^-

flXIT

to the calcareous concretions. From these concre-
tions the following forms were obtained: Pinna
hingi. Pinna sp., Cardioceras cordiforme, Avicula
heedei, Astarte packardi, Pentacrinus aster icus,
Tancredia hulhosa, Tancredia magna, Lima lata,
Gomomxja montanaensis, Avicula macronatus,Pleu-
Tomya suhcompressa, Cardinia Wyoming ensis, Pseu-
domonotis curta^ Belemnites densus, and, in the
clay, Belemnites curtus. This stratum contains also
the remains of plesiosaurs and ichthyosaurs. It is
the most abundantly fossiliferous of all the Jurassic
strata. It is also one of the most persistent beds,
and is everywhere characterized by the great abun-
dance of belemnites.

14. Greenish-colored sandstone, separating
into thin layers 2 ft. to 5 ft.

This stratum contains considerable calcareous mat-
ter, is very persistent, and is easily recognized on ac-
count of its uniformly greenish color. The following
fossils occur in it : Camptonectes hellistriatus, Camp-
toncctes extenuatus, Ostrea densa, and Ostrea strig-
ilecula.

15. Purplish clay containing considerable arena-
ceous inclusions 40 ft.

The clay contains, in the lower part, a thin stratum
of sandy limestone in which the following fossils were
found: Pentacri7ius astericus, Asterias duhium,
Pseudomonotis curta, Avicula macronatus, and
Ostrea strigilecula.

The Atla7itasaurus Beds. The last stratum is
the last one containing marine fossils, and probably
closes the Jura, but some of the non-fossiliferous beds
lying above may belong to that formation. The suc-
ceeding stratum varies so much in thickness that it
may represent the eroded surface of the Jura upon
which the Atlantasaurus Beds were deposited.

16. Fine-grained, grayish-white sand-
stone ". 10 ft. to 125 ft.

The above stratum varies much in thickness within short distances,
t one point on the Dyer ranch it has a thickness of only 10 ft., while
few miles southeast it reaches a thickness of 125 ft. The sandstone
imposing the layer is of nearly uniform color and texture. Its in-

Qcjt^m.

'M^MM

114 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

duration is only moderate, and it weathers into many grotesque forms
Cross-bedding is well exhibited by it in many localities.

17. Purple to greenish-colored clay 60 ft.

This is apparently an unfossiliferous layer, excej^t in the uppermost

horizon, where species of dinosaurs belonging to the genera Bronto-
saurxis and Morosaurus occur.

18. Sandstone, grayish to light brown 10 ft. to 20 ft.

The above sandstone presents some very interesting stratigraphic

phenomena. It has, at the base, a layer of conglomerate about 2| ft.
thick. The conglomerate is composed of small silicious and argil-
laceous pebbles, and is not very coherent. Something like two feet of
sandstone rests upon the conglomerate ; the bedding planes of the
sandstone are oblique to the bedding planes of the beds above and
below. Succeeding the sandstone above is 6 in. of sandstones in very
thin layers, with lignitic seams along its horizontal but wavy bedding
planes. The above is overlain by 4 in. of conglomerate, followed by
1 in. of sandstone with oblique bedding planes. Overlying this layer
is a thin layer of sandstone in which the bedding planes are horizontal.
The remainder of the stratum is made up of sandstone with the bed-
ding planes as follows : 1 ft. oblique ; then 3 in. horizontal ; then 2 ft. ob-
lique ; and finally 3 in. horizontal. The stratum furnished in one place
the trunk of a large fossil tree and a large number of fossil cycads.
Fragments of fossil wood were found in a number of places, but cycads
in only the one. Fragments of a hollow-boned dinosaur were found
in one place in the horizon.

19. Drab-colored clay 30 ft. to 40 ft.

This stratum contains the bones of the large dinosaur, Bronto-

saurus. Otherwise it appears to be unfossiliferous.

20. Fissile, brownish sandstone 4 ft. to 5 ft.

No fossils were found in this sandstone, and the most characteristic

feature about it is its uniformly brown color. It seems to be moder-
ately persistent, as its occurrence in many places in the hills was no-
ticed.

21. Bluish-green clay containing very small concretions 30 ft.

In the bone quarries of this horizon, which furnished species of

Brontosaurus, Morosaurus, and Diplodocus, were found specimens of
{Pla?i07'his) veternus and Valvata leei. This is the lowest horizon at
which any of these non-marine invertebrates were noticed. It is
probable that they will be found lower down, as the dinosaurs occur
much lower.

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 115

22. Brown to bluish -gray arenaceous limestone 8 in. to 1 ft.

This stratum contains the following non-marine invertebrate forms :

Unio knighti, U. loillistoni, U. haileyi, Valvata leei, and (Planorhls)
vetei'nus. Species from the same genera have been described by
Meek from a similar stratum of limestone in the Black Hills. As
these occupy much the same stratigraphical position they are proba-
bly the same age. The Lloplacodes seems to be identical with that de-
scribed by Meek in the Geology of the Upper Missouri.

23. Drab-colored clay 70 ft.

Species of the genera Brontosaurus, Blplodociis, Morosaurus,

Stegasaurus and AUosaurus occur in this horizon. Portions of spe-
cies of all these genera were found in one quarry by the Kansas Uni-
versity collecting party. The clay is of that quality usually designated
as "joint" clay. It contains in places iron and argillaceous concre-
tions of small size. The iron, and sometimes the bones, are covered
with selenite crystals.

21. Grayish-white sandstone .^)0 ft.

This layer forms a conspicuous capping for the hills, and is the
highest remnant of the anticline. It breaks up into large blocks,
which lie scattered along the slopes of the underlying softer beds.
Its erosion and disintegration is accomplished chiefly by sapping.
No fossils were found in this .stratum, and its true position is in
doubt.

The Dakota. The Freeze-out Hills are capiDed with a heavy ledge
of sandstone, which may represent the basal member of the Dakota,
although its age is in doubt. So far no paleontologic evidence as to
the age of these beds has been found. From their stratigrapliical
position, however, they have been placed in the Dakota.

This grayish-white sandstone layer breaks up into immense blocks,
which lie scattered in many places from summit to base of the hills.
j It weathers in some places to a rusty iron color, and in other places has
I the appearance of hematite. The base of the sandstone is apparently
1 conformable with the underlying beds, although it is conglomeratic.
The stratum forms the crests of the greater part of the hills and dips
rapidly down toward the surrounding plain. Its detailed stratig-
raphy, taken from an outcrop about one mile northwest of the T. B.
Huch, is as follows:

1. At the base, resting on the clay of the Atlantasaurus beds, a
I layer of fine-grained sandstone G ft.

2. A layer of conglomerate, composed of small pebbles 10 "

3. A layer of coarse-grained sandstone 10 "

4. At the summit, fine-grained sandstone 25 " 4-

9-K.U.Qr. A-ix2

116

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

All of these layers exhibit the phenomena characteristic of shallow-
water deposits. The conglomerate is composed of small pebbles, the
largest noticed not exceeding an inch in diameter, and the average
being only about one-third that size. The pebbles are, for the most
part, argillaceous and silicious. Induration is more pronounced in
the case of the fine-grained sandstone, in which the cementing ma-
terial is almost wholly siliceous.

There occur occasionally throughout the region large lenticular
masses of sandstone, in which the cementing material is iron oxide.
These masses are by far the most highly indurated of the group. The

iron was probably depos-
ited under the same condi-
tions which prevail in
certain regions to-day. At
the present day, iron, in
the form of a soluble car-
bonate, is being brought
into marshes and bogs, and
dei^osited in the form of an
oxide or a carl)onate. To
assume that the iron of the
Dakota formation was de-
posited under similar con-
ditions seems to be in accord
with a logical interpreta-
tion of the facts.

The quartz grains of the
Dakota sandstone are held
together by at least three
kinds of cementing mate-
rial, namely, iron oxide, cal-
cium carbonate, and silica.
The degree of hardness of
the stone depends upon

LOGAN: FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 117

the amount of the last-named substance. The degree as well as
the uniformity of the induration depend upon the conditions of
sedimentation and subsequent strati^^raphical relations. A homoo-
enous stratum of sand in the belt of induration is more favorable to
the agents of cementation than a heterogeneous stratum composed of
sand and clay, for the reason that the former permits the freer circu-
lation of solutions. Again, if the mineral in solution be silica the
presence in the rock of large quantities of quartz will favor deposition
of the sihca because of the affinity which causes one mineral to select
Its kind m deposition or recrystallization-a principle which is well
illus rated m the process of enlargement of crystals by metasomatism
The cnaracter of the cementing substance depends upon the char-
acter and solubility of the rocks through which the percolating waters
pass before reaching the zone of induration. If the surface rocks and
the superincumbent rocks be limestones or calcareous shales the ce
ment will be, for the most part, calcite. If the source of the descend
mg waters be marshes into which the surface-waters are bringing
soluable iron compounds, the cementing agent is very likely to be
some form of iron. If, on the other hand, the surface-waters and the
percolating waters find their courses in sandstone, quartzite, or other
quartz-bearing rocks, the sandstone will be cemented by silica

The induration of these sandstones is a continuous process which
began with the deposition of the beds, and is still taking place It is
taking place not alone in the deep-seated zone, but also in the periph
eral zone of weathering. Depth of burial had its influence by brino-
ing the quartz grains closer together, and thus leaving smaller spaces
to be filled by the cementing substance. The stratum of .sandstone
which becomes indurated while deeply buried is not constantly in a
zone of underground waters, but is alternately in a zone of satura-
tion and m a zone of imbibition. While in the zone of saturation
the rock spaces are filled with water containing the cement in solu-
tion When, however, by a diminution in the supply of water, the
stratum is brought above the zone of saturation into that of imbibi-
tion, evaporation takes place, and the minerals held in solution are
deposited.

Induration continues, however, even after the rocks have been up-
turned by orogenic movement and the overlying rocks removed by
erosion. In the zone of weathering, the ascending waters are bring-
ing up minerals in solution to be deposited as the water is evaporated
ihis form of deposition is very common in arid or semi-arid reo-ions"
In western Kansas, ascending waters passing through a bed of calca
reous shales have, in one instance, built up a cone twenty feet hio-h
V\ here the underground waters come to the surface in some of the

118 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Tertiary rocks of the arid plains, these rocks have reached a high de-
gree of induration produced by this mode of deposition.

PALEONTOLOGY.

Jurassic. The Jurassic period was a period of exj)ansion for ma-
rine life. It was a period when, by the encroachment of the oceanic
waters, great epicontinental seas and bays were formed. At least
three of these bodies of water existed on the continent of Eurasia and
one upon the American continent, while there were less extensive en-
croachments on all the large land masses. These eijicontinental seas,
by furnishing additional feeding grounds, increased to a marked de-
gree the number of marine organisms. And in so far as these seas
restricted the land area they restricted also the development of ter-
restrial life.*

During Ujjper Jurassic time three faunal stages marked the growth
of marine transgression upon the borders of the continents. These
stages are known in England as the Lower Oolyte, the Middle Oolyte,
and the Upper Oolyte. Only one of these three stages, the Upper
Oolyte, is represented in the Jura of the American interior province,
and jDrobably only the middle part of that. In other words, of the
three Upper Jurassic faunas recognized in the Pacific coast deposits
of California and in northern Eurasia, only one is recognized in the
Wyoming Jura.

The discovery of beds of Jurassic age in the interior was first an-
nounced by Meek in 1858. f In correlating these beds with the Jura
of the old world, the writer says: "The organic remains found in
these series present, both individually and as a group, very close
afhnities to those in the Jurassic epoch in the old world ; so close, in-
deed, that in some instances, after the most careful comparisons with
figures and descriptions, we are left in doubt whether they should be
regarded as distinct species or as varieties of well-known European
Jurassic forms. Among those so very closely allied to foreign Juras-
sic species may be mentioned an ammonite we have described under
the name of A. cordifoTmis, which we now regard as probably iden-
tical with A. cordatus of Sowerby ; a gryphsea we have been only
able to distinguish as a variety from G. calceola Quenstedt; a pecten
scarcely distinguishable from /-*. lens Sowerby ; a modiola very closely
allied to M. cancellata of Goldf uss ; a belemnite agreeing very well
with B. excentricns."

Since the publication of the above statements by Meek the paleon-
tology of the European Jura has been more completely worked out,
and some of the faunas, particularly that of northern Russia, are

*For the principles involved in these statements see "A Systematic Source of Evolution of
Provincial Faunas," by T. C. Chamberlin. ( Jour. Geol., vol. VII, p. 597.)

tGeological Report of the Exploration of the Yellowstone and Missouri Rivers.

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 119

found to have still closer affinities to the American interior fauna.
The Jurassic faunas of America have also received many additions at
the hands of the American paleontoloii^ists Gabb, Hyatt, White, Meek,
Whitfield, Whiteaves, Smith, and Stanton. From a study of the evo-
lution and distribution of Jurassic faunas, it has developed that the
American interior fauna is largely a heterochthonous fauna which has
migrated from northern Eurasia. As a whole it is radically ditferent
from its equivalent in time as it is represented in the Pacific deposits
of California.

The following comparison of forms which seem so closely allied as
to deserve to be called varieties of the same species will serve to show
the close affinity of the fauna of the interior to the fauna of Eurasia :

Belemnites panderamis d"Orb = Belemnites devsus Mk.

Astarte duboisianus (V Orb = Astarte packardi White.

Pentacrinus pentagonifes Golldf . ... = Pentacrinus astericus Mk.

Avicula tenuicostata Roem = A vicula niucronata Mk.

Goniomija dtibo/s d'Orb = Goniomya montanaensis Mk.

Card/oceras cordalus Sowerby = Ccirdioceras cordiforme Mk.

Ostrea duriscula d'Orb ^^ Ostrea densa, n. sp.

Gryphea calceola Quen =; Gryphaa nebrasceuHis Mk.

The fauna taken as a whole exhibits the close relationship in a
much more forcible manner than the comparison of a few sj^ecies can
show.

The Jurassic fauna of the whole interior is essentially the same as
the fauna of the Black Hills, which Neumayr, in his Geographische
Verbreitung Juraformation, shows to be a northern fauna closely re-
lated to that of northern Eurasia. To explain the joresence of this
northern fauna in the interior and its dissimilarity to the Pacific
fauna of California, he postulates the southern extension of an arm
of the Arctic ocean at a point east of the Rocky mountains and the
existence of a land barrier between the two provinces.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

In order to give a comprehensive idea of Jurassic fauna of the
Freeze-out Hills, I have brought together and described all of the
species found there, although a large part of them are already known
Prom other localities. Many of the specimens described here have
been recognized in the Black Hills, in the Yellowstone national park,
)n Wind river, and on Queen Charlotte islands.
I'enfffci'inus (isff^rtrHs Meek and Havden. Plate XXV, figs. 4, 5, 6, 7.
Many fragments of crinoid stems were collected from a thin stratum
)f arenaceous limestone occurring in the clay of No. 15. Fragments
vtre also found in the nodules of No. 13. These forms are all referred
() the species Pentacrinus astericus.
The stems are composed of small pentagonal joints. The margins

120 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

of the joints are crenulate and the articulating surfaces are ornamented
by five petalloidal areas radiating from a central canal. The nodal
joints are ornamented with rounded, tapering cirri, which are composed
of small, disk-like joints. No complete specimens of the calyx were
obtained, but from one or two incomplete ones I judge the size is
small. The free arms are several inches in length.

Dimensions of joints: Length, 1 mm.; diameter, 2 to 3 mm.

Geological horizon : Fragments occur somewhat abundantly in No.
13, but more abundantly in No. 15.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming ; also Black Hills, South
Dakota.

Remarks: This species seems closely allied to Pentacrinus suh-
an.giilaris Mill., from the Upper Lias of northern Eurasia. When the
calices are compared, greater differences may be noted than are re-
vealed by the stems.

Pleuvoutif(t snhcouipressa Meek. Plate XXVI, figs. 4, 7, 8.

Shell medium size, convex, greatest convexity in the anterior re-
gion, form triangularly wedge-shaped. The beaks are prominent,
extending above the hinge line and slightly recurved. They are
somewhat flattened anteriorly. The hinge is short and straight. The
posterior border is nearly straight ; straight in some specimens, and
slightly curved in others, in which case the convexity of the border
is greatest near the median line. The basal margin has a curved out-
line, the anterior basal portion of which is truncated.

The dorsal margin is short and rounds off gradually into the two
adjacent margins. The surface of the shell is ornamented with con-
centric ridges, which are somewhat irregular in degree of prominence
and form nearly parallel lines on the j)osterior portion of the shell.
In the majority of specimens the ridges are more prominent on the
posterior and ventral portions of the shell.

Dimensions : Length, 40 mm. ; width, 25 mm. ; height, 8 mm.

Geological horizon : This species occurs in the arenaceous nodules

of No. 13 of the section. The same stratum also furnishes Astarte

packardi, Pinna kingi, Goniomyamontanaensis, Belemnitesdensus,
etc.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming ; also reported from Utah,
Montana, Idaho, Colorado, and Dakota.

Pleuromya stihcompressa is found also in the Queen Charlotte

fauna of the Pacific, and assists in its correlation with the fauna of

interior.

Ostfefi strhjilccaht White.

This species is so variable in form that a number of forms have

been drawn and described by the author in order to bring out these

differences.

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 121

Variety I, plate XXVIII, figs. 1, 2, 5.

Shell small, irregular in form, sometimes almost cup shaped.
Lower valve deep and attached by its entire surface, which is often
nearly circular in shape ; muscular impression large, as is also the lig-
mental area. Surface of the valve lamellose or strongly wrinkled.

Variety II, plate XXVIII, figs. 3, 4.

Shell small, varying in general shape from oblong to ovate, nearly
flat, most capacious near the beak; interior of shell smooth, present-
ing a glazed appearance ; ligmental area quadrangular and de^jressed
centrally.

Variety III, plate XXVIII, fig. 6.

Shell larger than the second variety, ovate in general outline, beak
acute, with centrally depressed triangular ligmental area ; muscular
impression faint, while in the other varieties it is well marked.

Dimensions: Length, 30 mm.; width, 20 mm.; height, 5 mm.

Geological horizon : These forms occur in the lower part of stratum
No. 14, and also in a thin stratum of No. 15.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks : Osirea strigilecula has a wide distribution in Jurassic
deposits of the interior jjrovince. It has been recognized wherever
this formation has been recognized.

Lhiiff lata '/. n. sp. Plate XXX, figs. 2, 3.

Shell subtriangular, not large for the genus, capacious, umbonal
region gibbous, dorsal portion slightly convex. The beak of the shell
is moderately acute, and is turned so as to point in the direction of
the anterior border. The hinge line is long, the greater part of its
extension being between the beak and the anterior border. The an-
terior border, as well as the dorsal, is broadly rounded. The posterior
border is nearly straight, passing into the adjacent borders by rather
abrupt curves. The test of the .shell is thick. The surface is orna-
mented with fine radiating striffi and concentric lines of growth.

Dimensions : The full length of the shell is unknown, but is i:»roba-
bly about 55 mm ; width, 40 mm ; height, 10 mm.

Geological horizon : This species occurs in the nodules of stratum
No. 13. It is not of frequent occurrence, as only a few specimens
were obtained. It is associated with Pinna kingi, Pleuromya sub-
compressa, Belemnites densus, Pseudomonotis curta, Astarte pack-
ardi, Goniomya montanaensis, etc.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks: As no complete specimens of this form were found, its
determination is somewhat doubtful. The characters of the beak are
somewhat uncertain in the specimen figured.

122 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Taiirrrdia bulbosa Whitf. Plate XXVIII, figs. 11, 12.

Shell small, triangular in general outline. The beaks are promi-
nent, slightly incurved, subcentral, and project slightly beyond the
cardinal line. The anterior portion of the shell is marked by a broad,
shallow depression, which passes transversely across that portion of
the shell, expanding gradually as it approaches the dorsal margin.
The dorsal border is almost straight, but is rounded at the extremities.
The posterior and the anterior borders are both somewhat sharply
rounded. The surface of the cast is smooth, but exhibits tine con-
centric markings.

Dimensions: Length, 20 mm.; width, 17 mm.; height, 4 mm.

Cxeological horizon : The arenaceous nodules of stratum No. 13
contain numerous representatives of this species. Its associates are
the fossils already mentioned for that stratum.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks : This species is somewhat abundant. The test is rarely
found, but the casts are numerous.

rhutit hiiKji Meek. Plate XXIX, figs. 3, 6.

Shell moderately large, expanding rapidly toward the posterior
margin. The test is of medium thickness, with a prismatic structure,
dark colored ; the pearly layer absent in the specimen. The dorsal
border is slightly concave in the central region, but convex in the
posterior region, in which region the ventral border is slightly con-
cave. The posterior margin of the shell is rounded and that portion
of the shell body is reflex. The surface has a prominent carina ex-
tending from the beak to the posterior margin, forming an angle,
which is slightly nearer the ventral than the dorsal border. The dor-
sal side of the angle is concave, while the ventral is convex. The
surface of the shell is ornamented by longitudinally radiating striae
extending in lines parallel with the borders, also by curved lines of
growth, which arise from the dorsal border.

Dimensions: Length, 13 cm.; width, G cm.; height, 1 cm.

Geological horizon : Pinna klngi occurs somewhat abundantly in
No. 13 of the section. It is found with Aslarte pacl^ardi, Belemnites
densus, Pleuromya compressa, Goniomya montanaensis, etc.

Remarks: The above may be the same species as Pinna hreweri
Gabb, described from the Chico of California. This seems to be its
nearest connection, and a comparison of the forms will be necessary
to the positive identification of their relationshijjs.

Pinna sp. Plate XXIX, figs. 1, 2.
The casts of several smaller, more convex individuals were discov-
ered associated with Pinna kingi. The surface ornamentation of the

LOGAN: FREEZE OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 123

forms seems to consist wholly of a siibcentral carina and almost par-
allel, slightly radiating lines of growth. This may be an apparent
variation in the young of the above-described species which does not
find expression in the adult forms.

Tiiuci'edia }ua{jna. n. sp. Plate XXX, fig. 1.

Shell large, subovate in general outline. The beaks are promi-
nent, inflated, incurved, and project a short distance beyond the
cardinal line. They are placed j)osteriorly with regard to the cardinal
margin. The hinge line is straight and has a long extension anterior
to the beaks. The dorsal border is slightly convex and rounds into
the adjacent borders. The posterior border is more broadly curved
than the anterior. The anterior portion of the shell is crossed by a
transverse depression, which originates near the beak and gradually
exjaands toward the basal border. The dorsal border of this depres-
sion forms a rather sharp ridge, which is more pronounced near the
beak. The surface of the cast is marked by broad bands and fine
concentric lines of growth.

Dimensions : Length, 45 mm. ; width, 38 mm. ; height, 10 mm.

Geological horizon : This species is found in stratum No. 13 of
the section, where it is associated with the fossils already mentioned
as characterizing that horizon. ,

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills. Wyoming.

Remarks : This shell is so much larger than T. hulhosa Whitf ., and,
as there ajjpear to be no intermediate forms, I think it must consti-
tute a new species. It is not so abundant as the latter.

Camptonectes hellisti-iatus Meek. Plate XXX, figs. 7, 8.

Shell large, circular or orbicular in outline, moderately convex.
The hinge line is short and straight. The posterior ear is about one-
half the size of the anterior ear. The beak is obtusely angular. The
surface of the shell slopes gradually back from the beak and attains
its maximum convexity at about one-third the distance from the beak
to the posterior margin. The surface of the shell is almost smooth,
but possessing scarcely discernible radiating stri^, which are crossed
by several moderately strong concentric lines of growth and finer striae.
The left valve is rather more convex than the right. The anterior ear
of the right valve bears a deep notch, which separates it from the body
of the shell.

Dimensions: Lenth, 50 mm.; width, 40 mm.: height, 8 mm.

Geological horizon : The greenish-colored sandstone of No. 14 of
the section bears numerous representatives of this form. 'It is asso-
ciated with Camptonectes extenuatus.

Remarks : The fauna of the hills has numerous representatives of
this species. It is also well represented in many other localities in
the interior.

124 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Cardiocei-ds cordifovme Meek. Plate XXVII, figs. 1-12.

Shell from medium to large size ; cross-section of outer volution
near the aperture nearly triangular ; the dorsal side of the outer
volution sloping gradually to a rather prominent keel in the shell, but
to a rounded margin in the cast. The ventral side of the volution
passes almost vertically to the inner volution, and in old individuals
forms a reentrant angle with the inner volution. The outer volution
of the shell expands rapidly toward the aperture, at which point it
equals about one-third the full diameter of the shell. The umbilicies
equal in diameter nearly one-third of the outer volution. The surface
of the shell is marked by transverse, tlexuous costte, which are some-
what variable in prominence and are frequently bifurcated at one-
fourth the distance from the dorsal to the umbilical border. The
bifurcated costfe are separated by a simj^le costa, which fades out be-
fore reaching the umbilical border. The costse form a sigmoidal curve
in passing from the dorsal to the umbilical border.

The septa are marked on but few of the sandstone casts; they are
somewhat crowded. The dorsal lobe is higher than wide, and has
two terminal lobes, each ornamented with numerous smaller digita-
tions. It also possesses two lateral lobes similarly ornamented and
followed below by two minor lobes. The dorsal saddle is somewhat
narrower than the dorsal lobe, and is pierced at the terminus by a
small lobe, and laterly by the lateral branches of the adjacent lobes,
which form for it one terminal and five lateral branches. The first
lateral lobe nearly equals in length the dorsal lobe ; it is ornamented
by three terminal and two lateral branches, each having minor digi-
tations. The first lateral saddle is much narrower than the first
lateral lobe, and is ornamented with two small terminal branches and
several lateral ones, all of which are unequally digitate. The second
lateral lobe is a little more than half the size of the first, and lias two
terminal digitate branches and two smaller lateral ones. The re-
mainder of the septum is not present in a determinable condition in
any of the specimens collected.

Dimensions : Diameter of a medium specimen, 80 mm ; diameter
of an outer volution, 35 mm.

Geological horizon : Species occurs in moderate abundance in the
clay and arenaceous nodules of No. 13 of the section. It is associated
with Astarte packardi, Belem7iites densus, Piirna kingi, etc.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming, and Black Hills, Dakota.

Remarks : This species seems to be closely related to the northern
European species Cardioceras {Quenstedioceras) lamherti, which
is described from Russia.

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 125

Cf( HI jttonectes exteniKittis Meek and Hayden.

Shell medium size, ovate or suboval in outline. The hinge line is
straight, equaling in extent nearly one-half the length of the shell.
The ears are large and triangular ; the margins of the posterior one
slopes abruptly backward to the body of the shell. The beaks are
small, not projecting above the hinge line, and somewhat sharply
rounded. The surface of the shell is marked by fine radiating stria?,
which diverge from the median line and converge toward the lateral
border ; also by concentric stria?, which cross the former at right
angles.

Dimensions: Length, 30 mm.; width, 22 mm.; height, 8 mm.

Geological horizon : These fossils occur in the greenish-colored
sandstone of No. 14 of the section.

Localit}' : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming ; also reported from
Dakota.

Remarks : C. curvatus, described by Whiteaves from the Jurassic
fauna of the Queen Charlotte islands, is probably a synonym of
C. extenuatus. The following forms are recognized in both faunas :
Belemnites densus, B. curtus, Astarte packardi, Pleuromya suh-
compressa, Avicula {Oxytoma) mucronata, Gryphcua nehrascaensis,
and Camptonectes extenuatus.

Cardinia irt/oinhH/eiisis. n. sp. Plate XXV, fig. 8.

Shell large, convex, subquadangular, length more than twice the
width. The hinge line is long and straight. The posterior border
forms an acute angle with the ventral border, which is long and
straight. The anterior border is rounded. The contour of the shell
forms a rounded escarpment, which extends from the umbonal region
to the jjosterio-ventral border angle. The test of the shell is thick.
The surface is ornamented with prominent concentric lines of growth-
Dimensions : Length, 90 mm.; width, 35 mm.; height, 8 mm.
Geological horizon : A few representatives of this form were found
in stratum No. 13, in which they were not abundant. They occur
with the fossils already mentioned as belonging to that horizon.
Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks : This is a rare form in the Jurassic fauna, as very few
specimens were collected. The genus seems well represented in the
European fauna of the Jura.

Psendoiuoiiotis rui-ta Hall. Plate XXX, fig. 5.
Shell (left valve) of medium size, obliquely saborbicular, unequi-
valve, convex. The beaks are obtusely pointed and prominent, ex-
tending above the cardinal line, and having the apex slightly incurved.
The hinge line scarcely equals half the length of the shell. The an-

126 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

terior wing is small, and rounded toward the beak. The surface is
bent toward the opposite valve so as to leave a small opening between
the valves near the anterior margin. The posterior wing is larger,
and the surface is flat near the anterior margin. The surface of the
shell is ornamented with fine radiating plications, which are crossed
by concentric strite, producing small nodes at the points of intersec-
tion. These nodes are prominent near the basal margin in most
specimens, but rarely occur in the region of greatest convexity, which
is nearly always smooth. The surface markings are not so conspicu-
ous on the right valve. The anterior wing of this valve is separated
from the body of the shell by a very narrow slit or groove.

Geological horizon : This species occurs in the sandstone of No.
10, and also in the nodules of No. 13. In the first stratum it has no
associates. In the latter, it has associated with it the fossils already
enumerated from that horizon.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, and Como Bluffs, Wyoming ; also
occurs in Black Hills.

Remarks : This fossil marks the lowest limit of the fossiliferous
belt of the Jura-Trias rocks of this region. It occurs in a thin stratum
of limestone intercalated between beds of shale. Below the limestone
stratum appear the characteristic Red Beds of the Permo-Trias.
Above are the fossiliferous beds of the Jura.

Phol((d(nnffa rohusfo, n. sp. Plate XXVI, figs. 5, 6.

Shell convex, elongate-oblong in general outline. The posterior
umbonal region is the area of greatest convexity. The cardinal line
is long and moderately straight. The beaks project a little beyond
the cardinal line and are slightly incurved. The dorsal border is
broadly convex. The posterior and the anterior margins are more
abruptly rounded.

The surface of the shell is ornamented by several costae, radiating
from the beaks and curving posteriorly as they pass to the dorsal bor-
der. The costpe are crossed by prominent concentric undulations.

Dimensions: Length, 26 mm.; width, 20 mm.; height, 8 mm.

(xeological horizon : The species occurs in the abundantly fossilif-
erous stratum, No. 13 of the section. It is associated with Pinna
king I, Belemnites densus, Ta?icredia magna, Astarte packardi,
Pleurortiya compressa, etc.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming,

Remarks : The above-described species differs from Pholodomya
lingi, described by White, in the matter of size and surface orna-
mentation. It does not appear to have any very close European
affiliations.

LOGAN : FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 127

Aviriila Inahi. n. sp. Plate XXVIII, fig. 10.

Shell convex, medium in size, arcuate-oblong in general outline,
greatest convexity in the anterior region. The hinge line is short and
straight. The beaks are small, somewhat pointed and turned toward
the dorsal border, so that the line of greatest arch of the shell is a
sigmodial curve. The anterio-dorsal border of the shell is extended
into a moderately large wing, which has its margin rounded and curves
slightly toward the beak anteriorly; the posterior border a some-
what abrupt curve. The ventral and dorsal borders are convex, the
ventral border having the greatest convexity. The surface of the
shell is ornamented by obscure radiating lines and more pronounced
concentric lines of growth.

Dimensions: Length, BO mm.: width, 12 mm.; height, 6 mm.

Geological horizon : No. 13 of the section furnished a few speci-
mens of this form. The species occurs with Belemnites densus,
Pinna Ituigi, Pleuromya auhcomirt'esi^a, Tancrcdki magna, etc.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks : This specimen, the type, was collected by Dr. J. "SV.
Beede, in whose honor it has been named. It is not a common form
in the Jurassic fauna of this locality.

Astarte iHtehtivdi White. Plate XXVII, figs. 13, U.

Shell medium in size, convex, subcircular in general outline. The
beaks are small, subcentrally placed, and prominent. The anterior
margin is short and slightly convex. The i^osterior margin forms a
broad subelliptical curve. The hinge line is short and ornamented
with two transverse cardinal teeth, the anterior of which is the larger.
The lateral teeth are not present. The surface of the shell is marked
by numerous regular concentric undulations, the intermediate spaces
being occupied by minute concentric stria?. The casts of the shell
exhibit at the margin a row of depressions which correspond to min-
ute projections on the shell border. Test of the shell moderately
thick.

Dimensions: Length, 20 mm.; width, 17 mm.; height, 8 mm.

Geological horizon : This species is very abundant in the arena-
ceous nodules of No. 13 of the section, where it is associated with
Pinna kingi, Pleuromya conipressa, Gonionrya montanaensis, Belem-
nites densus, etc.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming ; also from Lake Como, Wy-
oming, from which place it was first described by White.

Remarks : Next to Belemnites densus this species is the most
abundant species in stratum No, 13. The shells are in a good state
of preservation, as they have been crystallized for the most part int(j

12S KANSAS UXIVERSITT QUARTERLY.

ealcite dming the process of fossilization. The species seems very
closely allied to the northern European form. Astarte duhoisiana

d'Orb.

tinnioinya inontanaenfis Meek. Plate XXVI. fig. 1.

'^ nsr-areaate in general outline, convexity regular ; hinge

V straight, extending from the beak posteriorly by
.- .riigth. The beaks are prominent and raised above the
r. The dorsal border is broadly rounded. The posterior
margin forms an obtuse angle, with its apex near the median line of
the border : the anterior margin is rounded. The umbonal region of
the shell is ^"*^ slisrbtly cci:;vex. nearly flat. The surface of the shell
exte - . le of the jKDSterior margin forms

a ra::ie: carr-,: arc::. The surface ornamentation con-

sists of _ : winded ridges, which in passing back from the

beak form in : nal regi irangular figures: then for

about one-th' - r dorsal slopes the quadrangular

figures are - - nes which have an acute angle

on the c - ^ ^ These in turn are replaced by figures with the
dorsal ang r .^;— ing more and more obtuse, until near the dorsal
b?rd-r the figures become almost elliptical in form. The surface is
-ked by finer concentric lines of growth,
i-' " -nsions! Length. 5^3 mm.: width, 23 mm.: height, ^ mm.
Cxeolc^cal horiz'Dn : The species occurs in the arenaceous nodules
of Xo. 13 of the section, where it is associated with Belemnites densus,
■ ^i. Pinna Jilngi, Pxeudomonotis curta, Pleuromya

-:c. It is also reported, as stated below, from the
Yellowstone canon, Montana.

Eemarks: The typ^ spe ' is species was described by

Meek in the Unite! States _ . Reports for 1^72. Its deter-

mination was based upon an imperfect specimen, and from the figure
and description it is dLScult to say whether or not the Wyoming
species is the same. It is placed here, however, provisionally.

The species is also very closely allied to the European species,
' ' lenst., described from the Jurassic fauna of Kussia

^ : iins. S: ;1 =- is its connection that it maybe

merely a variety of the Eur -cies.

fronioiuyn sj.. Plate XXVI, fig. 2.

Tie cast of a shell which appears to belong to a different .?i)ecie5
was ii/und associated with Goniomya mjonianaensis. It appeare from
the cast that it is a much narrower and proportionally longer shell
than the latter. These- _ :her characteristics pres-

ent are analogous to tho>- .: .- . - . . • -_^_-i species.

LOGAX: FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WTOMIXG. 129

Ostrea dettAa. n. sp. Plate XXVIII, fig. 7.

Shell ( left valve > very large, subquadrate, test very thick. The beak
is truncated and possesses a large quadrangular area which is not de-
pressed. The anterior margin is straight while the dorsal and the
ventral borders are convex. The posterior mai^in is unknown. The
valve is moderately capacious. The exterior surface is - " sud

nearly flat. The ventral bDrder has about one-half thr • -~ ot

the dorsal, which is very thick.

Dimensions : The full length of the sheil is u: Tne A-idth

exhibited by the largest fragment is 60 mm. : " -mess of the

test, 10 mm.

Geological horizon : This species is found in -- "" '^ :

it is ass«3ciated with Osfrea sttigileeula and P_

LocaKty : The Freeze- out Hills, Wyoming.

Ee marks : This species is not abundant and no complete speci-
mens were found. Severed fragments were observed, however.
Ot<trea comoensi:*. n. sp. Plate XXVm. fig. 9.

Shell (left valve) small, capacious for size of shell convex; test
thick; the anterior margin acute; the posterior margin somewhat
wavy, irregular ; ventral border concave ; dorsal border convex, wavy.
The interior of the shell is smooth. The muscular impression is
large and projects above the surface of the shell. The ligmental
area is quadrangular. The exterior of the shell is lamellose.

Dimensions : Length. 40 mm. ; width. 21 mm. ; height. 3 mm.

Geological horizon: This species also occurs in the ! — ^ ^ :t of
stratum No. 14. where it is associated with the above -n?.: - ;ies

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills. Wyoming.

Remarks : Associated with the above is the fragment shown in
Plate IV. iig. IS. This fragment evidently belongs to a new species.
but as the essential parts are wanting its foim and description can-
not be given.

Selemnifes densHS Meek. Plate XXTI. fig. 9.

Guard medium in size, conical in general outline, although the proxi-
mal end may be nearly straight. The distal portion t: -_-
a point. In cross-section the guard is from oval to su „ — —
guard substance is thick and bears a distinct prismatic structure, which
radiates in sharp but divergent rays from a line coincident "
center of the phragmacone and subcentrally placed. A cros^ - —
of the guard shows fine concentric lines of er»3wth. The phragmacone
in varying length expands from below-; :.d is slightly curved.

The shell substance becomes thinner to~ -:- :_- proximal end. The
surface of the guard is sometimes punctate but is usually smooth.
The guard is composed of prismatic layers, which ar^ separated in

130 KANSAS UXIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

transverse section by thin, closely arranged septa, which become more
widely separated with increased distance from the phragmacone. The
apex of the cone-shaped alveolar cavity is subcentrally located in the
adult forms but is central in young individuals. The species varies
much in size but retains the same general form.

Dimensions: Length of specimen, 140 mm.; length of phragma-
cone, 50 mm.; diameter, 20 mm.

Geological horizon : This species occurs in great abundance in No.
13 of the section. It is found associated with Pleuromya subcom-
pressa, Astarte packardi, Pinna kingi, Goniomya montanaenfiis, etc.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming. Black Hills, Dakota, and
elsewhere.

Remarks : This is by far the most abundant s^jecies in the Jura of
Wyoming. In certain outcrops in the Freeze-out Hills the slopes of
the hills are so completely dotted with them as to leave scarcely a sin-
gle square foot without one or more representatives. From these out-
crops it is possible to gather bushels of them. Their persistence in
the stratum in which they occur make it a good guide in the study of
the stratigraphy. B. skidgatensis is undoubtedly a synonym of B.
densus, as all of the forms figured by Meek have the same form as
Whiteaves's species.

Belemnites ctirtus. n. sp. Plate XXIX, figs. 4, 5; plate II, fig. 3.

Guard large size, thick, abruptly pointed, subquadrangular at the
distal end, while it is more cylindrical toward the proximal portion.
The point of the guard is extremely blunt. The guard substance is
dense, dark colored, and of prismatic structure.

Dimensions: Length, 120 mm.; diameter, 30 mm.

Geological horizon : No. 13 of the section has furnished a few
specimens of this siDecies.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, of Wyoming.

Remarks : Such a radical ditference in general form seems to ex-
clude the possibility of this form belonging to Belemnltes densus,
while its symmetry would indicate that its ditference of form was not
due to an accident of growth.

This form was never figured by Meek under the name B. densus,
but the form so described is longer and more slender. The latter I
take to be the same as B. skidgatensis Whiteaves. This is one of the
species which link the Jura of Wyoming with that of Queen Charlotte
islands.

Asfcrfas <liihinm Whitfield. Plate XXV, fig. 3.

A single imperfect specimen collected from the crinoidal sandstone
horizon possesses characters very similar to those of the above-named
species. The specimen is somewhat weathered, and, as a result, its

LOGAN: FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 131

specific characters are difficult to determine. The arms are a fraction
over an inch in length, and are elevated along the central portion.
They are composed of small plates arranged longitudinally. The
center of the body is marked by a depression which appears to
be almost circular, although the margin is not entire, being more-
or less obliterated by weathering. In general shape the upper sur-
face of the rays are subangular. The rays are not so curved as those
in the specimen described by Whitfield*; it may be that the first is
an older individual.

Geological horizon : The species occurs in a thin stratum of sand-
stone in the bluish shale of No. 15 of the section. It is found asso-
ciated with Pentacrinns astericKS, Belemnites densvs. etc. The
sandstone in which it occurs is fine-grained, laminated stone, which i.«
free from impurities and varies much in degree of induration.

Locality : Freeze-out Hills, "Wyoming : also reported from the-
Black Hills.

Remarks : The above species is not abundant in the Jurassic strata
of the interior, as so far it has been reported only from the Jura of
Wyoming. These forms, however, are not easily jDre-served, and the
depositional conditions of the shallow Juras.sic sea were never very
favorable to their preservation.

^ivicitln moci'OHotHs Meek. Plate XXX, fig. 6.

Shell medium in size, arcuate, ornamented with two wings, the pos-
terior one of which is much larger than the anterior one. The pos-
terior wing bears a broad, shallow sinus, while the anterior wing is
small and somewhat rounded. The hinge line is mod>'rately long.
The surface of the shell is ornamented with strong radiating plica-
tions or ribs, which are crossed by well-marked lines of growth.
These form, at the points of intersection, nodes which are prominent
on the lower part of the shell but scarcely visible in the umbonal re-
li'ion. The umbonal region is the area of greatest convexity. The
anterior margin of the shell projects slightly in the upper part so as
to leave a faint sinus below the anterior wing. It curves obliquely
l)ackward to the basal border below, with which it forms an almost
regular curve extending nearly to the posterior basal extremity. The
last-named i3ortion of the shell is also rounded. The beak is sharply
pointed, shows a tendency to incurve, and is elevated above the car-
dinal line.

Dimensions: Length, 20 mm.; width, 12 mm.; height, 5 mm.

Greological horizon : This species occurs in tlie thin sandstone
stratum of No. 15 of the section. It is found associated with Asterias
'liihium, Pentacrinvs asterici'S, and Belemnites densi'S.

* Geology of the Black Hi Is.
lO— K.U.Qr. A-ix 2

132 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Locality: Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming; also reported from the
Black Hills.

Remarks : The form above described resembles very closely the
northern European species, Avicula tenvicostata, but not the sj)ecies
Avicvla munsteri, as suggested by Meek.*

Thf Athnitnsa 11 rns Fauna.

Aside from the huge reptilian remains for which the Atlantasaurus
Beds are justly celebrated, it contains an interesting, although not
abundant, invertebrate fauna. The forms represented are all well-
known fresh-water types. Among them are species of Mollusca be-
longing to the genera Unio and Cyprena, and gastropods belonging
to the genera Valvata, Lioplacodes. and Viviparus. These inverte-
brates have been found in the Black Hills, in the Freeze-out Hills,
and in the Atlantasaurus Beds of southern Colorado.

The Potomac formation of the Atlantic coast, which was deposited
under like conditions and has like lithological characteristics, also
contains a similar fauna. The habitat of the Potomac fauna, how-
ever, were probably waters of a brackish nature.

The Wealden formation of England contains the greater part of
the genera which occur in the Atlantasaurus Beds, and is doubtless
of the same age. The two formations have similar lithological char-
acters, and four of the genera — Unio, Valvata, Planorhis, and Vivip-
arus— which are represented in the two formations by species having
practically the same degree of development, are not known from older
formations.

Liojth(ro(7es refei'ims Meek. Plate XXXI, fig. 5.

Shell small, planorbicular, composed of three or four whorls lying
in the same plane. The volutions are rounded, and increase rapidly
in size. The position of the decreasing volutions form concavities on
each side of the shell, the most jDrominent one being on the left side.
The surface of the shell is smooth and the aperture is nearly circular,
apparently, although the specimen is somewhat crushed.

Dimensions: Diameter, maximum, 8 mm.; diameter of outer
whorl, 3 mm.

Geological horizon : No. 22 of the section furnished a number of
these forms, while a few were collected from the clay of No. 21.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming ; also the Black Hills,
Dakota.

Remarks: This specimen is much larger than that described by
Meek, but as there appears to be no other essential difference it is
probable that the latter is only a young individual.

This genus was first recognized in the Wealden of England, and

♦Geology of the Upper Missouri.

LOGAN: FREEZE-OUT HILLS OF WYOMING. 133

has not been recognized in any older formations. It occurs here in
apparently the same degree of development, and has not been recog
nized m any older rocks on this continent.

Vitio If UN. stout, n. sp. Plate XXXI, %. 10.
Shell medium size, broadly subelliptical but only slightly convex
The ventral border of the shell is nearly straight while the dorsal
border is moderately convex. The posterior margin is sharply
rounded -. the anterior margin is subtriangular. The test is thick
The surface of the shell is ornamented by prominent concentric lines
of growth. The convexity of the surface is slight and has its greatest
prominence in the umbonal region. The ventral slope is short and
abrupt while the dorsal slope is long.

Dimensions: Length, oO mm.; uddth, 30 mm.; convexity, 5 mm
Greological horizon : This species occurs in No. 22, associated w^tli
other non-marine forms.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, of Wyoming.
_ Remarks : The type specimen is a cast of a large individual, which
IS the largest .specimen collected.

The genus rnio was first recognized in the Wealden of En-dand
■where it occurs in about the same degree of development as in the
Atlantasaurus Beds. The appearance in these two formations of four
genera, occurring for the first time and in practically the same degree
.ot development, furnishes a strong argument in favor of their correla-
Ition.

I ahfita Icei, n. sp. Plate XXXI, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Shell small, composed of three volutions, which increase rapidly in
e The spire is depressed so that it does not equal more than one-
lialt the body whorl at the aperture. The test is very thin The
. olutions are subangular around the upper outer side, and flattened
...nzontally between the angle and the suture; ventricose on the
.uter and under sides. The suture line occupies a well-marked de-
n-ession. The aperture is oval in shape. The surface is ornamented
)y prominent lines of growth.

Dimensions: Diameter through aperture, L3 mm.; diameter ex-
•lusive of outer whorl, 4 ram.; height of spire, less than 3 mm.;
1 eight of outer whorl at aperture, 4 mm.

Geological horizon : No. 22 of the section, where it is associated
. ith species of Unio and Lioplacodes.
Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming.

Remarks : The type specimen was collected from the above stratum
y Mr. W. T. Lee, in whose honor it is named. It is not as large a
liell as Yalvata scrihda, described by Meek, from Dakota, but it
iffers more essentially in the character of its spire, which is much

5ize.

134 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

more elevated in Meek's si3ecimen. In respect to other characters
the forms are closely analogous.

I'iu'o hit if/lit i. n. sp. Plate XXXI, figs. 7, 9.

Shell small, long, narrow, very convex. The hinge line is long and
straight. The dorsal border is nearly straight and the dorsal slope
very abrupt. The ventral border is slightly convex and the slope not
so abrupt as the dorsal. The posterior margin is sharply rounded.
The beaks are unknown. The shell surface slopes gradually from the
area of greatest convexity to the posterior margin and more abruj)tly
toward the anterior margin. The surface of the shell is ornamented
by regularly arranged concentric lines of growth.

Dimensions: Length, 40 mm.; width, 12 mm.; convexity, 12 mm.

Geological horizon : This form occurs in No. 22 of the section,
where it is associated with Cnio loillistoni, Valvata leei, L'toplacodes'
veternus, etc.

Locality: The Freeze-out Hills, Wyoming -. also Black Hills, Da-
kota.

Remarks: This form was collected from the non-marine Jura in
the above-named horizon, and has been named in honor of Prof. Wilbur
C. Knight, who in company with Prof. E. H. Barbour first discovered
this fossil-bearing stratum.

Unio baileifi, n. sp. Plate XXXI, figs. 4, 6, 8, 11.

Shell medium size, convex, elliptical in general outline. The hinge
line is straight and of moderate length. The beaks are slightly incurved
and the umbonal region is somewhat flattened. The dorsal border is
convex, as is also the ventral. The posterior and the anterior borders
are nearly equally curved. The test is thick. The ventral slope is
abruptly rounded while the dorsal is more broadly convex. The sur-
face ornamentation consists of well-marked lines of growth concen-
trically arranged.

Dimensions: Length, 32 ram.; width, 23 mm.; convexity, 7 mm.

Geological horizon : This species was collected from the fossil-
bearing stratum. No. 22 of the section, in which it occurs associated
with other non-marine forms already mentioned.

Locality : The Freeze-out Hills, of Wyoming.

Remarks : A comparison of the Unios here described with those
from the Wealden of England will be especially interesting. The
Ciiios from the two formations have practically the same degree of
development and are not known from any older rocks on either conti-
nent.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXV.

7.

^

PLATE XXVI.

Goniomya nionfanaensis Meek.
Fig. 1. — Exterior view of valve.

Goniomya, sp.

Fig. 2. — View of incomplete specimen.

Behmnitrs curtus, n. sp.

Fig. 3. — Specimen split to show the structure.

Pleuromya suhcompressa Meek.

Figs. 4, 7, 8. — Three views of shell.

Pholadomi/a robnsta, n. sp.

Figs. .5, 6. — Views of two individuals.

Bflrmmtcs (bnsux Meek and Hayden.

Fig. 9. — View of average-size specimen.

Ka.\. Uxiv. Qlar.,Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXVI.

I.

PLATE XXVII.

Cordiooeras cordiforme Meek.

Figa. 1-11. — Views representing stages of growth.
Fig. 12. — View of adult.

A^tarte packardi White.

Fig. 13. — Interior view of valve.
Fig. 11. — Exterior view of valve.

Ka.x. U.xiv. Qlar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXVII.

H

i^

J^>^

^i

PLATE XXVIII.

O^trfd xfrii/lUcuhi White.

Figs. 1, 2, 5. — Views of variety I.
Figs. 3, 4. — Views of variety II.
Fig. 6. — View of variety III.

0><trea dcn-sa, n. sp.

Fig. 7. — View of fragment, the type.

O^trea comociiHi.'i, n. sp.

Fig. 9. — Interior view of valve.

Ostrea sp.

Fig. 8. — View of fragment.

Avicula heedei, n. sp.

Fig. 10. — Exterior view of valve.

Tancredia bulbosa Whitfield.

Figs. 11, 12. — Views of right and left valves.

Kan. U>iv. Quak., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXVIII.

V.

//.

PLATE XXIX.

Pinna, sp.

Figs. 1, 2. — Views of two incomplete specimens.

Pinna king! Meek.

Figs. 3, 6. — The latter, a view of a nearly complete specimen.

Belemnitcs cxrfus, n. sp.
Fig. i. — Exterior view.
Fig. 5. — Phragmacone.

Ka.n. U>'fv. QuAR., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXIX.

PLATE XXX.

Tancredia magna, n. sp.

Fig. 1. — View of incomplete specimen.

Lima lata .', n. sp.

Fig. 2. — Exterior view of incomplete specimen.
Fig. 3. — Interior view of beak.

Belemnites curt us, n. sp.
Fig. 4. — Exterior view.

Pseudomonoti^ curta Hall.

Fig. .5. — Exterior view of left valve.

Avicula ))iacronotus Meek.

Fig. 6. — Beak portion protuding from sandstone.

Caniptonecfes bellistriatus Meek.

Figs. 7, 8. — Two views of left valve.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXX.

PLATE XXXI.

Vfdvatd led, n. sp.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Three views of shell.

Uiiio bailri/i, n. sp.

Figs. 4, 6, 8, 11. — Views of four individuals.

Unio kuighti, n. sp.

Figs. 7, 9. — Two views of specimen.

Uiiio wilUstoni, n. sp.

Fig. 10. — View of type specimen.

Planorhis rcfcrnits Meek.

Fig. 5. — Upper view of shell.

Ka>-. Umv. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A,

PLATE XXXI.

^

3

6~

f

//

/o

THE SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA

MAGNA.

BY WALTER S. SITTON.
With Plates XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXV.

I.— Introduction.
II.— Material.
III. — Fixing and Staining Methods.
IV.— Terminology.
v.— Observations.

VI.— Comparison of Literature and
Discussion.

1. Origin of the Spermatocysts.

2. Accessory chromosome.
'S. Sacculated nucleus.

VII.— Summary.

VIII.— Bibliography.

IX.— Explanation of Plates.

INTRODUCTION.

npHE material for this paper was collected in the summer of 181)9,
^ in Russell county, Kansas, together with testes from about thirty-
five other species of Acrididpe, for the purpose of making a study of
the spermatocyte divisions. However, before the material was pre-
pared, McClung's paper on "The Spermatocyte Divisions of the
Acrididse" appeared, and as, on examination of my material, I found
his observations and conclusions to be generally true, I decided to leave
that subject for a comparative study in a later paper, and to restrict
this publication to the spermatogonial divisions (with special atten-
tion to the chromatic elements) — a field which seems to have been
very generally neglected, and for which Brachysfola is especially
favorable.

I have been fortunate enough to find in this material two struc-
tures or conditions which, so far as I know, liave never before been
described in germ-cells. One of these is the presence, in a certain
stage, of a distinct membrane around each chromosome and the ab-
sence of any general nuclear membrane (figs. 12, 13, 14, 30, 31, 32, A,
and (t ). and the other a vesicular arrangement of the chromatin in
one of the chromosomes. ( Figs. 31, 33, 34, 35, F, and J. ) Bi'tn/nj.^tolff
has also shown itself a favorable object for the solution of the i^roblem
of the origin of the spermatocysts.

I wish to express here my gratitude to Prof. C. E. McClung, for
many valuable suggestions and for other assistance in the prosecu-
tion of this work, and in the making of the photomicrographs given

[13.5]-K.U.Qr.— A ix 2-April, '00.

130 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

herewith. My thanks are also due to Prof. S. J. Hunter, for assist-
ance in the determination of the insects from which the material was
taken.

MATERIAL.

Brachy-stola magna, commonly known as the "lubber grasshopper
of the plains," is one of the largest known species of locust. It is
clumsy and ungainly, having powerfully developed legs and the most
rudimentary wings.

In distribution, the insect is general — though more or less rare —
over all the western plains. The adults put in their appearance about,
the first of July, and at this time the testes are found to contain
spermatogonia, spermatocytes, spermatids, and spermatozoa, in order,
from the blind ends of the follicles to the I'as deferens.

The testis is unpaired. The follicles, of which there is a large
number, are comparatively short and thick, and do not lie approxi-
mately parallel to one another and to the long axis of the animal, as
is the case in many other AcrididfTe, but project upward and Imck-
ward from the rliacis to which they are attached, and diverge strongly
from one another.

The young testis is smaller than the mature one (which attains tlio
size of a large pea), is pure white in color, and of a firm consistency.
In the older organs the white color gives way to a reddish yellow,
and the testis becomes soft.

The proximal portion of each follicle, as it is evacuated of sperma-
tozoa, becomes constricted, and thus the follicle loses its earlier
cylindrical form.

Of the origin of the acridian testis nothing has bi-en written, and,
as my material was too old for a thorough study of the subject, I will
leave the cjuestion until a later time. However, in the testes of
nymphs of Arph'uf, taken about the time of the first molt. I havo
seen a longitudinal rhacis having follicles attached to it, as in
the adult organ, both rhacis and follicles being so small that in a
longisection not more than four of the primary spermatogonia with
which they are filled could be seen abreast; that is, the diameter of
the follicle and of the rhacis was about four times that of a cell. The
testis of Hrac/n/.sfola probably passes through a similar stage. The
primary spermatogonia of these follicles divide as such until the testis
has attained a considerable size, when they go over into secondary
spermotogonia, as described later, each one at the transition giving ■
rise to a spermatocyst. This change begins at the proximal end of |
the follicle and, proceeding fastest along the follicular membrane, |
extends as a wave toward the distal end, the riper cysts being forced r
toward the ra.s (Jeferens by the growth of those beyond. The small

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 137

cysts of the earlier stages are, therefore, found at the blind end of the
follicle, and the mature spermatozoa near the vas deferens, the inter-
mediate stages lying between. Ordinarily all the cells of a cyst are
in the same phase of development at any given time.

Excepting the youngest secondary spermatogonia, any cyst will
present a later stage than its neighbor which lies farther from the vas
(h'fvrcns. but it does not follow that successive cysts represent con-
secutive stages ; for, as will be shown later, each cyst develops in-
dependently, but at about the same speed as the rest, so that whether
or not adjacent cysts show consecutive stages depends mostly upon
the relative time of the division of the primary spermatogonia from
which they arose. We may, therefore, tind several cysts in the same
stage ; or, between the stages of adjacent cysts, a considerable gap
may exist.

The mature follicular membrane is composed of two layers, between
which may be seen numerous, deeply staining, flattened nuclei.
{". fig. 1. )

FIXING AND STAINING METHODS.

Several fixing methods were used, but by far the most favorable
l^roved to be Flemming's chrom-osmium-acetic mixture. The testes
were hardened in this from four to twenty-four hours, after which
they were carried up through different grades of alcohol to seventy
per cent., where they remained until it was desired to imbed and sec-
tion them.

All material was stained in section. Of the variovis stains tried,
Heidenhain's iron-h<i?matoxylin proved the best for nearly every pur-
pose. The sections were placed in a mordant of four per cent, iron
alum for about fourteen hours, and then, after thorough washing,
stained about ten hours in one-half per cent, htematoxylin. They
were then washed again, and finally differentiated under the micro-
scope in the same fluid used for the mordant.

Flemming's three-color method proved useful in the study of the
behavior of the accessory chromosome. This was used as follows:
The sections were placed in Zwaardemaker's safranin for from forty-
five minutes to two hours : the excess of this was washed out in ninety-
five per cent, alcohol, and they were immersed for ten minutes in a
half-saturated aqueous solution of gentian violet. This was washed
out with water and the sections treated for three seconds with orange
G., after which the stain was differentiated with ninety-five per cent,
alcohol and clove oil. Kernschwarz and safranin also produce a very
good stain for this work.

Sections were cut 6# microns thick and fixed to the slide with
Mayer's albumen water of a strength of two drojDS of the albumen to
an ounce of distilled water.

138 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

TERMINOLOGY.

The terminology used in this paper will be made to conform as
nearly as the case allows to that in general use. The terms sper-
matogonia, spermatocyte, spermatid and spermatozoon will be used
with their usual significance. In addition to the cells ordinarily in-
dicated by these names, others will require consideration which are
analogous to the '"sex sells*' of Voight and Semper, the "primordial
metrocyte" of Biondi, the "germinal cells" of Balfour and von Ebner,
the "primitive male ovule" of St. George and others, the "grosse
Spermatogonien"" of Meves, and the "primary spermatogonia" of Mc-
Gregor. The latter term, which indeed I had considered before the
appearance of McGregor's paper, is very suitable for these cells, and, in
connection with the name "secondary spermatogonia,^' for the deriva-
tive cells occurring in cysts (as also employed by the same author),
will be used in this paper.

The different phases of a single cycle of division will be designated
in the usual way, as prophases, metaphase, anaphases, and telophases,
and, in order to avoid the confusion which sometimes arises from the
slightly different ground which various authors are accustomed to
cover by these terms, I will define their extension as used by me for
this object.

The moment when the chromatin of the daughter-cell has reached
the greatest degree of diffusion, and from which it commences to take
on the form of a spireme, will be regarded as the dividing line be-
tween the telophase of one generation and the prophase of the next.
This is the logical place for the division line between cycles, since the
disintegration of the chromosomes of the daughter-cell is to be re-
garded as a mere restoration of the metabolic condition of the chro-
matin after the necessary assumption of the condensed form for the
purpose of division. The prophases will include all conditions of thf
cell from the point named to the metaphase, in reference to which
there is no uncertainty. The anaphases will cover all stages from the
beginning of the separation of the chromosomes at the equatorial
plate to their arrival at their destination about their respective cen-
trosomes. The telophases will begin at this point and extend to the
end, of the cycle as already designated.

As to the extension of the different generations of testicular cells,
only two will need to be defined, namely, the primary and the sec-
ondary spermatogonia.

Of the former I have seen but one generation in BracJiystoIa, as I
was able to obtain only adult material. However, in the formation of
the testes in Arp/iiti. I have observed the earliest follicles to be com-
posed exclusively of them, and the growth of the follicles, and conse-
quently of the testis, to be accomi)lished by their mitotic division.

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 139

The early divisions which result in an increased number of primary
spermatogonia I will designate as multiplication divisions, and the
last one, which results in secondary spermatogonia, as the transforma-
tion division. It is probable that the multiplication divisions cease
and a resting stage ensues before any of the cells enter upon the
transformation division.

The chief distinguishing characteristics of the secondary spermato-
gonia are the presence of a cyst membrane around the groups in which
they are arranged, and the appearance of the distinct chromosomic
vesicles in place of the common nuclear membrane. The two-cell
cyst, therefore, marks the transformation.

The transition of the secondary spermatogonia into spermatocytes
occurs at the end of the last telophase, preceding the growth period
(synaptic stage of Moore), which latter is readily recognized by ^\\e
much-increased size of the cells, the large, clear vesicular nucleus
with its spireme, and by the characteristic position and shape of one
of its chromatic elements (the accessory chromosome).

This element has been frequently noted by investigators and in a
few cases more or less carefull}^ described, but is nearly always re-
garded as a nucleolus. Last year, however, McClung. in a paper on
"A Peculiar Nuclear Element in the Male Reproductive Cells of In-
sects." called attention to its unusual behavior and staining reactions,
and demonstrated the necessity for regarding it as an accessory chro-
mosome. His investigations, in the main, were on the spermatocytes
and spermatids, but my own upon the spermatogonia only serve to
strengthen his conclusions. The behavior of this element in the sper-
matogonial divisions of Brarhijstola is such that to call it a nucleolus
would be ridiculous in the extreme. Therefore, since the name "ac-
cessory chromosome," provisionally used by McClung, has proven
consistent with all the phases of the element yet seen by me, it will
be retained in this paper. Paulmier, also, in a very recent paper on
'"The Spermatogenesis of Aiia.sti /yv'.sV/.s-," expresses his ojjinion that
this element is not a nucleolus but a modified chromosome, which he
designates as the "small chromosome." The membranous investment
of the whole follicle will be known as the follicular wall, and that of
the separate spermatocysts as cyst membranes (Cysteidiaut of St.
George).

OBSERVATIONS.

As already mentioned, spermatogonia are of two kinds, primary
and secondary. The jjrimary spermatogonia appear in the follicle at
its earliest beginning and by their multiplication, by mitotic division,
produce a considerable increase in the size of the follicles and con.se-
quently of the testis. They are variable in size, are closely packed

\40 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

together, and have relatively little cytoplasm. ( Fig. D.) The nuclei
are large, oval, smooth in contour, and poorer in chromatin than the
secondary variety (fig. D); and, ia all stages, the nuclear membrane
is represented by a single vesicle instead of by one for each chromo-
some, as in the secondary spermatogonia.

In the testis of the adult insect, the primary spermatogonia are
comparatively rare, having for the most part already been transformed
iato secondary spermatogonia. In a few follicles, however, I have
been able to find these in larger or smaller numbers. Where they are
numerous, they lie around the axis of the follicle a short distance
from its blind end and sometimes also in a single layer at the ex-
tremity (fig. 1 ), indicating that development began, not at the center
of the follicle, as we might expect, but at the periphery next to the
follicular wall.

Where the primary spermatogonia are few they lie in the inter-
spaces between spermatocysts, and some of them form the "Cysten-
kernen"' of St. George. It would hardly be surmised that the nuclei
of the cyst walls are formed from the same source as the germ-cells
themselves, but nevertheless there is strong evidence to show that
such is the case.

In the first place, the primary sijermatogonia near the cyst walls can-
not be distinguished by form or staining qualities from those lying in
the interior of masses of their kind. In the second place, even as far up
the follicle as the zones of spermatocytes and spermatids, no flat nuclei
are to be seen in the cyst walls, as described by a number of authors.
Instead, in the angles between cysts, where they meet near the me-
dian line of the follicle, as well as where they are contiguous with
the follicular wall, may be seen cells with nuclei like that of fig. i^
filling the spaces. (Fig. 41.) As I have said, these are the only
nuclei of the cyst walls in this portion of the testis. Now in some
cases, where masses of primary spermatogonia are found in the blind
end of the follicles, each nucleus will be seen to be exactly similar in
shape, staining reaction and arrangement of chromatin to those just
mentioned. The latter similarity, of course, is found only when the
cells are in the resting condition, for, immediately on the commence-
ment of preparations for division, this likeness in arrangement of
chromatic sulDstance is lost.

Where masses of primary spermatogonia in the resting stage or
early prophases are found, they appear like a quantity of nuclei,
sometimes almost devoid of cytoplasm, enveloped in a matrix of
stroma. On the edges of these masses, where they come in contact
with cysts of secondary spermatogonia, the cyst walls seem to be
continuous with the cell-walls or envelojiing stroma of the nearest

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 141

primary spermatogonia, giving the appearance of splitting and sur-
ronnding the latter.

The primary spermatogonia preparing for division can hardly be
said to enter directly upon a jDrophase, for that term as I have used
it implies the presence of a spireme. I do not regard the resting
stage as belonging in the direct line of division of the cell, but rather
as a special condition into which the chromatin enters for the pur-
pose of preparing for the rapid divisions which follow, or, as in the
case of those found between cysts of older cells, to secrete matter for
the maintenance and extension of the cyst walls.

The chromatin of the resting-cell is arranged in Hakes or patches
around the periphery of the nucleus, and these are connected with
one another by a few linin tibers. ( Fig. 2.) As the cell prepares to
enter upon tlie prophases, a number of changes are to be seen ; the
tlakes of chromatin begin to be less clearly defined (tig. 3), iiniti
fibers become more numerous, and slowly the cell acquires more
cytoi:)lasm. These changes jaroceed until the chromatin of the
nucleus has assumed a reticular arrangement similar to that of fig. 4,
after which it may fairly be said to enter upon the prophases.

One of the earliest of these is shown in fig. o, where the chromo-
raeres are arranged in several (probably the chromosomic number)
moniliform threads, lying for the most part against the nuclear mem-
brane: and the linin fibers are either all included in this thread, or
are now so very minute as to escape observation. Fig. (3 shows another
step. The chromatic threads still lie on the periphery, but they have
grown shorter and thicker, and there is no longer any doubt that each
corresponds to a future chromosome. Here the linin has again come
into evidence.

About this time a clearly defined longitudinal split appears in the
threads (fig. 7), and the shortening and thickening of the segments
continues until we get the condition shown in fig. 8 — a number of
short, thick, longitudinally split chromosomes almost ready for divi-
sion. These now assume the form of short double rods, smooth in
contour and apparently homogeneous in structure ; the nuclear mem-
brane is dissolved, the spindle appears, the chromosomes take their
place in the equatorial plate, and the cell is in metai3hase. (Figs. 9
and 10.)

Primary .spermatogonia in any other phases than the resting stage
or early prophase are, in my material, extremely rare, and in the few
late prophases I have seen there is nothing to throw light upon the
origin of the centrosomes. I have seen the latter only in the ineta-
phase, where they are clear and sharp but very small.

The next stage which came to my notice is shown in fig. 11. Here-

142 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

the chromosomes are grouped about their respective centrosomes, and
the connecting fibers traverse about the same ellipsoidal course as did
the fibers of the raetaphase. The absence of granular cytoplasm in
this case is probably accidental.

At this point I again find a gap in the series, the next stage repre-
sented being a cyst containing two cells in the stage shown in fig. 13,
/. e.. cells whose nuclei are composed of a number of pockets contain-
ing chromatin in a diffused condition. This is the phase which I
have designated as l)etween telophase and prophase. The two cells
of this stage and generation which I did find, however, differed from
cells of the same stage in later generations in no essential particulars.
They did not show the accessory chromosome nor did the few cells of
the second generation which I was able to find, probably on account
of the position of the element in the cell. It is therefore impossible
to state whether this interesting structure appears in the first or in a
slightly later division. There is, however, only one explanation for
the partitioned or lobulated condition of the nucleus, and that is the
course which brings about the same condition in later generations.
Briefly, it is this : Immediately after the formation of the partition
wall between the daughter-cells, the chromosomes begin to disinte-
grate. They lose their homogeneous appearance and become granular,
and, at the same time, there is formed about each one a distinct mem-
brane. (A cross-section of such a cell is shown in fig. 12.) This con-
diticjn of separate chromosomic vesicles, however, does not last long,
as the partition walls between them are soon dissolved where they
come in contact with each other at their polar ends, so as to produce
the iDeculiar glove -like effect of fig. 30.

The condition of fig. 13, which represents a cross-section of the
"fingers" of the "glove," is then reached by a simple separation of
the chromomeres.

THE SECONDARY SPERMATOGONIA.

When, in the telophase of the transformation division of a primary
spermatogonium, the chromatin has reached the utmost limit of diffu-
sion, it begins to take on the form of an extremely fine convoluted or
spiral thread in each of the diverticula of the nucleus.

This is the first of the prophases of the secondary siDermatogonia
as well as the Vx'giuning of a cyst, for a common membrane may now
be seen about these tw^o cells, which envelops their descendants
throughout their divisions and marks them off from other cysts.

There are, however, a few cases in my preparations which seem to
be exceptions to this rule. Although it is almost invariably the case
that all the cells of a cyst are in the same, or very nearly the same,
stage of development, occasionally a small cyst is found which shows

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BKACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 143

the colls upon one side, in the nietaphase, for instance, and those on
the other side in a middle or late telophase, and nowhere any inter-
mediate stages. Such an instance is shown in fig. Gr, and here, as it
generally happens in these cases, may be .seen in the middle, between
the two kinds of cells, one (fig. 40) which, by its poverty of chroma-
tin and the peculiar brownish cast of the same, as well as by the
cloudy aspect of its cytoplasm, shows itself to be degenerating.

These degenerating cells are primary spermatogonia, and the rea-
son for their presence here and for their degeneration is probably as
follows : Two neighboring primary spermatogonia pass through the
transformation division and reach, say, the two- or four-cell stage, and
at this time have between them another primary spermatogonium.
The next division greatly increases the volume of these two cysts and
their walls meet around the cell between them on all sides. Then, for
some reason, the contiguous ])ortions of the cyst membranes are re-
sorbed, the two cysts become united, and the cell in question is impris-
oned in the middle of what is now a single cyst. There, being cut off
from the structures from which it has been wont to derive its nourish-
ment, it rapidly breaks down and disappears, and is never found in a
cyst of more than twenty cells.

In cases of this kind, where, on account of their different origin,
the cells of a cyst re^) resent two different stages of development,, the
tendency is for the one set to go slower or the other faster, so that in
the course of a few divisions they get in step, as it were, with one an-
other.

This union of young cysts accounts for the fact that occasionally
we find, in the zone of spermatocytes, cysts of exceptionally large size,
while in general they are of about equal volume, indicating a fixed
number of spermatogonial divisions.

The question now arises. How from a single cell and its cell mem-
brane do we get two cells each with its cytotheca, and in addition a
cyst membrane containing both these daughter-cells V The solution
seems to be this : In the early stages there is between and among the
primary spermatogonia a membranous intercellular substance with
which they are in intimate relation, as shown by the fact that they
never shrink away from it. As development jjroceeds, however, the
close relation between the cell and intercellular substance is lost, and
in the metaphase (as was the case with the cell shown in fig. 10 and
also in fig. D) we sometimes find the cell membrane separated in
places from its capsule, {a, fig. D.)

It now only remains for the separation to become complete. When
the two-cell stage is reached the spermatogonia and the cyst which
contains them are independent structures. As the number of cells

144 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

within the cyst increases by division, the cyst membrane, obviously,
becomes more and more extended, the material for this increase being-
furnished by those primary spermatogonia which still remain in the
resting condition, one or more being always found in relation with
each cyst, either in the axis of the follicle or between the cyst and
the follicle wall.

To return now to the developing cell ; the spiremes of the prophase
attain, by a process of shortening and thickening, the form of short,
heavy, rough-contoured spiral threads (fig. 19), which split longitudi-
nally. These assume a form similar to that of the chromosomes in
the metaphase already described and divide along the lines marked
out in the prophase, giving rise to two cells each, and consequently to
a cyst of four cells.

It is not until the eight- or sixteen-cell stage that I am able, in my
preparations, to find all the stages, but such as I do find in the few
smaller cysts which I have seen would indicate no difference between
the early and late spermatogonial divisions.

These I will describe in detail, beginning with the anaphases, as I
have seen them in the later generations, and as I believe them to
commence after the metaphase of the primary spermatogonia.

At the beginning of the anaphase, the chromosomes are in the form
of double rods lying in the equatorial plate, perpendicular to the axis
of the cell and attached by their central ends to the spindle fibers.
(Figs. 22, 23.)

The separation marking the commencement of these phases begins
at the central ends of the chromosomes, producing a circle of V-shaped
figures with their ai^ices outward. The two halves remain connected
at their outer ends until the apex of the "V" has been drawn down
into line with the limbs, when they separate and the two halves travel
through an elliptical course to their respective centrosomes (fig. 25),
stretching out between them the connecting fibers, which at first pre-
serve the ellipsoidal shape of the spindle figure, but soon begin to draw
together in the middle so as to form first a cylinder and then a hyper-
boloid. (Figs. 26 and 27.) During this time the cell- wall has con-
stricted across and we now have two daughter-cells connected by the
persisting spindle. Where this spindle penetrates the cell- wall there
is developed on each of its fibers a slight enlargement which stains
rather deeply. (Fig. 27.)

Many authors describe these connecting fibers as being arranged
in two cylinders, one within the other, and distinguish them by the
names of spindle fibers and mantle fibers, respectively. In this object,
however, as shown by fig. 28, almost all the fibers are confined to the
mantle, a very few being irregularly disposed within.

SUTTON : SPERMATOGOXIAL DIVISIONS IN BRAC'HYSTOLA MAGNA. 14.")

When the cells reach this stage they seem to have a tendency t(j
roll upon one another, so that the ends of the chromosomes of the
one no longer point toward those of the other (figs. 29 and 31), and
the spindle, instead of holding its place in the center of the partition
wall, comes to lie at one side. ( Fig. J, .v.)

Almost immediately after the chromosomes reach the centrosome
they begin to change, finally losing their homogeneous api^earance and
becoming rough in contour, while around each is formed a distinct
membrane in place of a common nuclear membrane enclosing all. In
each chromosome, the separation of the chromomeres, for such is the na-
ture of the change, sometimes results in a hollow space in the middle
Avhich makes it appear under the microscoi^e as though longitudinally
split. ( Figs. 30 and 34. ) In all but one, this hollowing process proceeds
but a short time until it is followed by a general diffusion of the chio-
matin within the compartments, which have now become intercom-
municating by a resorption of the contiguous portions of their walls
at the polar end of the cell, giving the glove-shaped nucleus already
mentioned. (Figs. 30 and 31.) One of the chromosomes, which can
occasionally be distinguished from the others in the metaphase or
anaphases by its rougher contour and greater length (fig. 24), does
not join its cavity with that of the others, but remains separate, and
further makes itself conspicuous by depositing its chromatin upon
its vesicular membrane. ( Figs. 31, 33, 34, and 35.) This is the acces-
sory chromosome, and in this condition might be spoken of as the
vesicular chromosome. Except after the last spermatogonia! division,
this element remains shut up in its vesicle until the following meta-
phase, whereas the fusion of the other vesicles may, in rare cases, pro-
ceed so far as to reduce the '"fingers'" of the "glove" to a set of
shallow pockets in the surface of the nuclear membrane. (Fig. )54.)

The chromatin of the vesicular chromosome, after remaining for

some time at the periphery, again recedes, and accumulates at the

center of the vesicle in a form like that shown in fig. 36, which was

drawn from a similar stage in the last division. Fig. 13 represents a

I cross-section of the "fingers'' of the nucleus at this time, the dense

body at the right being the accessory chromosome. This is the end

of the telophases, and here the cell enters upon the prophases of a

inew generation. The chromatin in the common nuclear membrane

begins to take on the form of a number of fine spiremes, while the

iiccessory chromosome assumes the irregular shape shown in fig. 15, a.

\ The spiremes of the nuclear space become shorter and thicker,

which process is accomioanied by a greater or hjss resorption of the

partitions between the fingers or pockets of the nucleus ( figs. 15 and

19), and the accessory chromosome grows gradually smoother and

14(5 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

more regular in outline, soon becoming of uniform diameter and often
twisted like a rope. ( Fig. 16; fig. A, ./•.) About this time the ordinary
chromosomes show a tendency to lose their spiral form ( figs. 17, 18,
11), and 39), and in some of them may be seen a distinct longitudinal

split.

Near the stage shown in fig. 16, there may be seen, close to that
portion of the nuclear wall which faces the greatest mass of cytoplasm,
two extremely minute but deeply stained centrosomes, each with its
radiate arrangement of the cytoplasm and joined together by a very
small centrodesmus. These move wider apart (fig. 39) as the chro-
matic threads assume more and more the form of chromosomes, and
soon come to lie diametrically opposite one another. This moment is
marked by the disappearance of the nuclear membrane but not always
of that of the accessory chromosome (fig. 21), which now has the
form of a rough double rod (fig. 15), or, as often, of a two-strand rope
(fig. 21^0- I ^^^^'^ noticed a splitting of the accessory chromosome at
a stage as early as that shown in fig. 16, in which case, however, it is
impossible to determine its condition.

Soon the chromosomes, including the accessory, assuming the form
of short, thick, straight or slightly curved double rods, take their places
in a radial position in the equatorial plate and the central end of each
becomes attached by several fibers to each of the centrosomes. ( Figs.

22 and 23. i

We have now completed the cycle of the ordinary spermatogonial
division. The telophases of the last division, however, differ from
those of the others, as we would naturally expect, in preparation for
the growth stage of the spermatocyte. This dilt'erence consists in the
reduction, in the late telophases, of the sacculated nucleus to a mere
irregular vesicle, which finally becomes smooth in contour ; and in
the regular diffusion of the chromatin throughout the nuclear space.
The accessory chromosome becomes more and more condensed, and
its membrane, closely applied to that of the nucleus, still encloses it
at the time of the change to the spermatocyte.

Fig. 38 represents an early spermatocyte prophase in which the
hollow center of the vesicular stage of the assessory chromosome
seems to be not entirely obliterated.

DISCUSSION AND COMPARISON OF LITERATURE.

I. The Origin of tin- Spermafocyi^ts.— 'TliQ occurrence of the
sperm-cells of animals in groups or spermatocysts has been recog-
nized and mentioned by investigators upon the most various forms
since it was first noted by St. George in the Amphih!a, in 1876. Few
authors, however, have attempted any explanation of their origin, or
even a description of their structure, many seeming to take their

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 147

presence as a matter of course, and merely alluding to them in de-
scription of other elements of the testis.

St. George, in 1876, described these structures in liana tewpomrui
He found the cyst membranes of each group of spermatogonia to lie
^vithm, though generally not mechanically continuous with other
membranous compartments which were to be distinguished from the
cyst membrane only by careful observation. These latter are con
tmuous with the walls of the canal and with one another, and serve
to support the cysts. Each membrane has its nuclei which are
easily distinguished from each other by the arrangement of their
chromatin. As to the origin of the cysts, his opinion is that a single
early cell is surrounded by other cells, which latter become continu-
ous with one another, and, losing their protoplasm to a large degree
gradually assume the form of a membrane, while the single cell thus
imprisoned gives rise by constriction of its nucleus to the cells of the
mature cyst.

Henking, in 1891 {l\jrrho<-orh), first mentions the cyst membrane
111 describing groups of cells of considerable size. In older mem
branes, he saw large nuclei resembling those of connective tissue cells
each having about it a layer of cytoplasm. He noted that all the
cells of a given cyst are in approximately the same stage of division
and that the equatorial plates of the division figures were uniformly
tangential to the circumference of the cyst as seen in section He
also mentions groups of cells lying in circles about differently con
structed central cells, which latter are easily distinguished by their
large size and poverty of chromatin. This condition probably cor
responds to that shown in fig. G, and, if so, argues an origin of cysts
similar to that in Bracliystola.

Vom Rath, in 1892 ( Gryllotal^a), says nothing of the presence of
cysts mhis object, but the conical shape of certain spermatogonia
hgured m his plates is a strong indication of their presence

Toyama, 1891 {Bou.hyx), si^e^ks of the arrangement of the earlv
conical cells with their apices attached to the processes of supportin.-
cells. He describes the sperm- . cells as grouped in cysts, and

notes the synchronous division of the cells of each group

Montgomery, in 1898 (Pentatoma), goes into the subject more in
detail. After describing the six follicles of which each testis is com-
posed, he says: "Each follicle is bounded by a sheath of connective
tissue formed of interlacing, branched, connective tissue cells, some of
which also penetrate the interior of the follicles. These branching
processes of these connective tissue cells serve to demarcate more or
less spherical groups of cells, the spermatocysts of v. la Vallette St
G-eorge." He has not seen the formatian of the cysts, but thinks it

ll-K.U.Qr. A-ix2

148 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

probable that in the embryonic testis there is a network of connective
tissue, in each mesh of which is contained "a single spermatogonium,
or at least only a small number of spermatogonia." The cysts are
then built up by the division of these cells, the cyst membrane being
formed by the extension of the connective tissue investment. The
maturer cysts are forced towards the rcrs deferens by the growth of
the younger ones beyond. This supposed origin of the cyst in I^e/i-
tatoma differs from the process as seen in Bfachysfola mainly in the
implied difference in origin in Montgomery's description between the
sperm-cells and those of the cyst walls.

Paulmier, 1899, states distinctly that in his material {Anasa) the
spermatogonia occur at the blind end of the follicle singly or in groups
not yet surrounded by a membrane. After a certain number of divi-
sions, each group becomes surrounded by a connective tissue wall
continuous with the lining of the follicle, and the cells assume the
conical shape noted by Henkiag, Montgomery, and others, and figured
by vom Rath.

McGregor, 1899 {Amphltinia), gives the presence of the cyst mem-
brane about groups of secondary spermatogonia as one of the chief
points of distinction between them and their predecessors, the pri-
mary spermatogonia. He notes the conical form of the cells of the
younger groups and the fact that the secondary spermatogonia arise
from the primary, but has nothing to say in regard to the number of
primary spermatogonia taking part in the formation of a single cyst.

My own observations correspond, with more or less exactness, to
something in each of these descriptions, though in many cases they
present radical differences.

First, I find primary spermatogonia and secondary spermatogonia
as McGregor does, but in Braehystola the primary .spermatogonia do
not divide amitotically, as he reports them for Amphhnnd.

Second, the primary spermatogonia change to secondary sperma-
togonia, but a cyst is formed and a cyst membrane appears even in
the two-cell stage ; the latter being sometimes indicated in metaphase
of the transformation division. (Fig. D, a.)

Third, the cyst membranes have nuclei, as reported by many, but
they are identical with those of the resting primary spermatogonia.

Fourth, the cells in the young cyst assume a roughly pyramidal
shape, as described by most authors, and tend to divide tangentially to
the periphery of the cyst, as described by Henking : also, except in
special cases, all the cells of a cyst divide almost simultaneously.

Fifth, occasionally a different sort of cell is seen in the middle of
a young cyst of secondary spermatogonia, as described by Henking.

Sixth, the number of divisions of the secondary spermatogonia

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. U{f

seems to be constant, as intimated by Panlmier and McGregor. The
number is probably seven, which would give 256 cells to the cyst of
early spermatocytes, since secondary spermatogonia tirst appear in
pairs as a result of the last division of a primary spermatogonium.

Seventh, the method of origin, as already described for this object
would argue against any attachment of the cysts to the walls of the'
folhcles, as described by St. George and as suggested by Montgomery.

II. ne Accessory Chromosome. — It has long been customary
with observers to classify all the solid elements of the cell nucleus
under three heads, viz.: Chromosomes, fibers of various kinds, and
nucleoli.

The tirst two have been restricted to similar structures in the dif-
ferent forms, so that in regard to them no great confusion has arisen -
but m regard to the latter such is not the case. The term " nucleolus ''
has had to serve for everything not falling directly under the other
heads, m the opinion of the investigator : and truly it has with a
greater or less degree of efficiency, covered a multitude of' errors
The most divergent bodies have been included under the same term
regardless of behavior, staining reaction, or, in fact, of anything else'

One of these much-neglected elements is that which in this paper I
have called (after McClung ) the "accessory chromosome." This most
interesting structure, which I have reason to believe present in the
sperm-cells of all insects, has been noted by a number of authors as
behaving differently from the ordinary nucleolus, and has been vari
ously designated as "nucleolus.-' "secondary nucleolus," "chromatin
nucleolus," and recently, by Paulmier. as the "small chromosome "

It IS most conspicuous in the growth stage of the spermatocyte
and consequently has been more frequently noted here than in the
spermatogonia.

In Brachiistola, the accessory chromosome appears probably in the
first, and certainly in the third, secondary spermatogonia! division and
goes through precisely the same changes in each cycle up to the last
_ It may occasionally be distinguished from the other chromosomes
m the metaphase and anaphases by its granularitv and greater length
though it always divides like the others, and in the actual process of
division, as a rule, is indistinguishable from them. In the telephase
It constructs its own membrane just as do the others, but soon be-
comes sharply contrasted with them by the deposition of its chromatin
in a diffused condition upon the inner surface of its vesicle (vesicular
chromosome), and also by the fact that from this point to the follow-
ing metaphase the cavity of its vesicle remains distinct from that
formed by the junction of all the others. In these stages the vesicle
of the accessory chromosome may lie on any portion of the nuclear

150 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

membrane proper ; in some cases occupying a i^osition between the
"fingers" or sacculations of it (fig. 34). This vesicular stage is of
comparatively long duration, and is followed by a receding of the
cliomomeres from the membrane to form a chromatic rod, first loose,
rough, and granular, but gradually growing more slender and com-
pact, and often becoming twisted (fig. 16). It also betrays a longi-
tudinal split at a stage later than that at which a similar occurrence
is observable in the ordinary chromosomes.

From the middle prophases to the telophases, its conduct is so simi-
lar to that of the other chromosomes that it would hardly be an error
to speak of the cells of these stages as having two nuclei, one having
a single chromosome and the other a large number, the small nucleus
always lagging slightly behind the large one. This lagging of the
accessory chromosome is nicely shown in fig. 21, already alluded to,
where in a stage just before the metaphase the nuclear membrane is
seen to be dissolved while that of the body in question is still intact.

In the last or transformation division of the secondary sj^ermato-
gonia, some differences are noticeable in the behavior of the element
under consideration. The vesicular stage seems to be of slightly
longer duration, and while, after its close, the same condensation of
the chromatin takes place, no longitudinal split appears until the late
prophases or "ring stage" of the spermatocyte; and in the course of
the earlier prophases of the growth period its vesicle gradually be-
comes fused with the nuclear membrane, its outer half completing the
smooth contour of the latter, while its inner portion projects into the
nuclear cavity. In this stage it has the appearance of an irregular
vesicle filled with a homogeneous, darkly staining liquid or semi-
liquid body, suspended within the membrane of the nucleus. Later
it again becomes granular, and in the first spermatocyte division
divides as it did in the spermatogonia.

The resting stage of this element, as shown by its staining violet
with Flemming's three-color stain, is what I have called the vesicular
stage, and this only, since at all other times it stains a bright red.
The absence of the formation of a .spireme at any stage in the de-
velopment of this element is paralleled by Henking's description of
the normal process in all the chromosomes in the sj)ermatogonia of
Pyrrhocor'hs. He says: "Wenn die jungen Hodenzellen sich
theilen woUen, so bekommt der Kern ein anderes Aussehen. Vorher
durchweg dunkel ( bei Behandlung-mit Flemming's Flilssigkeit ) wird
er nun licht, indem er sich aufblaht und zwischen die sich ebenfalls
nicht unerheblich vergrossernden Chromatinkorner eine helle Sub-
stanz einlagert. . . . Das Chromatin hat sich in getrennten, im
Allgemeinen ziemlich gleich weit von einander abstehenden etwa
kugeligen Kfirnern angehauft."

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 151

This being the case, it is not remarkable that Henking should
have passed over a body which, in his material, probably very closely
resembled the other chromosomes. In the growth stage, however, he
describes it (under the name nucleolus) in a way which makes its
equivalence to the accessory chromosome of Bi'ar/ujHtola unmistak-
able. So far as I have been able to discover, Henking is the first to
describe or figure this element.

Vom Rath, 1892, probably saw the accessory chromosome in
Gr;/llotalpa, but his mention of it is so brief and vague that we can
only surmise as to its identity with the structure so prominent in the
Orthoptera. His only description of it is this, taken from his account
of the maturation period: "Ein Nucleolus ist bis in dies Stadium
deutlich wahrnelimbar geblieben. wahrend ein zweiter vrdlig unsichtbar
geworden ist. So viel steht fest, dass die Nucleoli an dem Aufbau
des Chromatischen Fadens, keinen directen Antheil nehmen."

Wilcox, 1895, in Caloptenus, figures the accessory chromosome
(fig. Ill) in the spireme, stage of the spermatocyte, where I have seen
it plainly in the same material, but makes no reference to its presence
in the spermatogonia, unless the following statement should refer to
it: '"In fig. 10(5 there is a body (nucleolus?) which seems to have
recently divided."

Moore, 1895, describes in Elasruahi'duchs the appearance of a
"secondary nucleolus" surrounded by its vacuole at the beginning of
the second spermatogenetic period (growth stage of the spermatocyte) .
This is the stage in which the accessory chromosome is most promi-
nent in insects, and it is probable that Moore's discovery in the fishes
corresponds to it. Another nucleolus is also present. Of the two
he says: "These two peculiar forms are always to be found after the
transition from the first to the second spermatogenetic period, and
throughout all the generations of the latter." In his figures the
'secondary nucleolus" has decidedly the aj^pearance of the accessory
chromosome of insects.

Julian Wagner, 1896, describes for the spiders a structure which,
from its behavior in the first spermatocyte division, is certainly very
ike the accessory chromosome. He made no study of the spermato-
gonia.

Montgomery, 1898, describes for Peittafoma a structure which
irises from one of the chromosomes of the last spermatogonial divi-
sion, and may be plainly seen throughout the spermatocyte divisions.
He calls it the "chromatin nucleolus," and there can hardly be a doubt
that it corresponds to the accessory chromosome.

McClung, 1899, in the paper in which he proposes the name "acces-
ory chromo.some," gives an extended description of the behavior of this

152 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

body in Xiphidhnn, beginning with the last division of the spermato-
gonia and following it through the formation of the spermatozoon.
In the spermatocytes, especially in the growth stage, it behaves very
much as in Bi'dr/nistola, with the exception that in the divisions of
Xiphidiuni it has the form of a curved chromatic body, to both ends
of which the spindle fibers attach, while in my object it is a straight
or slightly curved rod, receiving the insertion of the fibers at one end
only. In the spermatogonia he reports no vesicular stage or other
variation from its routine in the spermatocyte.

Paulmier, 1899, describes a similar element ior AiidHa under the
name of the "small chromosome." He considers it present in the
resting stage of the spermatogonia in the form of two hazy, indefinite
masses of chromatin, not breaking down to the same extent as the
other chromosomes, and staining with the chromatin stains. In the
equatorial plate, these appear as two small chromatic bodies, very
much smaller than the other chromosomes, and connected with them
by chromatin bands. He says that in the period of spermatocyte
growth they reappear as a ''single body," but fails to describe the
manner in which their fusion is accomplished. The behavior of this
body in the sj^ireme stage is very similar, indeed, to that of the
accessory chromosome in the same stage in Brarln/Htold. In the latter,
however, it goes into the first spermatocyte division as a longitudinally-
split rod, not as a tetrad.

As to the significance of this element, I am hardly prepared to
venture an opinion. McClung looks upon it as "possibly represent-
ing derivative substances from one or all of the chromosomes."
Paulmier offers the suggestion, somewhat along the same line, that it
may be an aggregation of ids representing characters at present being
lost by the sj^ecies, basing the supposition chiefly on the fact that, in
his material, it goes over bodily, without division, to one of the sper-
matids in the second spermatocyte division. My observations, it will]
readily be seen, are hardly corroborative of Paulmier's conclusions.
A glance at the figures shows the continuity of the element through-!
out all the stages, and a carefulness and precision in its movements
which are hardly compatible with the supposition that it is a degener-
ating chromosome. It is obvious that the term "small chromosome"]
is anything but descriptive of the element in BracJty.'^tola.

Perhaps the most important thing to be gained at present from the!
knowledge of the behavior of the accessory chromosome in BTachis-\
tola is the light which it throws upon the question of the individu^
ality of the chromosomes. In the first place, the fact that it is a tru(
chromosome, though different from the others, is shown by its stain-j
ing reactions and by the parallelism between its development in the

SUTTON : SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 153

spermatogonia and that of its more generally recognized fellows. Al-
though it shows a tendency to lag behind the other chromatic bodies,
the only radical difference between the two is the absence of the
loose spireme in the accessory, and this is paralleled, as shown above,
by the normal proce.ss of all the chromosomes of Pyrrhocorls, ac-
cording to the statement of Henking. The apparent radical difPer-
ence in the case of the vesicular stage is, in reality, only a matter of
degree, for it frequently hajopens that the ordinary chromosomes, in
going into the diffused condition, leave a very appreciable hollow in
their centers (fig. 30). Apparently there is, for some reason, a ne-
cessity that the chromatic granules of the accessory come into closer
relation with the cyptoplasm than those of its mates, and the result is
their deposition upon the vesicle itself — this vesiculation being really
a substitute for the loose spireme so conspicuously lacking.

Now, if it be admitted that the body l,s a chromosome, inspection
quickly shows us that it maintains throughout the spermatogonial di-
visions, as well as in those that follow, an indubitable independence,
being enclosed, in all stages except those of actual division, in its own
individual membrane. Having, then, one of the chromosomes which
preserves its individuality in this way, and seeing the other chromo-
somes enclosed for a part of their development in similar individual
vesicles, which only become intercommunicating by absorption of a
part of their walls, have we not a right to suppose that at one time
they too enjoyed the same independence as their more exclusive mate'?
In other words, have we not a right to suppose that their phylogeny
is paralleled by their ontogeny? If this be granted, then we have at
least more ground for belief in the individuality of the chromosomes
than if we had never known of a time when they were of necessity
independent.

III. T/ic S(iccnl<(t<'(l Xiicleiis. — In the reconstruction of the
nuclear membrane of the secondary spermatogonia of Biuic/n/sfohi,
we have to do with a condition hitherto undescribed, at least in this
sort of cells. This condition is the plurality of nuclear vesicles ex-
hibited at a certain stage of the prophase and retained in a modified
form until just before the following meta^jhase.

The difference from the common type is not one of principle, but
rather of time relations. To make this clear, some explanation will
be necessary. It is generally admitted that the nuclear membrane of
all animal cells is formed between the already difPerentiated and sepa-
rate cytoplasm and karyoplasm as a result of certain activities of the
chromatin. Polar views of spermatogonia of Brncfiij^tola in meta-
phase often show a clearly defined hyaline area around some or all of
the chromosomes (fig. 2)^), and the same condition is sometimes to

154 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

be seen in the anaphase, indicating a tendency of the nuclear lymph
to accumulate in a zone around each of the chromosomes.

Now, in this case, instead of an aggregation of karyoplasm into a
single mass and a general separation of the chromomeres before the
formation of the nuclear membrane, the differentiation of the sepa-
rating layer between cytoplasm and karyoplasm must begin before
the chromosomes become attingent at the poles. The result is a sepa-
rate membrane around each of the little aggregations of nuclear
plasm, and consequently around each of the chromosomes.

At this stage, we have a condition in which any interchromosomic
exchange of ids is a physical impossibility, and, if we follow the de-
velopment further, we will be confronted by conditions strongly in-
dicative of the continued maintenance of the individuality of the
chromosomes. It is true that soon after the meeting of the chromo-
somes at the poles dissolution of the contiguous parts of all but one
of the vesicles takes place, so that the lymph of one may pass freely
to the other; but throughout the whole process of formation of the
spiremes, the threads of the different compartments of the nucleus
never get in such relations with each other that it would be possible for
an id from a given point of one to pass in a straight line to any but a
very limited portion of any other. If, therefore, an attraction be
postulated between ids of different chromosomes, it would be difficult
to see how, by means of the forces now known, or believed, to be
present in cell nuclei, an id from the blind end of one of the dilations
of the nucleus will ever be able to reach its miitually attracting id in
the blind end of another. I may say in connection with this point
that the period of complete diffusion, when the interchange might
be conceived to be facilitated by currents within the nucleus, is so
short that I have been able to find in all my material but a very few
cells showing it.

It would be difficult to imagine by what complex laws of attraction
a rearrangement of chromomeres or of ids could take place through
the tortuous channels of the nucleus which would result in the origi-
nal number of chromosomes, one and only one lying in each of the
compartments of the nucleus.

I would conclude, therefore, that the changes of the nucleus of the
.secondary spermatogonia are purely metabolic in their nature, and
that the individuality of the chromosomes is maintained.

SUMMARY.

1. The testis is unpaired and is composed of short, thick follicles
emptying into a common collecting duct, which, in turn, is connected
with the vas deferens. Inside the follicles of the adult testis, the
spermatozoa may be found in large numbers at the end nearest the

SUTTON: SPERMATOGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 155

collecting duct ; next comes the zone of the spermatids, then the sper-
matocytes, and then, when they are present at all, the secondary and
primary spermatogonia.

2. Ohier cysts are always nearer the ?v^v (h'fercus than those of later
develoiDment. except in the zone of the spermatogonia, the center of
which is occupied by primary spermatogonia, while the cysts of sec-
ondary spermatogonia are arranged irregularly between the latter and
the follicular wall.

o. Primary spermatogonia divide by mitosis. They may be dis-
tinguished from the secondary variety by their smooth, oval, vesicular
nuclei, and their relatively small amount of chromatin, as well as by
the fact that they are disposed irregularly and not in cysts, as are the
older generations. Most of the primary spermatogonia ultimately,
produce spermatozoa, but a few remain in the resting stage and, mov-
ing with the mature cj'sts toward the vas deferens, supply these mem-
branes with nourishment.

4. In prei)aration for the last division, the flakes of chromatin of
the resting primary spermatogonia! nucleus become diffused and a
number of spiremes are formed. These become shorter, split longi-
tudinally, and then assume the form of short split or double rods —
apparently all alike. There is no nucleolus. The nuclear membrane
now dissolves, the chromosomes arrange themselves in the equatorial
plate, and the spindle, wiih its two tiny, deeply-staining centrosoraes,
may be clearly seen. The chromosomes next divide along the line
marked out in the prophase, and the halves are drawn to their respect-
ive poles, thus producing two secondary spermatogonia. Around
these two cells a membrane appears, forming a two-cell spermatocyst.

5. Each chromosome, on reaching the pole, begins to disintegrate,
and, at the same time, reconstructs its share of the nuclear membrane
as a closed vesicle about itself. Later, all the vesicles become inter-
communicating at their polar extremities, with the exception of one,
which remains absolutely independent throughout its entire existence.
The chromatin of the ordinary chromosomes becomes diffused evenly
in the nuclear space, while that of the one in the separate vesicle (the
accessory chromosome) is deposited upon the inner surface of its
capsule.

6. Following this, the chromatin of the joined vesicles goes through
the fine and coarse spireme stages, forming in each of the sacculations
of the nucleus a thick, spiral segment which splits longitudinally, and
afterward becomes a chromosome like that of the primary spermato-
gonia. The accessory chromosome has no spireme stage, but merely
collects in the form of a straight or twisted rod, which splits after the
manner of the others. All the chromosomes line up in the same man-

iU

156 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

ner in the equatorial plate, and in many cases the accessory chromatin
element cannot be distinguished from its fellows.

7. Slightly before the occurrence of the longitudinal split of the
chromosomes, the centrosomes, connected by a minute centrodesmus,
appear in the jjortion of the cell containing the greatest mass of cyto-
plasm, and slowly move apart until they become diametrically oppo-
site each other. About this time, first the nuclear membrane, then
that of the accessory chromosome, is dissolved.

8. The metaphase, anaphases and telophases occur precisely as in
the previous division. These processes are repeated until each cyst
contains secondary spermatogonia of the seventh or eighth generation,
when the transformation to spermatocytes occurs.

9. In the telophases of the last spermatogonial division the saccu-
lations of the nucleus entirely disappear, leaving a smooth, vesicular
membrane, to which the vesicle of the accessory chromosome is very
closely applied.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1881. Balfour. Embryology.

1885. Bioudi. Die Eotwicklung der Spermatozoiden. Ar<-hir fur iiiikro-
.skojjisc/ir Anrffoiii i( . Bd. XII.

1872. von Ebner, V. Untersuchungen iiber d. Bau d. Samenkanalschen
u. d. Entwicklung d. Spermatozoiden bei den Saugethieren u. beim Menscheu.
Dn Boi.s i(n<J Iicicf I </'('■'< Arrliir.

1891. Henki.ng, H. Ueber Spermatogenese und deren Beziehung zur Ent-
wicklung bei Pyrrhocoris apterus. Zcifxchrift fin- irissc)h<tc/iii ff/ic/ic Z(>olo(/i< .
Bd. XXV.

1899. McClung, C. E. A Peculiar Nuclear Element in the Male Repro-
ductive Cells of Insects. Zoological Bulletin. Vol. II.

1899. McGregor, J. H. The Spermatogenesis of Amphiuma. Jon rind of
Moi-phoU)(i!i. Vol. XV. Supplement.

1891. Meves, F. Ueber amitotische Kerntheilung in den Spermatogonien des
Salamanders und das Verhalten der Attractionspharen bei denselben. Aiuifo-
Diisc/trr Anzciffcr. Bd. VI.

1898. Montgomery, T. H., jr. The Spermatogenesis of Pentatoma up to the
Formation of the Spermatid. Zoologiticlie Jcdirbitc/irr. Bd. XII.

1895. Moore, J. E. S. On the Structural Changes in the Reproductive Cells
during the Spermatogenesis of Elasmobranchs. (/inn-f. Joiini. xMif-r. Sci. Vol.
XXXVIII.

1899. Paulmier, F. C. The Spermatogenesis of Anasa tristis. Jonnnil of
.Vorp/iolo(/>/. Vol. XV. Supplement.

1892. vom Rath, O. Zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese von Gryllotalpa vul-
garis. Archiv fur iiiiLroxh'opixchc A)utto)ni('. Bd. XI.

1875. Semper. Arh. Zool. JnkI. Wurrzhurf/. II.

1876. St. George, v. la Vallette. Die Spermatogenese bei den Amphibien.
Arcltir fur mikro-'<kopi-^cli( Auato)uic. Bd. XII.

1894. Toyama, K. On the Spermatogenesis of the Silkworm. Jtull. Af/rir.
Coll. Tuip. Cuir. .Japan. Vol. II.

SUTTON: SPERMATOGOXIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 157

1885. Voigt. Ueber Ei- unci Samen-bildung bei Branchiobdella. Arh.
Wticrzhnru. Bd. VII.

189(5. Wagner, J. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Spermatogenese bei den Spin-
neu. Arh. X(tt. rVr.v. ,S7. Pcfrrshio-f/. Vol. XXVI.

1895. Wilcox, E. V. Spermatogeneses of Caloptenus femur-rubrum and Ci-
cada tibicen. liitll. Mils. Cniiij). Ziiol. Vol. XXVII.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXV.

All drawings are from camera lucicla outlines. For all except fig. 1, a
B. & L. i^j-inch oil immersion objective and a 1-inch B. & L. ocular
were used. The length of the tube for all drawings was 160 mm., and
the drawing-board was at the height of the stage. For fig. 1, a B. & L.
,V-inch objective was used, the other conditions being those named
above. In reproduction, the drawings are reduced one-fourth, giving
a final magnification of 1375 diameters for fig. 1, and 900 for the others.

Figs. 2 to )58, inclusive, are numbered as nearly as possible in
the order of their development, with the exception that fig. 3*> properly
belongs between figs. 19 and 20.

The photomicrographs were made with a Zeiss 2-mm. apochromat
objective and a Zeiss projection eyepiece. The source of illumination
was the crater of the electric arc.

Figs. G and D have an actual magnification of 728 diameters,
and the remaining figures 1120 diameters, being reduced one-fifth in
reproduction, from 910 and 1400, respectively.

Drawings and photomicrographs are by the author, the latter
especially, with valuable assistance from Professor McClung,

1)RAWIN(;S.

Fig. 1. Longisection of blind end of follicle, showing all of spermatogonia and
one cyst (A'y>(^-) of spermatocytes. The cyst membranes may be plainly seen
around their respective spermatocysts; and between the latter, the primary
spermatogonia with their large, vesicular nuclei. Many of the secondary
spermatogonia show the vesicular condition of the accessory chromosome,
while the prominent black objects on peripheries of the spermatocyte nuclei
represent a later stage of the same. At n, n, may be seen the nuclei of the
follicular wall.

Fig. 2. Resting stage of primary spermatogonium, chromatin arranged in patches
connected by linin threads. Quantity of cytoplasm is unusually large.

Fig. 3. Early stage of development of primary spermatogonium — chromatin
becoming more diffused.

Fig. i. Slightly later stage. Chromatin almost ready for the formation of the
spireme.

Fig. 5. Early prophase. A number of spiremes enclosed in a single nuclear
membrane.

Fig. G. Later prophase. Spiremes short and thick and connected by linin fibers.

k

158 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Fig. 7. Fragment of cell (shown also in fig. D), having chromatin threads split
longitudinally.

Fig. 8. Late prophase — just before division.

Figs. 9 and 10. Oblique sections of primary spermatogonia in metaphase.

Fui. 11. Telophase of primary spermatogonium.

Fiu. 12. Cross-section of "fingers" of nucleus of later telophase.

Fig. 13. Cell at dividing line between metaphase of one cycle and prophase of
the next. Accessory chromosome shown as small dense body on the right.
As in fig. 12, the section is through the "fingers" of the nucleus.

Fig. 14. Lateral view of early prophase of secondary spermatogonium, showing
characteristic form and arrangement of young spiremes.

Fig. 15. Fragment of secondary spermatogonium in later prophase, showing
the "hand of the glove" containing the ends of all the spiremes. The irreg-
ular body at the right is a portion of the accessory chromosome — the rest
being cut away. At A is a complete accessory chromosome with its mem-
brane, drawn from another cell of the same cyst. Below may be seen a per-
sisting spindle between two neighboring cells.

Fig. 16. Longisection of "fingers" of nucleus, showing partition walls partly
dissolved. Accessory chromosome twisted like a rope.

Fig. 17. Cell at a stage similar to above. Nucleus showing irregular dissolu-
tion of partition, forming a number of larger vesicles.

Fig. 18. Cross-section of "hand" of nucleus, showing ends of spiremes.

Fig. 19. Longisection of sacculations of nucleus.

Fig. 20. Late prophase. Nuclear membrane dissolved. Chromosomes of a
homogeneous structure. Centrosome and aster in lower right-hand corner.

Fui. 21. Prophase just before division. Chromosomes moving toward equatorial
plate. Nuclear membrane dissolved. Accessory chromosome still enclosed
in its membrane and granular in structure, while the others are homogene-
ous. At <t is drawn an accessory chromosome with its membrane from an-
other cell of the same cyst. It is split longitudinally and twisted like a
two-strand rope.

Fi(i. 22. Metaphase of secondary spermatogonium. Accessory chromosome in-
distinguishable from its mates.

Fig. 23. Polar view of metaphase. Chromosomes divided and ready to be drawn
apart. Clear areas filled with karyoplasm may be seen around the different
chromosomes.

Fig. 2'±. Anaphase. Accessory chromosome distinguishable by its greater
length and rougher contour.

Fk;. 25. Anaphase, showing elliptical course traversed by the chromosomes in
their course toward the poles.

Fig. 26. Early telophase, showing connecting fibers forming a cylinder.

Fig. 27. Later telophase. Masses of chromosomes have moved much farther
apart than were the centrosomes in the metaphase. Connecting fibers form
a hyperboloid, and each has developed on it at the point where it pierces the
partition wall a email but deeply staining enlargement.

SUTTON : SPERMAT(JGONIAL DIVISIONS IN BRACHYSTOLA MAGNA. 159

Fig. 28. Cross-section of spindle, showing nearly all the fibers arranged in an
outer cylinder, a verj- few being irregularly disposed within.

Fig. 29. Telophases, showing sixteen chromosomes in each daughter-cell.

Fu.. 30. Later telophase. Membranes formed and already fused, producing a

single sacculated or glove-shaped nucleus. Apparent longitudinal split of
chromosomes due to the fact that they are hollow.

Fig. 31. Two daughter-cells, showing incomplete separation in halves of the ac-
cessory chromosome. The partition wall has constricted across and is cut-
ting off one of the accessory chromosomes which has already entered upon
the vesicular stage. A thickening of the free margin of the partition wall
may be seen where it presses upon the connecting element. The cells have
rolled upon one another so that they are now side by side instead of end to
end.

Fici. 32. Slightly later telophase, showing chromosomes and membranes in cross-
section. Some of the sacculations of the nucleus appear to have fused
throughout their length.

Fig. .33. Telophase of last generation of secondary spermatogonium, showing
vesicular chromosome on right and almost complete loss of partitions be-
tween the pockets of the nuclear cavity.

Fig. .34. Cell in. similar stage, showing vesicular chromosome in cross-section.
The apparent longitudinal split of chromosomes is due to the hollow space in
the middle of each. Cross-hatched body below nucleus is to represent
spindle remains, which in this case had become homogeneous and apparently
stained only with the osmic acid.

Fig. 35. Fragment of cell, showing entire vesicular chromosome.

Fig. 36. Late telophase of last generation of spermatogonia. Accessory chromo-
some is of about the same density as the others, and is closely applied to the
nuclear membrane. Spaces between pockets of nucleus are reduced to mere
furrows in the nuclear wall. Chromosomes have begun to lose their former
sharp outlines.

Fig. 37. Later stage. Accessory chromosome has become more condensed.
Nuclear membrane is smoother and the outlines of the chromosomes are
entirely lost.

Fig. 38. Early spermatocyte, spireme forming. Both nucleus and cell body
have increased greatly in size. Accessory chromosome, closely invested by
its membrane, lies partly imbedded in the nuclear wall. The former is di-
vided in the section and in its center may be seen the persisting cavity of the
vesicular stage. Cross-hatched bodies above the accessory chromosome are
spindle remains, similar to those described for fig. .34.

Fig. 39. This figure represents a stage of development between figs. 19 and 20.
The condition of the chromosomes as almost straight double rods is unusual.
At the side of the cell opposite to that occupied by the centrosome in the
previous division may be seen the centrosomes of the next, each with its
aster, and the two separated by a minute centrodesmus. The accessory
chromosome does not appear.

Fig. -10. Degenerating primary spermatogonium', from center of young cyst.

Fig. 41. Section through upper portion of resting primary spermatogonium
which has assumed the function of a cvst cell.

160 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

I'HOTOiMICROtiRAl'HS.

Fui. A. View of a portion of follicle near its edge. Just above the lower fourth
of the picture may be seen the follicular wall. In the lower fourth is the
connective-tissue investment of the testis. The large cell in the center is a
secondary spermatogonium in prophase. At .r is the accessory chromosome,
twisted like a corkscrew, and enclosed in its own membrane. To the left is
a very early prophase: below and at the upper right hand are later ones:
and below and above, to the left, are prophases of primary spermatogonia.
The cyst walls are not in focus.

Fig. B. Above are secondary spermatogonia in metaphase and anaph-ase : zones
of clear karyoplasm may be seen around most of the chromosomes. Below
and to the right are secondary spermatogonia in telophase, showing the
sacculated nucleus. To the left of these are two primary spermatogonia in
resting stage.

Fig. E. Metaphase of secondary spermatogonium.

Fig. G. Young cyst of secondary spermatogonia with degenerating primary
spermatogonium in the center. Cells of upper half are in anaphase: those of
lower half, in middle or late telophase : .v marks a chain of spindle remains
extending through three cells. On the left is the follicular wall, within
which is the cyst membrane — the latter being plainly visible entirely around
the cyst.

Fig. H. Primary and secondary spermatogonia. Above is the cell shown in fig.
18. Below and to the left is a secondary spermatogonium in late prophase.
To the right is a primary spermatogonium in prophase, and, below this, an-
other in metaphase.

Fig. C Mass of primary spermatogonia. Cell in the center is in late prophase.

Fig. D. Primary and secondary spermatogonia. At the upper right hand is a
cyst of secondary spermatogonia, while a corner of a similar one may be seen
just below. The remaining cells are primary spermatogonia. To the left of
the center may be seen the cell from which fig. 7 was drawn. In the lower
right-hand corner is a resting stage, and, to the left of this, the metaphase
of which fig. 10 is a drawing. At a is an open space formed by the separa-
tion of the cell-wall from its enveloping capsule, forming the earliest mani-
festation of the future cyst membrane.

Fig. F. Telophases of secondary spermatogonia. At .r is the vesicular chromo-
some.

Fig. I. Diaster of secondary spermatogonia. Below, an early anaphase. In
the lower left-hand corner, a primary spermatogonium in prophase.

Fig. J. Telophases of secondary spermatogonia. At .r, x, are vesicular chromo-
somes. At s. a persisting spindle, with thickenings upon the fibers where
they pierce the cell-walls. The spindle passes through the edge and not the
center of the partition wall.

Kan. Univ. Qcak., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXXII.

' ■ '

Kan. Univ. Quae., Vol. IX, Series A
16

L

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXX IV

m 0

f

!>

S r^^

^

/^ i«

Kan. Univ. Qcar., Vol. IX, Series A.

PLATE XXXV

0

ANNOTATED LIST OF THE MINERALS OCCURRING IN THE
JOPLIN LEAD AND ZINC DISTRICT.

BY AUSTIN F. ROGERS.*

npHE minerals of the lead and zinc district of southeastern Kansas
-^ and southwestern Missouri, commonly called by the name of its
metropolis, the Joplin district, have received but comparatively little
attention. The following list, which is thought to be practically
complete, includes all the minerals that have been reported from the
district, together with .some here mentioned for the first time. The
minerals, with a few exceptions, have been personally collected by
the writer. Different lists of the minerals of the region have been
published in geological survey reports and elsewhere, the largest of
which has but twenty-one names, whereas the list here given includes
forty-three.

The minerals are arranged alphabetically. Those new for the dis-
trict are indicated by f. A fuller discussion of the latter follows the
list proper. Minerals indicated by + have been found in or about
Galena, and are therefore new for Kansas, having never been reported
from the state.

1. Allop/iatie.fX

2. Aluriiinitc, as a white incrustration on limestone at Joplin.
Reported by Prof. H. A. Wheeler.

3. Angh'site.

4. Aurichalrife.X Pale bluish-green tufts with velvety surface,
associated with malachite. Found at Granby, Mo., and Galena, Kan.

5. Asurite. A very rare mineral in the district.

6. Bar lie.

7. Bituiiten. Plentiful at Joplin and Webb City ; very rare at
Galena.

8. Calamine. Some crystals from Granby exhibit both the analo-
gous and antilogous ends, commonly as botryoidal and stalactitic
incrustations ; also pseudomorphous after calcite and dolomite, espe-
cially at Granby.

9. Calcife. Very interesting from a crystallographic standpoint.
10. CaJcdnnife.jX

* Published by permission of the director of the University Geological Survey of Kansas in
advance of final report on lead and zinc.

[161]— K.U.Qr.— A ix 2-April, '00.

162 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

11. Cerussite. Six-rayed stellate twins are not uncommon ; occurs
as a pseudomorph after galena.

12. Chalcopyrite. Rather common, but never in large quantities.
Almost invariably exists as crystals of the tetragonal sphenoid, with
a tetrahedrid aspect.

13. ChrysoeolIa.fX

14. Copiapite.fX

15. Covellite.\X

16. Cuprite.\X

17. Dolomite. As white or pink rhombohedral crystals with the
characteristic curved faces. Very common at Joplin ; much less so
at Galena.

18. Galena. Lamellar twinning is very common in the galena (jf
the district. The twinning planes are several vicinal trigonal trisoc-
tahedra with high indices, near the rhombic dodecahedron in posi-
tion.

19. Goslar'tte. Occurs as a white fibrous product resulting from
the oxidation of the white amorphous zinc sulfid, found on the Moll
tract at Galena.

var. Ferrogoslariie. Described by H. A. Wheeler, from Webl)
City, as a brown stalactitic incrustation in abandoned zinc mines.
Contains 4.9 per cent. FeSOi.

var. Cuprogoslav'itc. Described by the writer* from Galena,
where it occurs as a light greenish-blue incrustation, associated with
sphalerite and chalcopyrite, by the oxidation of which it was doubt-
less produced. Contains 12.48 per cent. CuS04.

20. Gi'cenockife. A greenish-yellow coating on sphalerite. Very
rare.

21. Gypsum. ■\

22. Hematiie.j

23. Hydroz'uicitc. A white amorphus incrustation, associated
with calamine and smithsonite, often as a thin layer between the two.
Found at Granby,

24. KaollnHe.^

25. LeadhiJUfe. Fully described by Pirsson and Wells** as pair
green monoclinic crystals with hexagonal aspect, from the "Beer
Cellar" mine at Granby. Also pseudomorphous after calcite and
galena.

26. L'unoniic. This mineral occurs pseudomorphous after pyritf,
marcasite, and chalcopyrite.

27. Linarite.W

28. Malachite. Rather common throughout the district.

*This journal, vol. VIII, pp. 105, 106, 1899.
**Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. XLVIII (J), p. 219, 1894.

ROGERS: LIST OF MINERALS FOUND IN JOPLIN DISTRICT. 163

29. Marcas'tte. Twins are abundant, among them cyclic fivelings.

30. Melanterite. Wliite crystalline jDowder i)roducecl by the oxi-
dation of pyrite or marcasite.

31. Mlmetlte. Reported by Dr. W. P. Jenney as a thin crystal-
line coating on galena, at Seneca, Newton county, Missouri.

32. 2fuscovite.\

33. Opal, var. Tripoli, as extensive beds of soft, massive, white to
buff-colored material.

34. Pf/rite. Quite common, but not as abundant as marcasite.

35. Pyroluslte.j

36. Puromorphife.X Small grass-green prismatic crystals and
coating on chert. Found at Granby, Joplin, and Galena. At Granby
it is pseudomorphous after galena.

37. Quartz. The crystals are usually very small, but some from
Granby and Wentworth measure two and one-half cms. in the direc-
tion of the vertical axis.

38. S)nlthsonife. In small crystals, with rounded faces, but more
often as stalactitic and botryoidal forms ; also pseudomorphous after
calcite and dolomite, especially at Granby.

39. Sp/)aler/fe. A white amorphous of zinc sulfid was described
by Robertson,* from Galena and near Joplin.

40. Sulfa /'.J

— . Trijjoll. See Opal.

41. Yivianlte. Reported by Dr. G. Hambach as blue, earthy pow-
der from Joplin.

42. Wavellite. Reported by Dr. G. C. Broadhead as small, white,
radiating crystals on chert from Jasper county.

43. Warfsite. Small hexagonal crystals on stalactitic sphalerite,
at Joplin. By whom first found is not known by the writer.

44. C7ialcaaf/iffe. The writer has recently found this mineral at
the Irene Mining Company's mine, in Em^Dire City, Cherokee county,

1 Kansas. It occurs as small blue columnar crystals, associated with
I sphalerite, pyrite, and chalcopyrite, and is doubtless the result of the
I oxidation of the latter. The specimens were found on the dump
( piles, but the miners say that the mineral is frequently observed on.
( material just after it is hoisted from the shaft.

; Allopliane ? A hydrous aluminium silicate related to allophane in
j composition occurs at the "Big Coon" mine and at the mine of the
l Dearborn Mining Company, at Galena, Kan. The mineral appears as
a thin incrustation, often with a botryoidal surface, associated with
sphalerite, chert, and a soft, clay-like material. It is amorphous, col-
orless to light brown or green, subtranslucent to translucent, with res-

*Amer. Journ. Soc, vol. XL (3), pp. 160, 161, 1890.
12— K.U.Qr. A— ix 2

164 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

inous luster, and has very much the appearance of gum arable. In
physical characters agrees very well with the description of schoetter-
ite, but is quite different in chemical composition. Mr. C. A. Wol-
faith, superintendent of the Dearborn mine, kindly furnished the
material for analysis. An analysis gave the following, which is the
mean of two determinations : AloO:^, (41.6(3) ; SiOi, 24.76 ; H9O, 33.58 ;
total, 100.00. Specific gravity = 1.94. The silica percentage is rather
high and the water percentage rather low for allophane, but it is much
nearer that mineral than any other, and so is referred to it with a query.

Caledonite. Occurs in very small quantities as a green crystalline
coating, associated with linarite, aurichalcite, and cerussite ( with a lit-
tle unaltered galena), at the "Big Coon" mine. Galena. Heated in
the closed tube, becomes black and gives off water. Reacts for Pb,
Cu. and SO4. Soluble in nitric acid, leaving a white residue of lead
sulfate. Has been reported from but two or three localities in the
United States.

CJirysocolla. This mineral occurs as thin seams of the characteris-
tic bluish-green color associated with other copper minerals at the "Big
Coon" mine, Galena.

Cop'tdplte. A basic ferric sulfate, referred to copiapite, occurs as a
yellow crystalline incrustation on pyrite at Galena and at Cave
Springs, Mo., being especially abundant at the "Pilgrim" mine at the
latter locality, where it occurs on the walls of a cave-in.

CoveUite. The sphalerite from the "Big Coon" mine is often
coated with a bluish-black substance, which is seen to penetrate the
cleavage faces for a considerable distance. This mineral it is thought
is covellite, as it agrees with it in physical characters and, as far as
can be determined, in chemical composition. It seems probable that
a metathetic reaction has taken place between zinc sulfid and copper
sulfate, thus: ZnS + CuS04 = CuSH- ZnSO-t. Such a reaction does
take place when sphalerite is heated in a closed tube containing a
solution of copper sulfate at a temperature of 200 degrees, as experi-
ments by the author show. Given sufficient time and favorable con-
ditions, may not this reaction have taken place without the high
temperature ? Exterior to the covellite is often malachite, which is a
further product of the decomposition of the covellite. Here, then, we
have covellite and malachite pseudomorphous after sphalerite.

Cuprite. Cuprite was observed as a central core surrounded by
malachite, from which the latter was evidently formed. The cuprite,
it is believed, is also secondary, and probably has been formed from
chalcopyrite, which seems to be the only original copper mineral of
the reo-ion. This opinion is largely suppositious, as there is no evi-

EOGERS : LIST OF MINERALS FOUND IN JOPLIN DISTRICT. 165

dence that the cuprite has been derived from any preexisting mineral,
as far as the examination of the specimens shows.

Gypsum. Crystals of this mineral are found in bituminous shale,
probably of Coal Measure age, on the Mastin ground, southwest of
Galena ; also of recent origin, coating the chert in old dump piles.

Hematite. Occurs as a thin, black, botryoidal incrustation and
soft red stain on chert in Cooper Hollow, Galena.

Kaolinite. Found as a thin white coating on micaceous shale at
Cave Springs, Mo.; also as powder in cavities in chert at the "Tree
Toad" mine.

Linarite. A mineral answering the tests of linarite was found in
very small quantities at Galena. It is azure-blue in color, with vitre-
ous luster, and reacts for lead, copper, and sulfuric acid ; gives off
water and loses its color when heated in closed tube ; soluble in nitric
acid, leaving a white residue of lead sulfate. It is associated with
cerussite and malachite as a thin layer between them. Linarite seems
to have been reported from but two other localities in this country —
at the Cerro Gordo mines, Inyo county, California, and Organ moun-
tains, near Las Cruces, N. M.

2fuscovite. Occurs as crystalline scales in shale at the Cave Springs
mines and is no doubt of secondary origin.

Pyrolusite. A soft, black mineral from a shaft west of "Black
Hill," in the western part of Galena, is probably pyrolusite. It has a
botryoidal surface ; the streak is black with submetallic luster. Re-
acts for manganese and in the closed tube gives off' a small amount of
water, as pyrolusite often does. Dendritic markings on the chert at
Granby may probably be referred to this mineral.

Sulfur. This mineral was found as minute crystals and as a thin
crystalline coating on cleavage surfaces of galena. Galena in de-
comiDosing ordinarily gives rise to the carbonate, cerussite, passing
perhaps through the intermediate stage of the sulfate, the sulfur be-
ing oxidized. The sulfur in the occurrence here described was not
oxidized, but set free, remaining as the native element. Sulfur was
also observed in cavities in sphalerite, as before in very small quan-
tities. Both the galena and sphalerite thus associated are from the
Bonanza" ground, northwest of Galena. As far as can be learned,
this is the first notice of native sulfur derived from sphalerite.

MiNEKALOGICAL LABORATORY, UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, MaT 1, 1900.

Hariri ai f eiette Imt

Have the confidence of the cycling puVjlic. For weeks
we have been running our immense factories 22 hours
daily to meet the demands for our new 1899 models.

The Longest Experience,
The Greatest Resources,
The Largest Factories,

The Best Devised Machinery,
The IVIost Scientific Methods,

A combination of advantages which
produces the Standard Bicycles of the world.

Columbia Cha nless, Models 59 and 60, . $75

Columbia Chain, Models 57 and 58, . . 50

Hartford s, Patterns 19 and 20, . . . 35

Vedettes, Patterns 21 and 22, . . . 25, 26

ENTIRELY NEW MODELS.

We are closing out the limited number remaining of
1898 Columbias and Hartfords (leaders of last season)
at greatly reduced prices.

Juvenile Bicycles, all sizes, $20 to $25.

POPE MANUFACTURING CO, Hartford, Conn.

Catalogue from any Columbia dealer, or by mail for one 'i-cent stamp.

Have You Read
These Books?

They are devoted to the wonderful sights
and scenes and special resorts of tourists
and healthseekers in the Great West.

Though published by a Railway Com-
pany,

Tie Ml Fe Ronle,

they are literary and artistic produc-
tions, designed to create among travelers
a better appreciation of the attractions
of our own country.

Mailed free to any address on receipt
of postage, as indicated :

"The Moki Snake Dance," 56 pp., 64
illustrations. 3 cents.

"Grand Canon of the Colorado Riv-
er," 23 pp., 15 illustrations. 2 cents.

"Health Resorts of New Mexico,"
80 pp., 31 illustrations. 2 cents.

" Health Resorts of Arizona," 72 pp.,
18 illustrations. 2 cents.

" Las Vegas Hot Springs and Vicin-
ity," 48 pp., 39 illustrations. 2 cents.

"To California and Back," 176 pp.,
176 illustrations. 5 cents.

W. J. BLACK,

G. P. A., A. T.& S. F. RY.,
TOPEKA, KAN.

C. A. HIGSINS,

A. G. p. A.,A.T.& S. F. RY.
CHICAGO.

^|(i^fift^^fi|i|»^f»^|»<i^W|i^4»y^|^|»fi|ifi

APR 24 1901

VOL. 1.

VX.^^^^

No. 4.

BULLETIN

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.

Kansas Univeksity Quarterly.

(Continuous number, Vol. IX, No. 3.)

^S

X 4h -y- \

:->!

ents

^SiTfO^

JULY, 1900.

PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS,
AT LAWRENCE.

Application made for Entry at Post-office as Second-class Matter.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The Kansas University Quarterly is maintained by the Uni-
versity of Kansas as a medium for the publication of the results of
original research by members of the University. Papers will be
published only on recommendation of. the Committee of Publication.
Contributed articles should be in the hands of the committee at least
one month prior to the date of publication. A limited number of
author's sepa7'ata will be furnished free to contributors.

In order to have the volume begin with the year, volume V of the
Quarterly was closed with the number for October, 1896, and has
but two numbers ; but no issue was omitted.

Beginning with volume VI, the Quarterly appears in two series :
A, Science and Mathematics ; B, Philology and History.

The Quarterly is issued regularly, as indicated by its title. Each
number contains 50 or more images of reading matter, with necessary
illustrations. The four numbers of each year constitute a volume.
The price of subscription is two dollars a volume, single numbers
varying in price with cost of publication. Exchanges are solicited

Communications should be addressed to

W. H. Carruth,

University of Kansas,
Lawrence.

I

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

E. H. S. BAILEY. F. W. BLACKMAR.

E. MILLER. C. G. DUNLAP.

H. B. NEWSON. S. W. WILLISTON.

W. H. CARRUTH, Managing Editor.

This journal is on file in the office of the University Revieiv, New York city.

THE

KANSAS UNIVERSITY
QUARTERLY.

(Vol. IX, No. 3.-Jcly, 1900.)

SERIES A.— SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS.

CONTENTS

I. — Collateral. Circulation in the Cat after Ligation of

THE PosTCAVA Ida II. Hyde.

II. — Occurrence of the Byryozoan Genus Rhabdomeson in

America, Aastin F. Rogers.

III. — Stratigraphy of the McCann Sandstone, .... C N. Gould.

IV. — A New Genus of Ferns from the Permian of Kansas,

E. H. ScUards.
V. — A Reconnaissance in the Blue Valley Permian, . J. W. Bcede.

VI. — South American Muscid.e in the Collection of S. W.

WiLLiSTON, Carij dc N. Hough.

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY,
Lawrence, Kan.

Price of this number, 50 cents.

Entered at the post-office ia Lawrence as second-class matter.

2938

APn 34 1901

KAxNSAs university Quarterly.

Vol. 9. No. 3. JULY, 1900. Series A.

• COLLATERAL CIRCULATION IN THE CAT AFTER
LIGATION OF THE FOSTCAVA.

BY IDA H. HYDE.
With I'late XXXVI.

In a thesis written in 189 1,* I compared the azygos venous
system of lower animals with that of man. It was held, at that
time that the azygos vein in the cat could not be traced beyond
the diaphragm. In a chapter relating to the venous system, it
is true, St. George Mivart, in his "Anatomy of the Cat," says
that '"'the distribution of the azygos vein in the cat is the same
as that in man." This statement is incorrect, as can be readily
seen by the dissection of more than one cat, for that animal
possesses only a right azygos, which, differing in its distribution
more or le^s in almost every cat dissected, does, as my work
proved, and is now stated in the last edition of Wilder and
Gage's Anatomical Technology and other revised editions of
anatomies, arise in the lumbar region.

The azygos vein and its branches constitute a system of great
importance. It assists in maintaining the circulation through
the spinal plexuses, and not only forms a connecting link be-
tween the pre- and postcava, but can, as I shall show, main-
tain, if necessary, the circulation of the blood throughout the
body when the postcava, from pathological or other causes, is
prevented from sending its blood into the heart. Inasmuch as
the azygos distribution has not been described in detail in any
of the text-books, I shall state its distribution in the briefest
manner, to aid in a better understanding'of its relation to the
venous system.

L *Now in the library of Cornell University.

12-K.U.Qr. A-ix3 [167J-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3-Jul.v, 'CO.

168 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

At the base of the skull communicating branches exist be-
tween the spinal plexuses and vena vertebralis. The latter,
in turn, connects through the superior intercostal with the
azygos directly, or when the vertebralis and the superior in-
tercostal are both connected with the innominate, then indi-
rectly through it.

From the posterior region, the blood reaches the azygos
through vessels from the muscles and w^alls of the sacral and
lumbar regions that enter the spinal plexuses, and through the
three commonly four-forked lumbar veins, which furthermore
establish circulation between the postcava and azygos, when
the latter arises from a network or longitudinal vessels connect-
ing the lumbar with each other and the spinal veins, or directly
from one of the lumbar veins.

At the first lumbar vertebra, the azygos possesses a valve and
enters a foramen, presenting the appearance of suddenly com-
ing to a limit. It receives, however, among others, tributaries
from vessels of the diaphragm, adrenal, ileo-lumbar, inter-
costal, and often a large vein from the first lumbar.

It is evident that the postcava and azygos are mutually de-
pendent and supplementary, and that if for any cause the post-
cava should be obstructed anywhere in its course, the blood
would be returned to the heart by the azygos through the inter-
vention of the lumbar veins and spinal plexuses. The latter
practically establish communication between veins of the body
throughout the. extent of the spine.

It was of interest to test the correctness of this assertion ;
then, too, the facts connected with such an operation seemed
sufficiently important to warrant its undertaking.

The first experiments were performed on kittens two days
old. It was thought that animals at this period of growth,
with immature arrangement of vessels connecting with those of
the liver, would more readily adapt themselves to the altered
conditions introduced by the experiment. On the other hand,
the chances of keeping them alive are lessened even by feeding
them with warm sterilized milk. In regard to this question,
however, too few operations were made on such young kittens
to justify drawing a definite conclusion.

From a litter of four kittens three days old one was kept for
a control experiment; the remaining three were auciesthetized,

HYDE: COLLATERAL CIRCULATION IN THE CAT. 169

kept warm, and operated on with aseptic precautions. An in-
cision was made to the right of the median abdominal wall, the
intestines laid out on warm, moist, sterilized cotton, and the
postcava exposed. It was ligated anterior to the entrance of
the right renal vein, the wound sewed, and covered with collo-
dion. Within four days the kittens were dead. The }^osf.
mortem showed that peritonitis had set in, but a comparison of
the blood-vessels with those of the unoperated kitten showed
differences which encouraged the continuation of the investiga-
tion.

Kittens a few weeks older were similarly operated on, and all
died within four days from peritonitis ( pui'ulent ?) . The re-
maining experiments were iDerformed on older kittens, with
greater aseptic precautions. I shall describe the condition of
one of those that had the postcava ligated below the liver, about
one centimeter anterior to the entrance of the right renal vein,
and which gave successful results.

On|March 27 I operated on a young cat that had not been
fed for sixteen hours. During the two days that followed the
cat remained inactive, sleeping most of the time, and refused
food. The third day it walked slow^ly about and lapped milk.
The seventh day it was more active, but its walk was abnormal ;
the hind legs were not raised from the ground, but dragged
along ; this was, no doubt, due to the wound and to the altered
circulation. At the end of the second week it ran actively about
and seemed quite normal in every respect, and the wound had
entirely healed.

Four weeks after the operation, the animal was chloroformed,
its venous system injected with colored starch, from the femoral
vein, and compared with that of a normal cat of equal pro-
portion likewise injected. In comparing the venous system of
the operated cats with that of the unoperated, the most striking
differences were the great increase of small vessels in the ligated
area, the large size of the lumbar, ileo-lumbar, adrenal, superior
intercostal, azygos and two longitudinal intraspinal or me-
ningo-rachidian veins.

The cavity of the postcava was obliterated by the growing
together of the walls at the place of ligation. Some small an-
astomosing vessels had developed between the postcava anterior
and posterior to the ligature, between the postcava and the

170 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

adreno-lumbalis, the right renal and adrenal, left renal and
postcava, and the lumbar azygos and adrenal. (See plate
XXXVI, b, m.)

The adreno-lumbalis of the right side emptied into the post-
cava one centimeter above the ligature. It was very large, as
was also the ileo-lumbalis, which sent numerous tributaries to
the lateral abdominal wall and psoas muscles, some of its
branches opening into the postcava below the ligature, others
into the iliac and ascending vessel that gave rise to the azygos.

On the left side several large branches arose from the adreno-
lumbalis, which connected on this side with the renal vein.
The largest of its branches extended anteriorly along the side
of the wall, to empty into the azygos near the first lumbar.
Another vessel that emptied here was distributed in the dia-
phragm, wdiile others that are found in the lateral wall con-
nected w^itli the postcava above the ligature.

Near the heart the azygos was about four- fifths the size of
the postcava, while in the normal cat it is from one-half to
two-thirds the size. The four lumbar and superior intercostals
were larger than normal.

From a study of the changes instituted by the ligation of the
postcava, there seems to be a tendency to establish connections
between the two parts of the cava separated by the ligature.
This is seen in the development of the numerous tortuous
anastomosing vessels between the separated parts as well as be-
tween branches of vessels that empty into them. It requires
further study to determine whether these vessels developed
from capillaries into veins, or arose as new tributaries from ex-
isting veins.

It is seen, moreover, that the tendency is to return the blood
to the heart through the most direct path of least resistance.
The blood entering the postcava below the ligature passes
through the lumbar veins into the spinal sinuses and origin of
the azygos vein, or directly, from the postcava through the
lumbar veins to the azygos. Then, too, the paths conveying
blood from other abdominal regions to the thoracic azygos we
saw were strengthened. It is evident that the azygos has
risen in importance, receiving now from all possible directions
most of the blood that is to be returned to the heart from re-
gions below the ligature.

HYDE: COLLATERAL CIRCULATION IN THE CAT. 171

The vessels that appeared in the ligated area and anasto-
mosed between veins that carry blood directly and indirectly to
afferent paths may owe their origin to local pressure. We
should expect that under this condition there would be a greater
flow in certain directions, causing an enlargement of the paths
of those cliannels, and that this in turn would influence, with
the rise of pressure, a thickening of the walls of the smallest
vessels. This would be in harmony wath the laws formulated
bv Thoma,* in his study of the development of blood-vessels.

When the anastomosing network of vessels of the ligrated
postcava and its tributaries increased, the pressure lowered,
and the flow in that direction became more rapid. In conse-
quence of this the caliber of the azygos and its tributaries in-
creased.

The results of these experiments prove that in all cases where
tlie blood-flow through the postcava has been hemmed by patho-
logical growths that compressed the vessel, or, where it is nec-
essary, due to accident or operation, to obstruct the flow through
it, the normal activities of the body will not be materially im-
paired if the paths leading to the azygos and through it to the
heart are not interrupted.

In cases of atrophic cirrhosis of the liver, where the blood-
flow from the vena porta is prevented by compression of the
blood-vessels in the liver, collateral circulation was first estab-
lished by Talma, t He caused adhesion between the abdominal
wall, the liver, spleen, and omentum. The blood reached the
postcava partly from anastomosing networks of vessels devel-
oped in the adhesive region, the hypogastric, 'and femoral. Sur-
vival would, I should think, be possible even if under such
circumstances the postcava in the region of the liver were so
compressed by the disease as to stop the flow" through it, pro-
vided the passage through the azygos and its tributaries in the
abdominal region were kept open.

*Thoma: Untersuchungen fiber die Histogenese und Histomechanik des Ge-
fassystems. Stuttgart, 1893.

tS. Talma chirurgische Oeflfnung neuer Seitenbahnen fiir das Blut der Vena
Porta. Berliner Klinische Wochenschrift, 1898.

PLATE XXXVI.

A sketch of the lumbar region of one of the operated eats, showing the most
important veins and changes instituted by ligation of the poet cava at I. The
overlying parts are removed, and the post cava turned to one side to expose
part of its dorsal side.

a — Azygos.

6 — Thirteenth rib.

c — First lumbar vertebra.

cZ — Pieces of the diaphragm.

e — Adreno-lumbalis, with its branches.

/ — Left renal vein.

g — Vena spermatica.

// — Seventh lumbar vertebra.

/ — Iliac communis.

j — Post cava, above ligature.

k — Right adrenal.

/ — Point of ligation.

m — Anastomizing vessels in the ligated area.

n — Right renal vein.

o — The four lumbar veins.

J) — Ilio lumbalis.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX.

PLATE XXXVI.

OCCURRENCE OF THE BRYOZOAN GENUS RHABDOMESON

IN AMERICA.

Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory No. 56.

BY AUSTIN F. ROGERS.

The genus Rhabdomeson Young and Young, heretofore un-
known in this country, is represented in Great Britain by two
species — R. gracile Phill. and R. rhombiferum Phill. In 1884
Ulrich wrote as follows : "Species of Rhabdomeson have not yet
been detected in this country, but a closer search in our carbon-
iferous deposits will, I feel convinced, bring them to light."*
This prediction has been realized, for the author has recently
found undoubted members of this oenus in the Coal Measures of
eastern Kansas and western Missouri. Transverse and vertical
sections of the specimens exhibit the central tubular axis, in
which single character Rhabdomeson differs from Rhomboj)ora.
Our specimens belong to a new species, which is here described.

^.^M . r-x \\[]

It 5.^ If

■f

L ^'3

liJiahdoineaon americaniim, n. sp.

1. Portion of a stem, showing surface characters, 20.

2. Transverse section, X 35.

3. Vertical section, 20.

Zoarium a slender cylindrical stem, 0.5-O.G mm. in diame-
ter, throwing off at unknown but distant intervals branches at
nearly a right angle from the main stem. Zoecial apertures
comparatively large, elongate-oval or elliptical, but, on account
of the ridge-like interspaces, they have a decided hexagonal

* American Paleozoic Bryozoa, E. O. Ulrich, Journal of the Cincinnati Society
of Natural History, vol. Vl'l, p. 24, 188i.

ll73]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3-July, '00.

174 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

appearance. Apertures arranged in quite regular longitudinal,
transverse and diagonally intersecting series. It requires about
ten or twelve rows to encircle the stem. Measuring longitud-
inally, two apertures occur in a space of 1 mm. ; diagonally,
three in 1 mm. The interspaces are comparatively narrow,
and a small acanthopore is placed at their junction angles.
The zoecial tubes arise from a central axial tube and approach
the surface gradually, so that the apertures, especially in
slightly worn specimens, are deeper at the posterior end than
at the anterior end. An occasional diaphragm is observed in
both the central tube and the zoecial tubes.

Position and locality : Upper Coal Measures ; Lower Oread
limestone at Lawrence, Kan., associated with the following
species of bryozoans : Fisttih'pora nodulifera Meek, Rhomhopora
lepidodendroidea Meek, Strcbloirypa ulricJii^' Rogers, S. ^triat-
opora* Rogers, Cystodictya inequimargi)iata* Rogers, Fenestella
Jean sa sen sis* Rogers, F. limhata Foerste, F. reniota Foerste, F.
shumardi Prout, Poh/pora ell i plica* Rogers, P. //(^.ruo-sa/* Rog-
ers, P. suhmarginata Meek, P. iriarxjularis* Rogers, Thainniscus
tenuiramus* Rogers, Pinnatopora ptiloporoidea* Rogers, P. tri-
lineata Meek, P. whilii Foerste, Septopora biserialis Swallow,
Rhomhocladia delicata* Rogers, and an undescribed species of a
new genus belonging to the Phylloporinidpe. Also found in the
loia limestone at Kansas City, Mo., and at the summit of the
Upper Coal Measures in the Cottonwood Falls limestone at
Cottonwood Falls, Kan. Type in the author's collection.

Our species differs from R. gracile Phill. in the shape of
the apertures, in the number and distribution of acanthopores,
and in having a fewer number of apertures which occur in a
given space. This species bears a strong resemblance to some
species of Rhomhopora, and it is almost impossible to iden-
tify it by external characters. Thin sections, always valuable
adjuncts in the study of any fossil bryozoans, are here neces-
sary. Small ramose forms, with thin interspaces and with the
zoecial tubes approaching the surface gradually (very notice-
able in worn specimens) are apt to belong to this species, and
may be further studied by means of thin sections.

Univeesity of Kansas, Lawrence, May 31, 1900.

*The starred species were described by the author in the Kansas University
Quarterly, vol. IX, pp. 1 12, pis. i-iv, 1900, series A.

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE McCANN SANDSTONE.

BY C. N. GOULD.

In July, 1897, while on a reconnaissance trip through Kay
county, Oklahoma, my attention was called to a number of
small fossil invertebrates in the red sandstone that was being
placed in the foundation of a house. On inquiry, I learned
that the rock came from McCann's quarry, on Deer creek, about
twelve miles southwest of Black well. Although recognizing
the value of the discovery of fossils in the Red Beds, on account
of the lack of time I was unable to visit the quarry. A number
of fossils were obtained and sent to Professor Prosser, who kindly
undertook their identification.

In March, 1898, by the advice of Professor Prosser, I made a
trip to the quarry. Although my visit was necessarily hurried,
in addition to the invertebrates, which are found in great num-
bers, I secured a small quantity of vertebrate material, consist-
ing of teeth, scales, and bones. This was sent to Doctor
AVilliston. A general survey of the locality was made — enough
to satisfy me that the quarry was located near the base of the
Red Beds, but no accurate sections were taken.

It was not until the latter part of July, 1898, that I was per-
mitted to make a thorough examination of the locality. By
the kindness of Doctor Williston, I was enabled to spend several
days in the vicinity. On this trip I was accompanied by Mr.
Mark White, an enthusiastic scientific student of Southwest
Kansas College. Mr. White rendered valuable service w4iile in
the field. Some of the best finds were the result of his perse-
verance.

Deer creek is tributary to the Salt Fork of the Arkansas,
twelve miles southwest of Black well. The creek is a typical
prairie stream. In its upper course it is fed by Tertiary springs.
The slopes are in most places gentle. On the south side of the
creek, for a distance of four or five miles, a steep bluff is capped
by a ledge of dark red or mottled sandstone from two to five feet
thick. In this sandstone on several farms quarries have been
opened. The most important of these are on the farms of

[175]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3-July, '00.

176 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Messrs. McCann, Davis, and Mabaffy. The rock quarries into
good dimension stone, and supplies the local demand for a dis-
tance of fifteen or twenty miles. Several business blocks in
Black well are built of the store from these quarries.

The following sections, illustrative of the character of the
rock both below and above the ledge, were taken in the vicinity.

Section No. 1. — The lower part, to No. 14, taken on D. Camp-
bell's farm ; the remainder at Jones's butte, one mile east of
McCann 's quarry :

21. Butte capped with two feet of massive red sandstone (the Mc- Feet.

Cann) 2 79

20. Arenaceous red shale 6 77

19. Soft grav limestone, in blocks 1^2 ''1

18. Red clay 4 70i.>

17. Blue clay shales •. 4 66i.^

16. Red clay 3 62i.'>

15. Bluish shale with bands of red 6 o9}2

14. Hard grayish limestone, forming escarpment 3^3 ^^34

1.3. Reddish and bluish shales 7 53

12. Kather hard grayish limestone, forming escarpment Vo "^^

11. Bluish and greenish shales 3 453^

10. Several layers of limestone one inch thick, in blue shale 1 423^-

9. Blue shale with green and red bands 11 413^

8. Red clay 5 3034

7. Bluish limestone ^^ 25}^

6. Bluish clay with red streaks 3}^ 25

5. Shalv gray limestone 3^ 21i-.

4. Blue'clay 134 21 '

3. Soft white limestone lo 1934

2. Red and green clay 4 19

1. Covered slope from creek 15

Section No. 2. — Four miles northwest of McCann's quarry
and one mile north of the post-office of Osborne. The base of the
section is probably not to exceed twenty feet above the McCann.
sandstone :

JVo. Feet.

10. Red soil and gravel resting unconformably on No. 9 (Pleistocene), 8 29i->

9. Red clay 3 211.1

8. Blue clay -^4 18i._>

7. Red clay with bands of blue 8 17'^'4

6. Rather hard white limestone 34 9'^4

5. Red clay 2 91.3

4. Blue and green shale fo l^->

3. Red clay .3 7

2. Thin layer white limestone separated by shale 1 4

1. Hard red clay in creek bed 3

At this point the strata are exposed for more than 100 yards
along the bluff. In this distance, four distinct faults are no-
ticed. The strata have slipped from one to three feet.

The dip of all the strata seems to be to the southeast.

A comparison of sections No. 1 and No. 2 will show that

GOULD: STRATIGRAPHY OF THE M"CANX SANDSTONE. 177

Xo. 1, taken below the sandstone, consists chieiiy of blue shale,
with occasional strata of white limestone and red shale, and
that the red shale becomes more frequent towards the top ;
also, that in No. 2, taken above the sandstone, the blue shale
hfts been replaced by the red. In ascending the hills to the
west, above section 2, the whole country is red, the blue shale
having almost entirely disappeared. The color of the soil in
this locality reminds one of Barber or Harper county, Kansas.

These considerations would seem to indicate that the sand-
stone mentioned marks the dividing line from the blue to the
red shales, or from the Wellington to the Harper.*" Although
red shales are found in the Wellington and Marion (Geuda),+
and even in the Chase, + it is not until the disappearance of the
blue shales that the term ''Red Beds" is applicable.

For this sandstone the provisional name of McCaun sandstone
is proposed, from the name of the quarry where the ledge was
first studied and which has been most prolific in fossils. This
is intended not as a formational name, but simply as the local
name for the lower ledge of the Harper formation of the Cimar-
ron series. This ledge, so far as I know, has no counterpart in
Kansas. The first sandstones of the Harper hard enough to
quarry, near the towns of Harper, Spivey, Kingman, and Arling-
ton, are nearly 100 feet above the base of the formation.

The McCann quarry is located on the farm of Mr. T. W.
McCann, eight miles west and four miles south of Blackwell,
O. T., nineteen miles south of Hunnewell, Kan., on the south-
west Cjuarter of section 9, township 20, range 2 west. The
nearest railroad station is Nardin, four miles northwest.

On one trip Mr. White and I were successful in securing a
number of invertebrates and portions of the skeleton of a large
reptile; also, fossil leaves (ferns) and stems from the sand-
stone. Other reptilian bones have been discovered in different
parts of the quarry, but most unfortunately they have been
■carried away and lost.

SouTH\YEST Kansas College, Winfield, August 20 ,1898.

* Colorado College Studies, vol. VI, p. 3.

tl. c, pp. 12, 18.

X This journal, vol. VI, No. 4, Oct., 1897, p. 168.

A NEW GENUS OF FERNS FROM THE PERMIAN
OF KANSAS.

Contribution from the Paleontological Laboratory, No. 57.*

BY E. H. SELLARDS.
With Plates XXXVII-XLII.

The plants described in this article come from a locality three
and a half miles south of Banner City, Dickinson county, Kan-
sas. Three lots of plants have been collected— the first by
Mr. Sterling, of the University, in the summer of 1899 ; the
second by the author, in October of the same year ; and the
third, also by tlie author, in September of the present year.
The plants are preserved in an impure, more or less concre-
tionary limestone, sometimes grading into a sandstone. The
horizon bearing the plants is within about twenty feet of the
top of the highest Permian in that region, the hill along the
side of which the plants are found being capped with Cretaceous
sandstone. The types of all the species described are in the
museum of the University of Kansas. The specimens figured,
when not otherwise stated, are those collected by the author.
All discussion of the geological age of the formation, as well as
the extent and character of the plant-bearing horizon, is de-
ferred until the completion of the author's report on the entire
collection. The drawings and photographs are by the author.

I am indebted to Dr. S. W. Williston for permission to work
on the Permian plants and for advice in the preparation of
this article. I am also indebted to Dr. David White, of the
United States Geological Survey, for advice and for personal
favors ; and to other officials of the U. 8. National Museum, for
access to paleobotanical library and plant collections of the
museum during a part of the past summer.

*Publiphed by permission of the Paleontologist of the University Geological
Survey of Kansas.

[179]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3-July, '00.

180 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

GLENOPTERIS, gen. nov.

Fronds pinnatifid, or simply pinnate, elliptical in outline,
tapering to base and apex. The fronds of the different species
of the genus have a very considerable range in size, from 10 to
15 cm. for the smallest species to 45 cm. or more for the
largest. Base always petiolate ; rachis strongly developed, pro-
portionally strong at the base, longitudinally striate. Fronds,
apparently thick and fleshy in life, leaving a carbonaceous
layer on the rock, in which the veins are deeply emersed,
and often hidden. Pinnules attached to the rachis by the
entire base, decurrent, or auricled below, more or less rounded
above. Pinnules at the base of the frond reduced, open, or
more commonly reflexed. Those at the middle of the frond
largest, varying in size and shape with the size of the frond,
oblong to linear, oblique, or curved back at the apex. Borders
entire or undulate, and even lobate in one species referred
doubtfully to the genus. Pinnules towards the apex also re-
duced, becoming more ovoid, even odontopteroid in appearance,
ending in undulations of a terminal pinnule. Midvein of the
pinnule strong in the large fronds, percurrent at the base, run-
ning some distance down the rachis before uniting with it, con-
tinuing to or near the apex. Lateral veins oblique, rather
thin, and often obscured by the thick frond ; simple or forking,
basilar attached to the main rachis ; curved in passing to the
border, or almost straight. The decurring wing, or auricle,
receives numerous strongly curved, or straight, simple, or
forked, nerves from the main rachis. Fructification unknown.

The plants of this splendid genus are among the most abun-
dant of the formation. Four well-characterized species have
been found, represented by good specimens, and one specimen
of a fifth species doubtfully referable to the genus. In addition,
there are two specimens in the collection, one the apical part of
a frond, the other a young frond still in the circinate condition
at the apex, which apparently are not referable to any of the
species described. The pinnules of both are linear, very acute,
straight, and oblique to the rachis. The numerous individuals,
and the diff'erentiation that the genus has reached, indicate that
it w^as a leading genus in the flora of the formation. In a note
on the Permian Flora of Kansas, Kansas University Quarterly,
vol. IX, p. 64, the author referred to this group of plants as

SELLARDS: NEW GENUS OF FERNS. 181

"herbaceous ferns. The large fronds now at hand, having a
strong rachis broken off short at the base, make it more proba-
ble that the fronds are detached from the upright, more or less
arborescent stem. It seems even possible, but not probable,
that w^e have here only the ultimate division of larger fronds.

Generic relation. — Among Paleozoic plants, the genus most
closely related to ours in the form and development of the frond
is Protoblechnum Lesqx. The type, and only species known of
this genus, comes from near the base of the Coal Measures,
Rushville, Ohio, and was first described as Althopteris holdeni by
Andrews.* Lesquereux afterward made Andrews's species the
type of the genus Protoblechnum Lesqx, P. holdeni (And.) Lesqx.
has, like the species of Glenopteris, sessile, auricled pinnules,
reduced at the base of the petiolate frond. The estimated
length of this species, 50 to 60 cm., is only slightly larger
than that of the largest species of Glenopteris. The apical part
of the frond of Protohlechninn differs, however, entirely from that
our genus. In the several species of Glenopteris the pinnules
are reduced gradually towards the apex of the frond, at last
uniting with a terminal pinnule. The frond of Protoblechnum is
represented as ending abruptly, the pinnules not at all reduced.
It might be suspected that the apex of the specimen was gone,
especially as the rachis continues moderately strong to the very
last, were it not that both authors agree in describing the frond
as complete. Lesquereux says (Coal Flora, p. 188) : "The
upper ones (pinnules) are close, less distinctly scythe-shaped,
but quite as long, the terminal leaflets being still 6 cm, long,"
The venation of Protoblechnum Lesqx. is apparently distinct, the
veins twice forked ; the venation of Glenopteris is indistinct,
and often obliterated, the veins simple or forked once. The
thick coating of scales on the rachis of Protoblechnum is a minor
character not seen on any species of Glenopteris.

Glenopteris cannot be closely compared with any other genus
of Carboniferous ferns. It has, however, in the sessile decur-
rent pinnules, a general relation to all the genera of the alethop-
teroid group, to wdiich it accordingly finds its most natural
reference. The relation after Protoblechnum Lesqx. is perhaps
closest to Alethopteris St. But the genus differs from all the
other Alethopterids again excepting Protoblechnum, in the sim-

*Geol. Survey of Ohio Pal., vol. 2, p. 420, pi. LI, figs. l-2a.
13-K.U.Qr. A— ix3

182 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

pie fronds and large pinnules. The apices of the fronds of
Glenopterift have a peculiar resemblance to Odontopteris.^ So
striking is this resemblance in Glenopteris simplex, that the apex,
if found detached, unassociated with the rest of the frond,
would probably be taken for a large Odoniopteris ; but the
frond as a whole is very different from that genus. There is a
resemblance perhaps worth noting between Glenopteris and the
smaller species of Megalopteris Dawson in the sessile decurrent
pinnules, but the rigid fronds of Glenopteris, with strong axial
development, are very different from the fronds of Megalopteris,
large, and often bifurcate at the top.

Glenopteris has, in the shape and development of the frond, a
very striking resemblance to the Mesozoic genera Lomatopterls
Sch, and Cycadopteris Zigno. The resemblance of the large
species of Glenopteris to Lomatoptcris is especially close. The
form and method of development of the frond in the two genera
are very similar. Both have a strong, roughly striate rachis,
and pinnules reduced at the base of the petiolate frond. Lomat-
opteris is described by Schimper as having its venation entirely
obscured; the venation of Glenopteris is always indistinct, and,
in G./ lohata, entirely concealed. The auricled base, which dis-
tinguishes most of the species of Glenopteris from Lomatopteris,
is wanting in G.? lohata. This latter species further resembles
Lomatopteris by a very similar lobation of the borders. The es-
sential character separating this species from that genus is the
absence of the thickened border.

Doctor White* has already suggested the possible relation of
the Alethopteridete with the Triassic genera Lomatopteris and
Cycadopteris. The genus Glenopteris from the Permian having
'an evident relation to both Protoblechnum from the base of the Coal
Measures, and to Lomatopteris and Cycadopteris from the Trias,
makes such a relation much more probable. As far as it is pos-
sible to conclude from the evidence of sterile fronds, these three
genera seem to have a direct genetic relation.

Glenopteris splendens, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, fig. 1; plate XXXVIII, fig. 1;
plate XL. Type 5106.

Fronds large, deeply pinnatifid, slightly curved or straight,
coarse, spreading, broadly elliptical, 45 or more cm. long, with
a spread of about 20 cm., thick in life, leaving a dark carbona-

*Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. IV, 1893, p. 119.

SELLARDS: NEW GENUS OF FERNS. 183

ceous layer on the rock, petiolate, broadest in the middle, ta-
pering to base and apex. Rachis strong, rigid, continuing well
towards the apex of the frond, roughly marked with longitudi-
nal striiip ; in the fossil condition flat, or the original more or
less cylindrical shape indicated by a depression in the stone,
about one-third w'ider than deep, partly filled with carbona-
ceous matter. Petiole of the frond very strong, striate, 1 cm.
wide at the base, broken off short, as if detached from an arbo-
rescent stem or possibly a larger division of the frond. Pin-
nules close, connate or overlapping at the base, alternate or
subopposite, oblique to the main rachis, or lower ones reflexed,
linear ; base sessile, decurring or strongly auricled below, some-
w^hat rounded above, borders entire, straight, and nearly paral-
lel. Pinnules sloping very gradually from the base to the obtuse
apex, varying much in size and shape according to the position
on the frond ; those at the middle reaching a length of 13 cm.
and a width of 2 cm. at the base, strongly auricled, the auricle
overlapping tw^o-thirds of the distance to the midrib of the next
pinnule belo\v ; those at the base of the frond open or reflexed,
more narrow in proportion to their length, less distinctly auri-
cled or merely connate, or even distinct ; those towards the
apex also reduced, broader in proportion to their length, be-
coming near the apex broadly oblong, oblique, wath decurring
base, 1 or 2 cm. long, 1 cm. or more wide. Mid vein of the pin-
nule broad but shallow^ continuing two-thirds the length of the
pinnule, then gradually fading out. The center of the furrow is
marked by a narrow depression, which shows in the cast of the
upper side of the frond (photo pi. XL) as a fine, distinct line
running through the center of the pinnule. Lateral veins in-
distinct, thin, almost hidden in the epidermis. They leave the
midrib obliquely, curve outwards, and meet the borders almost
at right angles, simple or forked once, 12 to 14 per cm. The
veins of the auricles are strongly curved, often once forked.
Occasionally the auricle shows a very slight constriction of the
base of the pinnule, as if about to become lobed.

Three good specimens of this species have been found, but
none of them showing the complete apex. On the same rock
with the basal part of the frond, fig. 1, plate XXXVIII, occurs
a part of a frond from near the apex, probably referable to this
species, with broadly oblong pinnules, close, oblique, and grad-

184 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

ually reduced. The specimen photographed (plate XL) also
shows the pinnule approaching the apex, becoming shorter and
proportionally broader.

On the rachis of one specimen of this species there occurs a
narrowly elongate scar, 3 mm. long and less than a half mm.
wide. A similar but smaller scar occurs on the rachis of a
fragment probably referable to this species. These scars are of
interest, because of their seeming identity with numerous such
scars occurring on or near the rachis of some of the Tirniopterids
of the collection, which in turn at least resemble the scars on
Macrotfrnicrpteris , described as probable fructification by Fon-
taine.*

These scars will be more fully described in treating of the
Tseniopteruh of the formation.

Glenopteris simplex, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, fig. 2: plate XXXVIII, figs. 2
and 3; plate XXXIX; plate XL. Type No. 5101.

Fronds small, 10 to 15 or more cm. long, simply pinnatifid,
narrowly elliptical in outline, short petiolate, broadest in the
middle, tapering to base and apex. Fronds apparently thick,
leaving a thick carbonaceous layer on the rock ; very variable
in size ; always curved from the base, often decidedly so, in-
equilateral in development, due to the excessive growth of the
pinnules on the convex side of the frond. Pinnules alternate,
decurrent at the base, joining the pinnule below by a winged
projection, or by a more or less distinct auricle, rounded above
the base, in general, oblique to the rachis; in the young frond
the pinnules are close, oblique, ovate, or oblong; as the frond
develops the pinnules become more distant, oblong, still leav-
ing the rachis obliquely, but curved back at the apex ; in the
largest fronds the pinnules are 1 cm. distant, 3 to 4 cm. long,
curving back decidedly at the apex, giving the frond a lax ap-
pearance. Pinnules at the middle of the frond largest, most
distinctly curved. Apex very obtusely rounded. Borders en-
tire, straight, or irregularly undulate. Pinnules at the base of
the frond much reduced; lower ones, which are 1 or 2 cm.
from the base, mere wing-like projections, 3 or 4 mm. long.
Pinnules also reduced towards the apex, becoming ovate,
odontopteroid in appearance, passing into undulations of a
lanceolate, obtuse, terminal pinnule. The terminal pinnule is

* Monograph, Older Mesozoic Flora of Virginia, p. 18.

SELLARDS: NEW C^ENUS OF FERNS. 185

characteristic. It is large iu proportion to the frond, some-
what irregular in shape, sloping slightly to an obtuse apex.
In a frond 15 cm. high, the terminal pinnule is 2 cm. long.
But the much larger apex (plate XXXVIII, fig. 2) , apparently
referable to this species, indicates that the terminal pinnule
varies with the size of the frond, Midvein distinct, percurrent,
running down the rachis 1 or 2 mm. before uniting with it,
continuing almost to the apex. Lateral veins oblique, strong,
simple or forking once, almost straight or distinctly curved,
10 or 12 per cm. at the border. Veins strongly curved in pass-
ing from the rachis to the auricled base. The midvein of the
pinnule becomes less marked in pinnules nearing the apex of
the frond, lateral veins more pronounced, passing gradually
into the lateral veins of the terminal pinnule.

This species, the smallest of the genus, is common, and its
general form usually well preserved. The venation, however,
is indistinct on most of our specimens. One frond (plate
XXXVIII, fig. 3), fortunately, has the venation well pre-
served. The rachis, seen from the upper side, is marked by a
broad, shallow groove ; from below it presents a broken, striate
appearance, due to the decurring midveins of the pinnules.
Plate XXXIX shows three of the fronds, natural size, and
almost complete. The frond fig. 1 has the apex broken and
displaced to one side. With several good specimens at hand, it
is possible to follow the development from the young to the
full-grown frond. The pinnules, at first close, ovate, and ob-
lique, become, by the growth of the frond, more distant, elon-
gate, curved back at the apex, lax in appearance, reaching at
last the extremely curved form seen in fig. 3, plate XXXVIII.

The specimen plate XXXIX, fig. 1, was among those col-
lected by Mr. Sterling. The others were collected .by the
author.

Glenopteris lineata, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, fig. 3; plate XXXVIII, figs. 4
and 5. Type No. 5108.

Fronds of medium size, deeply pinnatifid or pinnate, some-
what fleshy, narrowly elliptical, narrowing gradually to a long
apex, petiolate at the base. Rachis strong, longitudinally
striate or wrinkled, half cylindrical or flattened, broken off
short at the base. Pinnules alternate, close, or more distant in
the middle of the frond, rounded above the base, united by a

186 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

decurring wing to the pinnule below, situated very obliquely on
the rachis, linear-lanceolate, straight, very symmetrical above
the base, narrowing gradually and regularly from the base to the
apex; borders straight and entire, apex rounded, or cut off
wedge shaped. Pinnules reduced in passing to the apex, be-
coming shorter, proportionally wider, at last not more than 5
or 6 mm. long, 4 or 5 mm. wide, and triangular in shape.
Midvein of the reduced pinnule still evident, continuing to the
apex. Pinnules also reduced towards the base of the frond as
in other species of the genus, lower pair reflexed. Midvein
straight, deep, and narrow, deeply emersed, continuing quite
to the apex of the pinnule, percurrent at the base ; lateral veins
obliterated in all the specimens yet obtained by the thick, longi-
tudinally wrinkled substance of the frond.

The species is described from four specimens, two of them
representing the apical part of the frond, but with the extreme
apex of both broken ; one from the base, and one from near or be-
low the middle, a part of which is shown in fig. 5, plate XXXVIII.
The upward curve of the long pinnule of this plate is due largely
or entirely to a break below the center of the pinnule and the
dislocation of the apex. Other pinnules above and below this
one do not show the scythe shape.

Glenopteris sterling!, ep. nov. Plate XLI ; plate XLII, fig. 1. Type No. 5104.

Fronds large, deeply pinnatifid, the pinnules connected at the
base by a lobate auricle, strong, rigid in appearance ; elliptical,
broadest in the middle, 25 or more cm. long; petiolate, thick,
leaving a carbonaceous layer in which the veins are mostly hid-
den. Rachis strong, half-cylindrical or compressed in the cast,
1 cm. broad at the base, longitudinally striate. Pinnules close,
opposite or subalternate, unsymmetrical, much enlarged above
the base, sloping at first abruptly, then gradually, to a lanceolate
apex, situated at right angles to the rachis, straight, or curving
up slightly at the apex, scythe-shaped, 10 to 17 mm. distant, 6
to 7 cm. long in the middle of the frond, sessile at the base,
connected by a lobate auricle. Borders entire, straight or ir-
regularly undulate. Apex small, rounded. At the center of
the frond the lobes between the pinnules are approximately
twice as long as broad, about 9 mm. long, 4 or 5 wide, half
cut off from the pinnule above by a sharp incision at the base

SELLARDS: NEW GENUS OF FERNS. 187

of the pinnule, connate with the pinnule below, or the outer
part of the lobe overlapping slightly. In the pinnules ap-
proaching the base of the frond the lobes are progressively less
strongly developed, entirely disappearing on the reduced basal
pinnules. Main rachis of the frond brokenly and roughly striate
throughout its entire length. Midvein of the pinnule moderately
strong, continuing to near the apex, straight or nearly so, join-
ing the rachis with a short downward curve. Lateral veins
indistinct ; those of the auricles best preserved. These leave
the rachis w^th a slight curve, run straight and apparently
simple to the border. In the first auricle (top of fig. 1, plate
XLII, left side) six veins can be counted in the distance of 3
mm. On some of the pinnules of the eroded specimen (plate
XLI) the lateral veins show indistinctly. They leave the mid-
vein obliquely and curve in, passing to the borders; w^hether
simple or forked, cannot be made out.

Two specimens of this species are found in the collection,
both of wdiich are photographed. The smaller one is well pre-
served and covered by a thick coaly layer, entirely obscuring
the venation except in the lobes of the auricles. This speci-
men show^s well the distinct lobe between the pinnules. The
second specimen is of an eroded frond, somewhat defaced. The
lobate base, however, is well showm on some of the pinnules.
The species has a very different appearance from others of the
genus, due to the odd shape of the pinnules and their lobate
bases. The large specimen, plate XLI, has evidently the nat-
ural sh'ape of the frond, except that the apices of the pinnules
are broken and somewhat displaced. The frond is rigid,
strongly curved at the base, and again less strongly curved in
the opposite direction at the apex. The extreme apex is not
preserved.

The first specimen of this species, that of plate XLI, was col-
lected by Mr. Sterling.

Glenopteris? lobata, sp. nov. Plate XXXVII, fig. 4: plate XLII, fig. 2.
Type No. ."iUO.

Fronds large, pinnate, petiolate, coriaceous. Rachis strong,
flat, striate, li cm. wide, broken off short at the base. Pinna'
close, alternate or subopposite, linear, sessile, and overlapping
at the base, licm. apart, longest 6 cm., divided into numerous
small, ovate, shallow, but distinct lobes. Basal pinnne reduced

188 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

scarcely, or not at all lobed, lowest pair much reduced, li
cm. long, reflexed. Lobes more distinct on the lower side of
the pinna than on the upper, true at least of those pinna' ap-
proaching the base of the frond. First lobe on the lower side
of each pinna attached to the main rachis. Midvein of the
pinna broad, but sh allows marked on the upper side of the frond
by a shallow furrow^, continuing to near the apex, curved down
at its union with the rachis. Lateral veins entirely obscured
by the coriaceous frond.

The propriety of including this species in the genus Glenop-
teris is extremely doubtful. With the single incomplete speci-
men at hand, it is difficult to decide its true generic relation.
In general disposition the frond is much like that of other large
species of Gltnopttrls, a frond having a strong striate rachis
with pinnules reduced at the base. The negative character of
obscured venation may not be of especial value, since the vena-
tion of every species of the genus is more or less obscured, and
additional specimens, when found, may have the venation pre-
served. The pinna^, however, are very different. They can
hardly be said to be auricled. They are rather sessile by the
entire base, the borders lobate, the first lobe on the lower side
attached to the rachis. But as observed in other species of the
genus, the pinnie of the middle of the frond may prove to be
more distinctly auricled. The first large pinna at the base of
the frond has only a single lobe on the lower side ; the two fol-
lowing are distinctly lobed on the lower side, merely undulate,
or slightly lobed, on the upper; the next two above these are
broken ; the third, the large pinna at the top of the specimen, is
as plainly lobed on the upper as on the under side.

This species, as noted in the discussion of the genus, ap-
proaches very closely to Lomatopteris Sch. As in that genus, the
veins are obscured, fronds thick, petiolate, rachis strong and
striate, pinn;p lolled. The absence of a thickened border is
the essential character excluding this species from Schimper's
genus.

Lomatopterii<hurgon<lioca Sap., from the .Jurassic, should be com-
pared as a species closely related in its form and development.

Doctor White has very kindly looked over the photographs
illustrating this genus, and calls attention to the close resem-
blance of some of its species, especially Glenoptcrisf lohata to

SELLARDS: NEW GENUS OF FERNS. 189

Lomatopteris jurensls Sell., as that species is figured by Sa-
porta, Plantes jurassiques, vol. I, p. 405, pi. 55, figs, 1-4, or
Lomatopteris cirinica Sap., 1. c, p. 409, pi. 52, figs. 1, 2. He
also mentions Cijcadopteris as developed in the Triassic as de-
serving comparison. Judging from the photograph alone, Doc-
tor White is inclined to think G. sterlingi close to G. spkndens,
and suggests the possible occurrence of intermediate forms.
The peculiar shape of the pinnules of the former species, men-
tioned in the description — pinnules enlarged above the base, then
sloping at first abruptly, afterward very gradually, to a slender
apex, the auricle cut off from the pinnule by a distinct lobe —
seems to be a character constant for this species and separating
it from the other. No intermediate forms have yet been found
justifying a closer comparison between the two species.

ri.ATK XXXVll,

Fig. 1. — A pinnule of o". <phndtns, sp. n. Natural size.
Fig. 2. — A pinnule of (?. ^'tnphjr. sp. n. Twice natural size.
Fig. 3^ — G, lineata, sp. n. Natural size.
Fig. 4. — G. f lobata. sp. n. Natural size.

Kajt. Ustt. Qtab., Vol. IX.

PLATE XXXVII.

PLATE XXXTJU.

F^. 1. — G. . sp. n. Bas^ part of the frond.

Fig. 2. — G. *i.,.^<^^ =p. D. A laise teiminal jHHimle.
F%. 3l — G. *imp?ejr. sp. n.
Fig. 4. — G. Urtfata. sp. n. Base of the frond-

Fi^ 5 — 't " - - ?r. n. Part of the frond from above the base.

KL\x. U>'rv. Quae., Vol. EX.

PLATE xxxnir.

PLATE XXXIX.

Figs. 1, 2, and 3. — O. simplex, sp. n. All natural size.

Kan. Unit. Quar., Vol. IX.

PLATE XXXIX.

PLATE XL.

G. splendent, n. sp. Reduced to about three-sevenths natural size.

Kijv. U^rrr. Qtas., Yor. IX.

,-g*?S^V-,

-r

PLATE XLI.

G. Hterlingi, sp. n. A little less than natural size.

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX.

PLATE XLI.

■ z^

"^^m

■w '■

Jw ■

m

-^ ■

Ife-"'"*,-'-

^,

x^3

PLATE XLII.

Fig. l.— O. sterling/, sp. n.
Fig. 2. — G. ? lobata, sp. n.

Both slightly reduced.

AN. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX.

PLATE XLII.

1

/

/

/

•■

/

■ *

*" -^ \

■ 1

r

y^ ' i^jfAjLaj^^:^.

A KECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY PERMIAN.

1)Y .1. W. BEEDE.
With Plate XLIII.

This paper has to do largely with the lower Permian and the
upper portion of the Coal Measures, as they are represented in
Kansas north of the Kansas river and in southern Nebraska.
The sections given here are selected near the railroads, so as to
36 of easy access for comparison to any one wishing to study
:hem.

The Blue Valley & Northern railroad runs along the Big Blue
river from Manhattan, in the upper Wabaunsee formation, to
:he upper Chase formation, near Beatrice, Neb. At Stockdale,
[ind north to Cleburne, a most excellent idea of flint-hills topog-
raphy may be obtained from the railroad. The little town of
riarrison, on the east side of the river, is located at the foot of a
bluff more than 200 feet high capped by the P'lorence lime-
stone. Randolph is located in a typical Permian valley, with
^teep bluffs on either side ; Cleburne is in the mouth of a
typical Permian gulch. By taking the wagon road from there
:o the northwest up the gulch, an excellent idea of the pleasures
3f driving in the flint hills may be obtained.

For the study of the upper Permian, good exposures may be
found from Waterville to Barnes and Greenleaf, on the Central
Branch (Mo. Pac), or from Marysville to Hanover, on the
Grrand Island. On the latter road, the best places to study the
strata are a few miles southeast of Hanover, in the large hills,
?ome of which are 100 feet high, with all the strata exposed in
the road. The accompanying map gives an idea of the ap-
proximate distribution of the formations.

WABAUNSEE FORMATION.

In volume 5, page 119 et seq. of the Kansas City Review of
Science and Industry, 1881, Professor Broadhead published
?ome notes on the geology of the Central Branch railroad, in
which he discusses, among other things, some sections within

[191]-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3-July, 'CO.

192 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

the area discussed iu this paper. In discussing the section at
Frankfort, he says :

"At Frankfort the hills extend up probably 150 feet above the Vermillion val-
ley, and seemed formed in the lower portion chiefly of shales for over fifty feet,
with probably one limestone suitable for building near the lower part. These
beds I refer to the middle Permian, the lower probably cropping out eastwardly.

"Toward the top of the hill about four feet of good building stone Ib quarried.
In the quarry is an ash-gray magnesian limestone, weathering cream color, and
works out very freely. The quarry rock is of a very porous texture, caused by the
decomposing and loss of numerous FiiHulind': it also contains many chert con
cretions, which does not seriously interfere with its use as a building stone.

"Five miles west the same beds appear in the bluffs, but lower down, at Bar-
rett's station.

"Still farther, several miles, at Bigelow station, these beds are well exposed,
and the stripping expoted to view better layers of stone. A good deal of quarry-
ing has been done here, and preparations are making for much more.

" In the beds I observed the following fossils: Productas .scmireticulaf >'■•<.
with Fusulincc very abundant, but other fossils very rare."

The lower portion of tlie section at Frankfort, referred by
Broadhead to the middle Permian, is the upper part of the
Wabaunsee formation of the Coal Measures, while the "ash-
gray magnesian limestone" is the Cottonwood Falls limestone.
That the abundant fauna of Dcrhi/a, Seminula and Chonetes
should have been overlooked seems queer when the shale above
the stone he describes unmistakably at Barrett and Bigelow is
almost composed of these shells.

The Blue river cuts through the Cottonwood formation at
Manhattan and well into the top of the Wabaunsee formation.
The geology of this locality has been amply described bv Pro-
fessor Prosser,* and only one section farther north will be given
for comparison with it. The section is located on the south fork
of the Black Vermillion, east of l^arrett station. The section
rises from the bed of the creek to the top of the hill, a half a
mile to the westward.

CI . 7 T-T 7 f J- Stratum. Total.

Soufh Fork Section. f^_ j^^ ff_ i,j_

22. Soil at the top of the hill 5-0 183 0

21. Cottonwood limestone, best exposed in quarry south of road, .3+ 177—6

20. Covered slope 10 0 171-6

19. Gray limestone, uneven texture, 2 to 1—0 161— G

18. Olive and reddish argillaceous shale in the upper part, the

lower part covered 23—0 160—6

17. Yellowish to gray limestone 5—0 137- 6

16. Covered slope, apparently composed of olive indurated shale, 5-0 132—6
15. About two feet of yellowish- gray limestone, not very fossil-

iferous 2-0 127-6

*Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., VI, p. 32 et scq.

BEEDE: RECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY. 193

Stratum. Total.

SoutJ) Fork Section. ft. in. ft. in.

L Covered slope • • • • ^-^ ITo—Q

3 Apparently layers of grayish limestone, on top of first little ion r

hill ^~^" ^"^^^^

2. Indurated, yellowish, calcareous shales, forming yellowish

and olive limestones, three layers about five feet apart.
Prodiictus nebrascensis, AmhoeceJia jilanoconve.ra,
and other imperfectly preserved fossils 15 0 112— b

1. Shaly limestone, upper part of which is a massive yellowish

Hmestone, weathering to a dirty gray. It contains Fusu-

Ihni and many small fragments of fossils. The lower and ^

more shaly portion is not very fossiliferous T— 0 9/— b

0. Yellowish shale 8—0 90—6

9, Brown, porous, fossiliferous limestone containing abundant

Pleurophorus fiuhvuneatus 0—10 8^— b

8. Yellow and olive indurated shales, very fossiliferous in the

lower portion 2o— 0 81—8

7. Gray argillaceous limestone 0—8 56—8

6. Shales, not well exposed, mostly olive or yellowish 15-0 56-0

5 Hard, gray, fossiliferous limestone, weathering brown, 8

inches to 1-0 41-0

4. Olive, clayey or slightly sandy shales, about. 5-0 40-0

3. Covered slope, from creek bank to section in road 33-0 3a— 0

2. Gray, clayey limestone, in creek bed 0—6 2—0

1. Variegated arenaceous shale, in creek bed 1—6 1—6

Nos. 1 and 2 may have sunken from their original position,
though they appear undisturbed.

COTTONWOOD FORMATION.

The Cottonwood Falls limestone together with the superja-
cent shales form the uppermost portion of the Coal Measures.
In this region the limestone is well developed, and quarried
wherever it outcrops. It has the characteristic appearance here,
being a whitish or buff-gray limestone, appearing white from a
distance, filled, in the upper portion, with Fusulhia secalica or
the cavities from which they have been dissolved. Chert con-
cretions are often prominent in the upper portion. The over-
lying shale, however, seems to be thinner here than to the
southward across the Kansas river. They average a trifle over
two feet thick in this region, being scarcely two feet in thick-
ness at the Hawk quarry, at Beattie. The chief quarries are
located at Barrett, Bigelow, Florena, Manhattan, and Beattie.
At Frankfort, the quarries are located on the tops of the hills
southeast of the city. There is very little soil above the lime-
stone, and it is split into large blocks of flagging; the lower
portion of the upper layer is used for this purpose and the rest
is used for building purposes.

As early as 1858 Mr. Henry Englemann noted this rock,

""iufV^mUSi

194 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

probably in the vicinity of Frankfort or Barrett. After referring
to the rocks near Seneca and westward, he says : "On the Ver-
million, some miles south of the road, a whitish magnesiac
limestone is quarried, remarkable on account of the large num-
ber of small cavities which it presents, all caused by the weath-
ering out of Fusulina cylindrica. A stratum very much like
this has been observed near the mouth of the Blue river, and
No. 22 of Messrs. Meek and Hayden's section presents the same
character."* There can be but little doubt that the stone re-
ferred to at the mouth of the Big Blue and that mentioned here
were the Cottonwood limestone. Bed 24 of Meek and Hayden
is the Cottonwood, according to Prosser.f

Prof. E. B. Knerr, in discussing the Frankfort section, says :
" South of Frankfort the bluffs rise to a height of 1(30 feet above
the railroad, and have the Cottonwood Falls limestone on their
summits, about four feet thick. Beneath these to the base of
the bluff is a succession of shales fifteen to thirty feet thick,
alternating with ledges of limestone eight to five feet thick.
The ledges of limestone terrace the bluffs, about six terraces
being especially prominent. " +

„ . , <- , . o stratum. Total.

Bigdoiv Section. % ft. in. ft. in.

4. Impure limestone 2 — 9 9 — 1

.3. FoBsiliferous shales 2 — 7 6—4

2. Cottonwood Falls limestone, upper part 2—3 3—9

1. Lower stratum of the same 1 — 6 1 — 6

The limestone at this locality is unusually white, and works
much better than that from the region of Beattie or the large
Florena quarry. A fish tooth and a specimen of a large Orbicu-
loidea were taken from the shales at this place. A section of
the Mead quarry, at Barrett, is given below for comparison.
The section is taken at the north end of the quarry.

Ifead Quarru Section. \\ f^^'^y^l "^otal.

4. Shaly, argillaceous limestone 1 — 2 9 — 7

3. Yellowish fossiliferous shales 3 — 8 8—5

2. Nearly white limestone ( Cottonwood ), three layers 4—9 4 — 9

1. Slope covered, about fifty feet.

No. 3 of this section (the Cottonwood shales) is richer in fossils
here than at any other locality north of the Kansas river. No. 4

* Simpson, Expl. Gt. Basin Utah, 1859, p. 254.

I Log. cit., p. 37.

J Univ. Geol. Surv. Kans., II, p. 143.

§ Sunflower quarry, central part (the limestone shows thicker farther south).

II Between Barrett and Bigelow.

BEEDE: RECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY. 195

is considerably thicker at some localities than at others. At the
Hawk quarry, at Beattie, it is seven feet in thickness. For
comparison, the Hawk quarry section is given below :

Haivk Quarry {at Beattie). ^/[^'^; Jj'^\?j;

7. Hard shales and argillaceous limestones 7 — 0 19+

i3. Limestone 1 — 8 12—2

"). Limestone 1 — 6 10 — 6

1. Very hard fossiliferoue shale 2 — 0 9 — 0

3. Limestone with abundant F'n.'oil'ma and chert nodules 2—8 7-0

2. Limestone with thin layers of chert concretions 2 — 0 4 — 4

1. Gray limestone with blue streak through center. 2^4 2 — 4

Nos. 1 to 3 are the Cottonwood Falls limestone. The differ-
ence in the appearance of the shale is probably due to the greater
protection which it had in this quarry, and suggests that it might
be difficult to correlate sections in this region by well records,
as the argillaceous limestones and calcareous shales would pre-
sent about the same appearance to the average workman.

The above sections give an ample idea of the Cottonwood
formation in this region. The Florena section would be a repe-
tition of the others. On the whole, it presents about the same
appearance as south of the Kansas river. The stone has the
same color and texture and thickness and is extensively quarried
in many places. The overlying shales seem to be a little thin-
ner here than south of the Kansas river, but present the same
faunal characteristics, with their millions of Chonetes gramUifer
and many Derbya and Seminula argtntea. This characteristic
is quite as prominent a feature as the texture and color of the
limestone below.

NEOSHO FORMATION.

This formation, the base of the Permian, is a rather narrow
band geographically, and follows closely the underlying Cot-
tonwood formation, as it is not much more than 100 feet in
thickness, and the escarpments formed by the Strong flint and
Cottonwood limestone are generally rather close to each other.
Professor Knerr gives a section in this formation near Bigelow .
which would show it to bo ninety-eight feet in thickness. His
section of the bluffs is as follows : *

"A little south of Bigelow the Permian first becomes conspicuous in the bluffs
called Twin Mounds. Here the Cottonwood Falls rock is thirty feet above the
railroad, and is six feet thick.

*Loc. cit.

^^

196 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

"The following section is observed reaching from the top of the mound to this
Cottonwood Falls rock:

" 1. Ten feet of limestone, with flint nodules very abundant in the upper por-
tion.

"2. Fifty feet of bufl" shales and thin limestones.

"3. Thirty inches of porous limestone, with eight to ten inches of prismatic
blue flint overlying it.

"4. About thirty feet of shales and thin limestones.

"5. Thirty inches of hard prismatic limestone.

"6. Two feet and ten inches of a compact limestone.

"7. A three- foot bed of calcareous shales very full of fossils.

"The upper strata (1) are very characteristic and persistent. They were
traced north along the Blue river to the Nebraska line and west to Washington
county. They occasion the flat-topped bluff's so conspicuous on either side of the
Blue river from Bigelow to Waterville. The flint nodules in the upper stratum
are quite like agate in concentric structure. The limestone in which they are
embedded is quite soft, and weathers easily, leaving the nodules exposed and pro-
truding."

The Strong flint passes beneath the Big Blue river about'
three miles south of Marysville, and the Florence flint passes
on north into Nebraska, According to Knerr, the flint on tojo
of the hills at Waterville, Blue Rapids, Marysville, Irving and
at Twin Mounds is all the same. From his section, it is diffi-
cult to ascertain whether the Strong flint or the Florence flint
is meant, because both flints occur in the region. The bluffs
at Irving are certainly capped by the Strong flint, as are also
those north of Blue Rapids, while the bluffs at Waterville,
Marysville and northward contain the Florence flint and lime-
stone.

The following section, on the north side of the Dennis farm,
just east of Bigelow, passing up the hill going east, gives an
excellent idea of tlie Neosho formation in the north Kansas
Permian. The section is exposed in the road and every inch
of the strata is visible. The section is given in minute detail,
to give an idea of the general nature of the formation here.
While the minute details vary in going a short distance, yet
the general appearance does not vary greatly.

Dennis Section, east of Bigelow.* IT^'i^. 7t?^it

21. Gray limestone near the top of the hill ?

20. Shales, uppermost part quite calcareous 15 — 0 86 — 4

19. Gray limestone 1 — 2 71 — i

18. Green and red shales 12-0 70—2

17. Gray, impure limestone with Pseudomonotis 2 — 0 58—2

16. Dark red and yellow shales 10-0 56 — 2

15. Gray limestone in four thin layers 1 — 8 46 — 2

* North side section 12, Bigelow township.

BEEDE: RECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY. 197

Deuuis Section, east of Bif/cloir. u^^^'ux. ft°*hl:

14. Olive shales , 3—6 44—6

13. Greenish-gray limestone, many small fragments of fossils,

shaly in the middle 1—0 41—0

12. Yellowish arenaceous shales 1 — 6 40—0

11. Light gray, fine-grained sandstone 0 — 6 38 — 6

10. Green shales 10—0 38—0

9. Three-inch layer of clayey limestone 0—3 28—0

8. Olive to yellowish, mostly indurated shales, soft above, with

small calcite nodules 10 — 0 27 — 9

7. Mud-cracked limestone, a continuation of the stratum below, 5 — 0 17 — 9
6. Yellowish-gray, clayey limestone or indurated calcareous

shale 0-6 12—9

5. Yellow shale, fossiliferous ( Drrt)ija crassa ) 1 — 0 12 — 3

4. Shaly argillaceous limestone, massive above, grading into

stratum below 1 — 6 11 — 3

3. Yellowish fossiliferous shale, about. 4 — 0 9^^9

2. Cottonwood limestone layers, aggregating 5 — 9 5 — 9

1. Covered slope to the little creek below, about thirty-nine feet.

Some distance above this section the Strong Hint sets in. It
will be noticed that there is no limestone with a layer of flint
above in the above section, as given by Professor Knerr in the
section farther west, though the section rises considerably
higher above the Cottonwood limestone. However, there is
such a layer at Blue Rapids, in the creek west of the Great
Western Plaster Company's mill, on the road running north.

Prof. G. C. Broadhead (loc. cit.) observed a section near Blue
Rapids which includes at least a part of the Neosho formation
and part of the Chase. He states that it is a general section.
It probably extends back into the hills a considerable distance.
The section is as follows :

"The following is about a general section of the rocks seen at Blue Rapids,
ten miles further west [from Bigelow], and includes beds still above those just
named, and also Permian :

"1. On hilltop a bed of limestone near summit.

"2. One hundred feet probably all shale; some chert on slopes.

"3. Four feet of magnesian limestone, in layers of four to twelve inches.

"4. Fifteen feet shales with small geodes.

"5. Four feet limestone in sixteen-inch layers; color whitish drab, with blue
chert between the layers. This limestone is much used in building in Blue Rap-
ids, and affords a handsome building rock.

"6. Thirty feet shales.

"7. One and one-half feet good bed of building stone, coarsely cellular; also
extensively used.

"8. Thirty feet shales, red in lower part.

"9. Four feet limestone.

" 10. Four feet nodular shales.
14-K.U.Qr. A-ix3

198 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

" On river bluffs above, the red shales at several places carry lenticular forms
of gypsum, often snowy, and in quantity sufficient to utilize. There is a mill at
Blue Rapids constantly engaged in grinding it up for plaster. Some of these
beds are nine feet thick. A strange feature was observed in some of the lower
beds of these rocks. In five feet thickness, observed four beds of rock of nearly
uniform thickness, sixteen to twenty-five inches, each one with a layer of blue
chert on top."

He does not state which stratum of the above section the last
two sentences of the quotation refer to, but from the reading
they refer to No. 5, which is the Strong flint. He notes the
fossils collected in this section in the following manner :

^'' Fusulina cylindrica abounds; also found Afhi/ris subtilita, Productus
sp.mireticulatus, Chonetes gniiiulifer, J'Jnniicroti.s hawnii, Hemiju'onites
crenistrla.''''

Dr. G. p. Grimsley also gives a somewhat generalized section
of the rocks as they appear in the bluff at the Great Western
plaster mill.*

This section will be seen to compare in a rough way with
Broadhead's section, the difference probably being due to the
sections being taken at different localities. The top of Grims-
ley's section corresponds to No. 5 of the Broadhead section.

This formation extends up the Blue river nearly to Marys-
ville, and west to Waterville, and on Wildcat creek west of
Manhattan, a little beyond Keats. It extends north into Ne-
braska, in the vicinity of Summerfield, and is quite prominent
in Pottawatomie county.

THE CHASE FORMATION.

The Strong Flint. — The geography of this stratum, which
forms the base of the Chase formation, is the same as that of
the previous formation. It is quite prominent at Keats, Irving,
and Blue Rapids. At many other points it is of less marked
importance, though always a well-marked terrace or escarpment.
The stratum can perhaps be best studied at Waterville and Gar-
rison, where the following sections were taken. The one at
Waterville is from the west side of the road, north of the Water-
ville bridge over the Little Blue river. stratum. Total.

ft. in. ft. in.
.5. Three layers of flint alternating with limestone, some of the

layers of flint nearly a foot thick in places 4 — 0 12 — 0

4. Limestone, from 1 foot to 4 — 0 8 — 0

3. Calcareous shale 1 — 0 4—0

2. Massive limestone, with layer of flint in the top 3—0 3 — 0

1, Yellowish shales and covered slope to river-bed.

*Univ. Geol. Surv. Kans., V, p. 54.

BEEDE: RECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY. 199

Section on south side of creek, a quarter of a mile west of the
junction, at (larrison : * stratum. Total.

ft. in. ft. in.

8. Limestone and flint 2—0 15— 0

7. Flint 0-4 12—10

6. Hard yellowish limestone, weathering to light gray 1—4 12 — 6

5. Limestone, with four inches of flint above 1 — 1 11 — 2

4. Clay, parting with warty limestone above 1 — 0 10 — 1

3. Limestene, half flint through the middle 1—1 9 — 1

2. Blue shales 2—0 8- 0

1. Limestone 6—0 6— 0

Covered from bottom of section to creek bed.

A portion of the section at Water ville was covered, and it is
quite possible that a portion of both top and bottom of the sec-
tion was not exposed. Above that section are many feet of
clay deposit of recent age, resembling not a little the reddish
drift clays of the eastern part of the state. There are also good
exposures of the Strong flint east of Irving, where it forms the
tops of the steep bluffs on the east side of the Blue river. -J^^ast
of Blue Rapids this flint is exposed in the heads of the little
creeks.

The outcrop from the Strong flint to the base of the Florence
flint is almost always covered. I know of no locality where the
entire strata are exposed. For some distance above the Strong
flint are shales and thin limestones, and for about forty feet
below the Florence flint are blue, green and olive shales, with a
two-foot stratum of limestone. These shales are best exposed
at the base of the following section, west of Garrison.

Florence Flint and Limestone. — These are the most marked
and striking deposits in the Blue Valley region. They are al-
ways prominent, adding more than any other single group of
rocks to the ruggedness of the flint hills. Its forty or fifty feet
of flint and limestones underlaid with soft shales make its out-
croppings precipitous Avherever they occur.

Prof. W. C. Knight t has correctly correlated these rocks with
those of Wymore, Neb. They are prominent in the bluff's of the
Blue river from Wymore to Stockdale, Kan., being interrupted
at Blue Rapids by a local fold in the strata. At Oketo it is a lit-
tle under 1250 feet A. T.,t and at Garrison it is about 1200 feet

* Since comparing this section with others of the Florence flint, it seems
possible that it may be a dislodged portion of a cliff of the Florence flint, though
it appears to be in its natural position.

t Jour. Geol., VIII, p. 368 (1899).

X U. S. Topographic Sheets.

200 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

A. T. Garrison is considerably west of Oketo, this showing a
slightly northerly dip of the strata, beside the usual dip of
twenty feet or more to the raile to the westward. Blue Rapids
is about due north of Garrison and four miles west of Oketo,
According to these data and the elevation of the bluffs at the
Great Western mill, the Florence flint and limestone should oc-
cupy a position there as low or even lower than that occupied
by the Strong flint, showing the anticline at this place to be
seventy-five or eighty feet.

A similar fold occurs with its crest at Wymore, Neb. Ac-
cording to the direction of the river and the dip of the strata,
the Florence flint should be either in or beneath the bed of the
river at Wymore, while as a matter of fact it is high above
it ; the bluffs formed by it rising 90 or 100 feet above the
water. This is clearly brought out by Knight's determination
of ^the dip of the strata in this region, concerning which he
says: * "It was found that these rocks had a southern dip of
five feet to the mile."

The study of the Nebraska portion is left largely to the Ne-
braska geologists, who, I was informed, made a very careful
survey of the region there the previous summer. Professor
Knight's paper brings out the salient features very clearly.

The best section of this flint and limestone north of the Kan-
sas river is near the depot at Oketo. Here almost the entire
section is shown in a single vertical exposure. This section,
together with the quarries, gives an excellent idea of the ap-
pearance of this limestone and flint in the Nebraska and north-
ern Kansas area. It differs somewhat from the same rocks
farther south, as will be noticed in the following sections.
There is also some difference in appearance in the quarry sec-
tions and the weathered exposures.

(Jkclo Section Ftorenvc Flint and Limestone, near the deiiot.

stratum. Total,
ft. in. ft. in.

13. Oolite, same as in the Moore quarry +

12. Light-colored, calcareous, indurated shale 2 — 0 56—11

11. Yellowish, irregular, perhaps siliceous limestone 2 — 0 54—11

10. Massive limestone, similar to No. 9, but more yellow on

weathering and is fossiliferous 4 — 5 51 — 11

9. Massive limestone, cellular, or with little geodes, olive buflf,

weathering to yellowish gray 5— 0 47 — i6

8. Yellowish shale 5—0 42— 6

*Loc. cit., p. 369.

BEEDE: RECONNAISSANCE IN THE BLUE VALLEY. 201

Oketo Section Florence FUnt and Limestone, ne((r the depot.

stratum. Total,

ft. in. ft. in.

7. Drab, clayey, blocky limestone 3 — 6 37 — 6

6. Bluish, shaly limestone 7—0 34— 0

5. Third layer of limestone, containing flint 4 — 0 27 — 0

4, Limestone with great quantities of dark flint 6 — 6 23 — 0

3. Limestone with four prominent layei-s of dark flint 3 — 8 16 — 6

2. Blue, argillaceous, shaly limestone 2 — 10 12 — 10

1. Red and variously colored shales or marls 10 — 0 10 — 0

Add to this the rocks exposed east of town, and we have the
following section : Oolite, two feet six inches : shaly rock and
covered slope, ten feet, with a two-foot " foundation" rock.
This makes the complete section of the Florence limestone and
flint as it appears in the north Kansas-Nebraska region. The
oolite seems to be confined to the northern part of the region.
West and south of Marysville, near the head of Walnut creek,
north of Waterville, the heavier limestone forming the bluffs
there shows some oolitic structure, which is the farthest south
that it was observed. At Marysville, the u])per very fossilifer-
ous rock, in the pasture north of the road running east, shows
brownish oolite in places.

A fairly good exposure of the Florence flint and limestone is
shown in the hill a mile and a half north and a little east of
the Waterville bridge, in the road running u]) the hill. There
are more than thirty-five feet of them exposed here ; the lower
twelve feet are flints and limestone, above which are shaly
limestones to the main ledge, of which three feet are shown.
Above this are red, green and olive shales, with a few thin
shaly limestones for about thirty-five feet, over which lies an
ill-exposed limestone.

FLORENCE FLINT WEST OF GARRISON.

About a mile west of Garrison is a very high bluff facing the
east, on the south side of the railroad. There is not a contin-
uous section at this place ; but, by beginning at the northern
part of the exposure in the creek and working to the base of the
flint, and then going south where the bluff becomes steeper, and
continuing from the base of the flint to the top of the bluff, the
following section may be seen :

Garrison Section. f^';*'^^; ^^ota^.

12. Thin layer or two of limestone 2+

11. Massive hard, gray limestone, weathering very rough 4 — 8 88 — 8

10. bellow shale and covered slope 15—0 84 — 0

202 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

aarrixon Section. ^/f "f^; Total

9. Flint and limestone 3—3 69—0

8. Yellow fospiliferous shale 2 — 6 65 — 9

7. Limestone and flint 2 — 0 63 — 3

6. Thin layer of yellow shale 1 — 0 61 — 3

5. Alternating layers of Hint and limestone 14 — 0 60^3

4. Red, yellowish and greenish shales 23 — 0 46 — 3

3. Shaly limestone 1—3 23—3

2. Grayish limestone 2—0 22-0

1. Covered slope from creek bed, about 20 — 0 20—0

MARION LIMESTONE.

The greater part of the time was spent in studying tlie Florence
fiint down to the Wabaunsee formation and the collection of
fossils for comparison with those of the Coal Measures. For
this reason, but little time was given to the higher strata.

The Marion limestone is found in the higher of the elevations,
near Barnes. It is much less conspicuous than is the Florence
flint and limestone of the region. Above this limestone the rough
country of the flint hills disappears, and we have a level prai-
rie extending westward to the Cretaceous, which appears west
of Greenleaf. This limestone and the overlying Marion forma-
tion are found east of the Little Blue on the higher land, and on
to the southward, to the vicinity of Riley Center and Fort Riley.
It may appear also in the vicinity of Fostoria, in Pottawatomie
county.

The characteristic concretions of this limestone are probably
present in this area, though probably less conspicuous than in
the southern area.

SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCIDiE IN THE COLLECTION OF
S. W. WILLISTON.

BY GARY DE N. HOUGH.
( With Plates XLIV, XLV.)

The following notes and descriptions are the results of the
study of material submitted to me for examination by Dr. S.
W. Williston, of the University of Kansas. The material was
collected by Mr. H. IT. Smith, about fifteen years ago, mostly
in Brazil.

CALLIPHORINiE.
Lucilia caesar L.

Lijcilia parentis Macq.
Lucilia j)rmce])s Rood.

A number of specimens of this cosmopolitan species are con-
tained in the collection. Some of them agree with Macquart's
description of L. parentis, and others with Kondani's of L. prin-
ceps. I can fi-nd, however, no structural differences whatever
between these and the typical L. (-[tsar, to which 1 therefore
refer them.

Wiedemann, Macquart, Desvoidy, Rondani, Walker, and
Bigot, who have described nearly ail the South American Cal-
liphoriuce of our catalogues, rarely mention any structural dif-
ferences, but rely wholly on color for separating the species.
There can therefore be little doubt that most of the published
names are synonyms and will ultimately be dropped. It is
very important to recognize the fact that color is of very little
importance for distinguishing species in the genera Lucilia,
Phormia, and Chrysomyia, because all the species are colored
about the same, and in each species the individual variation is
great. Metallic purple, green, blue, bronze and copper color
are the prevailing tints, and occur in nearly every species, even
on different parts (or with varying incidence of light) of the
same individual.

[203J-K.U.Qr.-A ix 3— July, '00.

204 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Chrysomyia segmentaria Fabr.
Miisca segmentarUt Fabr., Wied.
Clirysoniijia liyacinthina R. D.
Liicilla hyacJnthina Macq.
Lucilia nubipe7i?i?s Rond.
Mya semidiaphana Rond.

Wiedemann expressly states in his preface that he had access
to the collection of Fabricius and to the Lund collection, from
which Fabricius described many species. Wiedemann's positive
assertion, therefore, that his M. segmentaria is that of Fabricius
and that Fabricius made a mistake in his description must be
accepted. Rondani sugges'ted the name Lucilia nubipennis in
place of L. segmentaria W^ied., which he considered different on
account of the difference in the descriptions above referred to ;
but, since segmentaria Wied. is the same as segmentaria Fabr.,
the name suggested by Rondani must be dropped.

Desvoidy's description of ('. ]i,yacinthi/na agrees with specimens
of C. segmentaria before -me. Desvoidy's name must therefore
be given up.

Macquart thought he had Desvoidy's species, but referred it
to Lucilia. Rondani's description of Mya semidiapliana agrees
with specimens before me, except that he says the halteres are
white. Some of my specimens have pale yellow halteres, and
such a color difference is of no specific value.

Eight males and three females ; Chapada ; November or un-
dated.

There is very little to add to Wiedemann's description of the
color of this species. He says that the thorax is yellow on the
four corners and that the pleurae are ferruginous yellow, though
if looked at in a certain direction they have a green-gold luster.
This is true of but one of my specimens. All the rest have
these parts of the same color as the dorsum of the thorax. The
tibia' and tarsi may be almost as yellow as the femora.

For about the middle two-fourths of the front the eyes of the
male are almost in contact, the frontal vitta having entirely
disappeared and the geno-vertical plates being reduced almost
to nothing. Transfrontal bristles are present only on that part
of the front which is ventrad this narrow portion. The great
ocellar bristles are small and parallel. The lesser ocellars are
hardly visible. The usual vertical bristles are absent, except a
small inner vertical.

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 205

The head of the female is 3.0 mm. wide in one of the speci-
mens and 3.1 in the others, the front being in the former 0.8
ram. and in the latter 0.9 in width. The vitta is not pollinose.
The geno-vertical plates are yellowish gray pollinose on their
ventral half or two-thirds, polished on the dorsal half or third.
The transfrontal bristles are ten or twelve in number and are
rather stout (as are all the bristles of the head). Laterad the
transfrontals are two proclinate orbitals in the usual position
and ventrad these a number of tiny bristlets. The great ocellar
bristles are normal in direction but not large. There are
several pairs of lesser ocellars, one of which, situated just
caudad the posterior ocelli, is about half as large as the great
ocellar, while the postvertical is very small and delicate. Lat-
erad the ocelli is one ascending frontal. The inner and outer
vertical bristles are of good size ; the occipito-central is present,
the occipito-lateral absent.

The cilia of the posterior orbit form a single normal row in
both sexes. The dorso-ventral diameter of the bucca is one-
fourth that of the head.

The cha'totaxy of the thorax is shown in figure 1. There is
some variation in the dorso-central bristles. We always find
three caudad the transverse suture, as represented in the dia-
gram. The most caudad is the largest, and the third is the
smallest of these three. Cephalad these we find either one or
two more, so small as to be distinguished with some difficulty
from the microchset^e. If but one is present, it is larger than
either of the two, if two are present. Cephalad the transverse
suture there are always two of small size and sometimes a third,
which may be midway between the other two or nearer the
more cephalad of them. I have indicated in the diagram that
there are two small bristles on the disc of the scutellum. In
small specimens there may be but one, and in large specimens
one of the two may be marginal.

In the Sarcophagime, Calliphorime, Muscinie, and Crenosiina^,
the bristles of the scutellum are as follows : (1) Jugal, a small
bristle inserted on the caudal end of the little jugum, which
unites the scutellum near its cephalo-lateral angle with the
mesonotum ; (2) postjugal, the large bristle just caudad the
jugal, inserted on or very near the margin of the scutellum ;
(3) apical, the large bristle inserted very near the apex of the

206 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

scutellum on or close to the margin, and very frequently decus-
sating with its fellow of the opposite side ; (4) marginal, the
macrochiietie inserted on the margin between the postjugal
and the apical ; (5) discal, always small and often absent, in-
serted on the dorsal surface of the scutellum, but not on the
margin. Of these, the jugal and postjugal are nearly constant,
the apical is always present, the marginal is less common, and
the discal very often absent. It is noteworthy that, among the
Calliphorina% the genera Calliphora , ProtocalUphoro, Phormia
and Lucilia all have two marginal scutellar bristles, while
Chrysomyia has either one or none.

Bristles of legs. — Anterior femora : Normal ; all are rather
delicate, but stouter toward the apex. Anterior tibij^^e : On lateral
surface one bristle at about the junction of the middle and api-
cal thirds ; on the mesal surface there are usually no prominent
bristles, but in one male four, and in each of the two females
two, of the extensor row of small bristles are of sufficient size
to catch the eye. Middle femora : On the extensor surface there
is only the usual transverse apical group ; the usual row of the
flexor border is made up of rather scattered and delicate bristles ;
the usual median row of the anterior surface is represented by
but one bristle, situated at the middle of the segment. Middle
tibise : The usual large bristle of the flexor surface is uot far from
the junction of the middle and apical thirds ; on the anterior
surface there is one bristle nearly on the same level with that
of the flexor surface ; on the posterior surface there are three,
two on the flexor half of the surface (situated at the junction
of the basal and middle, 'and middle and apical thirds, respect-
ively) , and one on the extensor half at a level a little basad the
more apical of the other two. Hind femora : Normal, but rather
delicate. Hind tibia* : Near flexor border of the lateral surface
two or three small, slender bristles, and near the extensor border
two or three (in one male, four) ; on the mesal surface only two,
both near the extensor border ; on the extensor border the usual
preapical.

Wing is shown in figure 2. The third longitudinal vein has
spines at the base only.

Brauer and Bergenstamm founded the genus ParalucUia on
Calli-phora fnlvipes Macq., and give as the only character for
separating it from Lucilia that the third longitudinal vein is

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 207

spinose at the base only. The species was believed by Lynch
to be identical with Chrysomyia maceUaria Fabr., and with this
opinion I concur. The species belongs to the genus Clirysomyia,
and the name Parahicilia should be dropped. The extent of
the spines at the base of the t^ird vein varies in different spe-
cies, and may be as much as half way to the small cross-vein.

Chrysomyia purpuras.

Musca purpunr Walk., Dipt. Saund., p. 337.

I recognize, of course, that it is rather hazardous to identify
a species as one of Walker's, but if one can interpret his words,
"a luteous scapula on each side of the fore breast," as mean-
ing that the prostigma is yellow, then I may feel quite confi-
dent of the determination.

One male and four females ; Chapada ; no dates.

Length, 5 to 8 mm. Dorso-ventral diameter of bucca one-
fifth that of head.

As in the preceding species, the eyes of the male are almost in
contact over the middle two-fourths of the front, and the trans-
frontals are limited to that part of the front ventrad the narrow
portion.

The width of the front of the female is to the width of the
head as 1 :3.5. The bristles of the head in both sexes are as
in Hegmentaria, but rather more delicate, except that on the
geno-vertical plate laterad the transfrontals the tiny bristlets
do not end dorsad at the more ventral of the orbitals, but con-
tinue dorsad to the vertex. The whole vitta and the whole
geno-vertical plate are thickly yellowish-gray pollinose.

The thorax is much more pollinose than in segmcntoria, even
the scutellum, meso-pleura and sterno-pleura appearing white
pollinose if viewed by very oblique light. The hairs of the
meso- and sterno-pleura^ are black ; in segmentaria they are
yellow. The bristles of the thorax are shown in figure 3.
Only the two most caudad of the dorso-centrals are at all promi-
nent. There is no lateral posthumeral. In every specimen
there is one large marginal scutellar and one fair-sized discal
scutellar. Squamuh^ pale yellowish brown to white. The legs
are as in segmentaria. The wing is shown in figure 4. The
spines of the third longitudinal extend about one-third the dis-
tance to small cross-vein. Bristles of legs as in segmentaria.

208 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Chrysomyia desvoidyi nov. sp.

Four males and two females ; Chapada ; no date.

Length, 8 to 9 mm. Metallic purple, with three faint stripes
on thorax ; bucca', autenmr and palpi yellow ; legs brown ;
wings hyaline, with blackish base ; first segment of abdomen
and caudal borders of second and third blackish ; sterno-pleural
bristles, 2:1; humerals, four ; dorso-ventral diameter of bucca
one-fourth that of head.

The eyes of the male are almost in contact for about the
middle two-fourths of the front, 0.5 mm. At this narrow
part there is a linear vitta and the geno-vertical plates are re-
duced almost to nothing. Ventrad this portion the geno-ver-
tical plates are much narrower than in the female, yellowish
pollinose, and bear about ten transfrontal bristles. Dorsad
the narrow part there are no transfrontals, and the whole front
is black. The great ocellar bristles are parallel, proclinate, and
small. The lesser ocellars, including the postvertical pair, are
mere tiny hairs. The inner vertical is of fair size, the outer
vertical absent, the occipito-central present. Cilia of posterior
orbit in one complete row, black, not large. Occiput covered
with yellow hair, as far as I can see it. The posterior orbit is
yellow pollinose ; it narrows dorsad and vanishes about 0.5 mm.
from the vertex.

The front of the female is one-fourth as wide as the head.
The vitta is black, more or less reddish toward the antennae.
The geno-vertical plate is about half as broad as the vitta, its
ventral half or two-thirds yellow pollinose, the pollen becoming
thinner as we pass dorsad until it wholly disappears, the dorsal
third being polished black. This dorsal third is thickly beset
with very minute black hairs ; passing ventrad these hairs be-
come more scattered, and on the ventral third are distinctly in
two rows and of a yellow color.

The transfrontals are abqut ten, not large, and end a little
ventrad the anterior ocellus. There is one ascending frontal a
trifle caudad the posterior ocelli. Laterad the transfrontals
there are two small, equal, proclinate orbitals. The greater
ocellars are normal ; there are about six pairs of lesser ocellars,
and the exceedingly small postvertical is evidently a member
of the lesser ocellar group. The inner and outer verticals are
normal, the occipito-central a mere hair, the occipito-lateral not

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 209

present. The ciliiT of the posterior orbit and the hair of the
occiput are as in the male. Posterior orbit yellow pollinose.

In both sexes the ground color of the bucca varies from a
rather pale yellow through orange, brownish yellow and brown
to almost black. It is always covered with yellow pollen, and
quite thickly beset with whitish or yellow hairs, which are
much longer toward the occiput. Its cephalic border has a
row of small bristles.

The gena has a yellow ground color and is thickly yellow
pollinose. It has no bristles.

The vibrissal ridges have a yellow ground color and thick
yellow pollen. The vibrissal angles are somewhat dorsad the
mouth edge and distinctly convergent. There are no large
bristles except the principal vibrissa, but dorsad this the ridge
is rather thickly beset on its lateral surface with exceedingly
minute bristles or hairs.

The antennae are yellow, with the cephalic border and lateral
surface brown. The third joint is 1 mm. long, and the sec-
ond 0.3 ram. The arista is thickly plumose to its very tip ; its
rachis is yellow on its thickened basal half, the rest appear-
ing black.

The palpi are yellow, with black bristles. The halteres are
yellow.

The thorax presents varying shades of metallic blue, green,
and purple. The dorsum has three broad but very faint, almost
black, stripes, one in the median line and one on each side just
laterad the line of the dorso-central bristles. The extreme
cephalic end of the thorax is white pollinose, even the humeri
presenting this appearance by a sufficiently oblique light.
The prostiga is light brown to dark brown ; not at all a promi-
nent object. The ch;rtotaxy of the thorax is shown in figure 5.
The dorso-centrals have precisely the same arrangement and
variations as in C. segmentaria. The squamula thoracalis has
its caudal half black, with a light border, and its cephalic
half white ; its dorsal surface is hairy, some of the hairs
appearing black and some white. • The squamula alaris,
with the wings folded, is blackish on its mesal half or more
and white on the remainder. On its dorsal surface, at the
extreme lateral border, is a tuft of black hairs. The wing
is shown in figure 6. It is mostly hyaline, but the base is

210 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

blackish about to the distal end of the small basal cells.
The third vein is spinose about half way to the small cross-vein.

The abdomen is metallic purple in all the specimens before
me, but this is in all probability subject to the usual variations
of the Calliphorina?. The first segment and a fascia on the
caudal borders of the second and third segments are much
darker, almost black. With a very oblique light, the abdomen
appears almost everywhere whitish pollinose. There are no
bristles on the first segment. The second and third segments
have each a marginal row of slender appressed bristles, which
are larger toward the sides of the segments. The fourth segment
has both marginal and discal bristles.

The legs vary in color from brown to black. Their bristles
are as in C. seginentan'a.

For the excellent drawings of the wings which accompany
this and the following papers, I am indebted to my friend. Dr.
Emma H. Wheeler.

MUSCIN^ MUSCIFORMES.

Morellia bipuncta Fabr.

Seven males and two females ; Chapada ; no dates.

Agrees with Wiedemann's description, to which I wish to add
the following :

The color of the face varies in different individuals, and, ac-
cording to the incidence of light, from yellow through brown to
black. The bucca and vibrissal ridge are wholly polished. The
gena is polished, except for a small white pollinose patch near
its dorsal third. The ventral half or so of the posterior orbit is
white pollinose*; in the female the dorsal half and the vertex is
metallic green ; in the male the posterior orbit, owing to the
greater occipital extension of the eye, only exists along the
ventral half of the occipital border of the eye. The antenna^
in most of these specimens are brownish yellow rather than
brownish red, and the third joint is more or less pollinose ;
the arista is only sparsely plumose and has a yellow rachis ;
the third antennal joint is hardly more than twice as long as
the second. While many male Muscina^ have an area of en-
larged facets on the cephalic surface of the eye, this species
stands out prominently as having an area with facets very much
larger than in any other species known to me, some of them
measuring as much as one-twentieth of a millimeter.

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 211

The front of the male is linear in the middle, expanding both
dorsad and ventrad. Ventrad the linear part the geno-vertical
plates are whitish pollinose and bear about four ])airs of trans-
frontal bristles. Dorsad the linear part are about three pairs
of transfrontals. All these bristles are very small. The great
©cellar bristles are hardly distinguishable by size from the
lesser, and the whole ocellar group, including the postvertical,
are very small. The inner vertical is of good size, the outer
vertical small, the occipito-central present. The cilia of the
posterior orbit are very small.

The front of the female is about one-third as wide as the head,
and broadens slightly from the antenna^ towards the vertex.
The geno-vertical plate is polished except on the lateral half
or less of the ventral third, which is yellow pollinose. There
are about eight transfrontals. Laterad the ocelli are a couple
of pairs of bristles of small size, which i)oint laterad. The bris-
tles of the ocellar group are small, but the great ocellar pair is
much larger than in the male. The inner and outer verticals
are of fair size and about equal ; the occii)ito-central is present.
The cilia of the posterior orbit are longer than in the female.

The thorax looks as if finely punctate, and bears remarakbly
few bristles, as is shown in figure 1. The variations are: (1)
Usually only one humeral, but sometimes a second, much
smaller; (2) the presutural is sometimes absent; (3) the sec-
ond dorso-central is only sometimes present ; it is smaller than
the other ; '4) the smaller of the two sterno-pleurals may be ab-
sent. It is, of course, possible that the variations mentioned
may be due to injuries received by the specimens, but that is
not my opinion. Not a single specimen has an anterior sterno-
pleural bristle.

The only noteworthy bristles of the legs are as follows :
Middle tibia, posterior surface near flexor border, one at junc-
tion of basal middle and a second at that of middle and apical
thirds ; hind tibia, lateral surface has three small flexors and
one or two extensors, mesal surface has one or two extensors.

The wing is shown in figure 2.

I have very little doubt that Pyrellia suspicax Walk., Mexico,
is the same as MorelUa hipunda Fabr. Van der Wulp thought
that Pyrellia iris Bigot was the same as P. suspicax Walk. I am
not prepared to affirm or deny this.

212 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Morellia ochrifacies Rond.
Pyn Ilia ochrifacu s Rond.
PyreAUa violacea R. D.
Cyrtoneura breris Schin.
PyreUia faeilis Walk. (?)
PyrclUa basalts Walk., Jamaica ( ? )

Some of the specimens have the face brown, which, as Ron-
dani himself points out, is the only difierence between his och-
rifacies and riolacra R. D. That the names are synonymous there
can consequently be no doubt. Desvoidy's name has priority,
but the name "violacea" was already occupied for Fabricius's
species, which belongs to this genus, and therefore Rondani's
name must stand.

Schiner's description applies perfectly. I have specimens of
the same species from the European dealers, Staudinger and
Bang-Haas, labeled Pijrelh'a orh ricornis Wied. Brauer and Ber-
genstamm include 3fii8ca ochricornis Wied. in the genus Lucilia.
and as they had access to the type their opinion must be accepted.

The ground color of the epistoma, vibrissal ridge,, transverse
impression and gena is a yellowish red of varying shade, and
all these parts, with appropriate incidence of light, appear more
or less thickly yellowish pollinose. The cephalic fourth, third,
half or even more of the bucca has the same ground color ; the
rest of it is black or brown, and the whole, with appropriate in-
cidence of light, looks thinly white pollinose.

The dorso-ventral diameter of the bucca is 0.4 mm. ; of the
head, 2.1 mm. The bucca is rather thickly beset with black
hairs, which are larger towards the occiput, and at the edge of
the mouth opening assume the form of rather delicate bristles.
The vibrissal ridge has ventrad the principal vibrissa several
smaller vibrissa^, and dorsad the principal vibrissa one small
vibrissa, while the whole lateral surface of the ridge is beset
with very minute bristles. Gena naked.

The front of the male is narrow on the middle third, but even
here the geno-vertical plates show distinctly as narrow pollinose
lines, and the series of transfrontal bristles is not interrupted
as it is in M. Jnpuncto. Dorsad the narrow part the front
widens to the vertex, ventrad it widens to the antennal inser-
tion. The geno-vertical plate is pollinose on its ventral two-
thirds and black but not polished on its dorsal third. The
vertex is black or brown, not polished. The great ocellar bris-

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 213

ties are small and almost parallel ; the lesser ©cellar, including
the postvertical, very tiny. The inner verticals are large, the
outer verticals smaller but distinct, and the occipito-central of
good size. The cilia of the posterior orbit are shorter than in
the female, and I can see but one row of bristles on the occipital
surface parallel to them. The posterior orbit is white pollinose
and, as is usual in the male, its dorsal half is obliterated by the
greater development of the eye.

The front of the female is about one-fourth as wide as the
head (0.7 mm. and 2.7 mm.). The vitta is about one-third
the width of the front and is of a dark brown color with more
or less of a reddish tinge. It is somewhat narrower towards
the antennae and broader towards the vertex. The ventral two-
thirds of the geno-vertical plate is yellow pollinose, the dorsal
third polished black or brown, and only with a particularly
favorable incidence of light looks even thinly pollinose. There
are about eight transfrontal bristles and laterad these, at the
usual level, two or three small proclinate orbitals. On the dor-
sal third of the geno-vertical plate are also a number of minute
hairs. The vertex is polished black or bi'own. The great ocel-
lar bristles are of fair size : the lesser ocellars. including the
postverticals, number from four to six pairs. The inner and
outer verticals are normal, the occipito-central long, and the
occipito-lateral is not present. The cilia of the posterior orbit
are black and form a complete, well-aligned row. Parallel to
the latter, on the occipital surface, I can see at least the begin-
nings of two more rows of small bristles. The posterior orbit
is yellowish-white pollinose.

The antennu' and the base of the aristal rachis are yellow,
varying in different individuals toward orange yellow or brown-
ish yellow. The tip of the rachis and the hairs of the arista
look black. The third joint of the antenmr is about twice as
long as the second, and the arista is longer than the second and
third joints together. The palpi are yellow.

The thorax is metallic blue, green, or violet, with a very
broad, distinct median pollinose band, which begins at the
cephalic border and does not reach caudad beyond the trans-
verse suture. A similar btit much fainter pollinose band can
be seen on and just dorsad each humertts. Looked at with a
very strong light and very obliqtiely, these bands seem much

1.5-K.U.Qr. A-ix 3

214 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

more extensive, and, indeed, under these conditions, almost any
point on the dorsum may be made to look pollinose. The
prostigma is brown to black. The bristles of the thorax are
represented in figure 3. The third dorso-central bristle is very
small and may be absent.

The legs are brown to black. The only noteworthy feature
of the bristles of the femora is at the a])ex of the middle one.
Here we find in the female that the usual transverse apical
group consists of about four members, of which the one most
caudad is much the stoutest ; these bristles in the male are all
stouter than in the female, and we find in addition a peculiar
structure, viz., a sort of tubercle, situated apicad the transverse
group, bearing several short, stout, curved spines closely set
and projecting apicad. Anterior tibia has no unusual bristles.
The middle tibia of the male, as is so common in this genus,
presents something of interest on the anterior surface close to
the extensor border which is absent in the female. This is a
row of small bristles extending from base to apex. The bristles
of the basal half millimeter or so are stout compared with their
length — genuine though very tiny spines ; then they become
longer and more slender, gradually changing their character al-
most to that of hairs. This is almost precisely the arrangement
found in Morellia violacea Fabr., the difference being that in the
present species the tiny spines of the basal portion of the series
are arranged in at least two rows, while in violacea, as far as my
material shows, they form but one row. The posterior surface
of this tibia bears in both sexes the following : Two bristles in
the basal third, one in the apical third very near the flexor bor-
der, and either one or two a very little basad the latter and
farther away from the flexor border. The hind tibia differs in
the two sexes. In the male, we find on the lateral surface near
the flexor border a row of about five long bristles, beginning
very near the middle of the tibia and extending to the apex ; in
the female there is a similar row, but its members are smaller,
and there are usually four instead of five. On the same surface,
near the extensor border, we find in the male a complete row
from base to apex ; the basal members are small, those toward
the apex larger ; four or five of the members of this row are
much larger than the rest, but it is not always the same bristle
which has attained the superior size. The same row exists in the
female, but it is much less conspicuous, its members being

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 215

smaller and more delicate, and only one or two of them reaching
the dignity of macrochaetse. On the mesal surface near the
Hexor border there is a series of long hairs, corresponding to the
row of bristles on the lateral surface near the fiexor border ;
this row is not present in the female. In both sexes, near the
extensor border of the mesal surface is a row of from three to
five long, strong bristles w^hich are rather longer in the male.
The bristles of the hind tibia of .1/. n'olacca Fabr. have a very
similar arrangement, but are less numerous and more delicate ;
moreover, tliose near tlie Hexor borders are limited to the apical
third instead of extending over the apical half or more, and the
extensor row of the lateral surface of the male is by no means
so well marked and complete.

The abdomen is of the same color as the thorax. It has
no macrocluetci' except on the fourth segment and at the extreme
lateral borders of the first and second. The color of the
squamuhr varies. The squamula tlioracalis may be opaque,
black, dark brown with a yellowish brow^n border, or light brown
with still lighter border ; the squamula alaris may have a black
border and a center which is hyaline with a blackish tinge, or it
may have no border at all and be almost hyaline with more or
less of a yellow-brown tinge. The halteres are yellow or yel-
lowish brown.

The wing is shown in figure 4. The third vein is spinose its
entire length, the spines being stouter and closer together basad
the small cross-vein. In neither male can I see any spines
apicad the small cross-vein, which may be due to their having
been broken off or being much appressed, or may be a difference
between the sexes.

Length, 6 to 7 mm,

Morellia violacea Fabr.

Musca violacea Fabr., Wied.

C ff rtoneura violacea Fabr., Brauer and Bergenstamin.

Pijrellia violacea Fabr., van der Wulp.

Pyrellia maculijjennata Macq.

Cy rtoneura niaculipehnata Macq., Townsend's Catalogne.

Pyrellia maculipennin Macq.

Pyrellia spccialis Walk.

Pyrellia centralis Lw.

Four males and four females; Rio de Janeiro, July and
August; Rio, November, no date.

In an article on "Some Muscina^ of North America,'' Bio-

216 KANSAS UXIVERSITY QLARTERLT.

logical BulletiQ. vol. 1. No. 1. I included P>/reUia suspico.
Walk.. P. hasali-^ Walk, and P. n-is Bigot among the svnonvms
of violacea Fabr. Bv the time the reprints reached me I was in
doubt as to these three species, and so indicated in the copies
sent out to my correspondents. Further study has convinced
me that in all probability suspicax Walk, is MorcUia bipuncta
Fabr.. ha-^oli.^ Walk, is oclriforifs Rond , and that iris Bigot is
doubtful.

The wing of this species is shown in figure 6, and the tho-
racical chct'totaxy in figure 5.

Morellia nigricosta, nov. sp.

Two males and three females : Chapada ; November and
.January.

Dark metallic blue, green, or purple, with scarce a trace of
pollinose coating even by the most oblique light. Abdomen
without macrochiettp. Legs brown to black. Bucca wholly
black and shining. Antenme, palpi and halteres yellow.
Wing with a dark brown mark along the costa. the transverse
veins clouded with brown, and these clouds joined by an ob-
lique brown band ; third vein with only three to five spines, all
at the extreme base. Length. 6 to 8 mm. Dorso-ventral
diameter of head, 1.7 mm. : of bucca. 0.4 ram.

The head of the male is almost precisely like that of M. ochri-
facies Rond.. the only differences being- (1) Third antennal
joint longer, being nearly three times the second; (2) arista
less densely plumose; (3) bucca wholly black and shining,
not appearing at all pollinose, whatever the incidence of light ;
(4) the gena is considerably narrower; (5) the great ocellar
bristles are divergent ; (6) the outer verticals are not differen-
tiated ; I 7 I the cilite of the posterior orbit are less well devel-
oped, and on the occiput, parallel with them, I can see no rows
of bristles. The head of the female has a width of 2.7 mm.,
and the front, at the narrowest part, which is at the junction
of the ventral and middle thirds, measures O.H mm. From
this narrowest point the front widens a very little toward tlie
antennae and considerably toward the vertex The bucca is like
that of the male. The ventral third of the geno-vertical plate.
the gena, the vibrissal ridge and the ventral half of the pos-
terior orbit are silvery white pollinose. The dorsal two-thirds
of the geno-vertical plate, the vertical, the occiput, as far as I

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCIDi. 21 <

can see it, and the dorsal half of the posterior orbit are pol-
ished metallic green. The bristles of the head show only the
following slight differences from those of the female of M.
ochrifacies Rond. : (1> The orbitals are still smaller; (2) the
occipito-central is smaller: (3) on the occiput, parallel to the
ciliip of the posterior orbit, there is but one row of bristles.
The antenna' are yellow, inclining more or less to brown, espe-
cially on the third joint.

The thorax and abdomen are dark metallic green, blue, or
purple, with scarce a trace of pollinose coating whatever the in-
cidence of light. The abdomen has no macrochanii' even at the
lateral borders of the segments. The bristles of the thorax are
represented in figure 7. They are mostly small. The third
dorso-central may be absent. The discal scutellars number from
one to three ; occasionally one of them is nearly as large as the
apical and then the others are suppressed ; occasionally again
one of them is nearly or quite marginal. It is notable that at
the cephalo-ventral angle of the meso-pleura there are no large
bristles, but merely a clump of hairs. The legs vary in color
from brown to black. The tibiiv are often lighter in color than
tlie femora. The bristles of the femora are quite long and
-troug, but show no peculiar arrangement. The anterior tibia
has no bristles in either sex, save the usual preapical of the ex-
tensor border. The middle tibia is alike in both sexes : its an-
terior surface has no large bristles and no peculiar arrangement
of minute spines ; its posterior surface has near the flexor bor-
der one large bristle at the middle and one at the junction of
the basal and second fourths ; it also has near the extensor bor-
der on its apical third from one to three smaller bristles. Hind
tibia of male has on its lateral surface near the flexor border a
row of six or seven short, almost equidistant bristles, which be-
gins at about the junction of the basal and middle thirds and
extends to the apex ; on the lateral surface near the extensor
border is a complete row from base to apex of mostly small, un-
equal sized but almost equidistant bristles : on the mesal surface
near the extensor border is a not at all prominent beard of short,
-aft hairs which extends the whole length of the tibia, but is
much longer on the middle two-fourths of its extent than else-
where ; on the mesal surface near the extensor border there is
one bristle at the junction of the basal and second fifths. The

218 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

hind tibia of the female has on the lateral surface near the flexor
border a row of four or five bristles, which occupy the middle
third or middle two-fourths of the tibia and are smaller than
those of the male ; on the same surface near the extensor border
there are four or five unequal and not equidistant bristles ; on
the mesal surface near the flexor border there are no bristles or
hairs, and on the same surface near the extensor border there is
one bristle, just as in the male.

The wing is represented in figure 8. On both surfaces, at the
extreme base of the third vein, are from three to five small
spines.

The squamulse are white, nearly hyaline, but the squamula
thoracalis has more or less of a brown tinge, and a part at least
of its dorsal surface is very finely but densely pubescent.

Pyrellia sarcophagina v. d. Wulp.

Jforellia sarcophagina v. d.Wulp, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Mexico.

One male ; Corumba ; May.

It is evident to one who studies Mr. van der Wulp's writings
on the Muscinte that for him the chief distinction between
Morellia and Pyrelb'a is the metallic color of the latter genus and
the non-metallic color of the former. Thus, he includes violacea
Fabr. and scapulata Bigot in Pyrellia, but assigns the present
species to Morellio. This is a grave error. Structural, not
coloration al, differences must be used for generic separation.
The characters which separate Pyrellia from Morellia are only
two : First, and much the most important, Pyrellia has a large
bristle on the flexor surface of the middle tibia which is never
present in Morellia; second, Pyrellia has (in all the species
known to me) the sterno-pleural bristles arranged 1:3, while in
Morellia these are 1:2 (in M. hipuncta Fabr. 0 : 2). From the
structural standpoint this species must be assigned to Pyrellia.

The bristles of the throax are represented in figure 9. Owing
to the position in which the legs have dried it is impossible to
get a perfect view of the bristles which protect the prostigma ;
there may be others than those indicated in the diagram. The
bristles of the legs are not particularly described by Mr, van der
Wulp. The femora are as usual in this genus, as is also the ante-
rior tibia. The middle tibia has on the anterior surface no bristles ;
on the flexor surface, one large one at junction of apical and

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID^. 219

middle thirds ; on the posterior surface four, about equidistant,
and much smaller than the one on the flexor surface. The hind
tibia has on the lateral surface near the flexor border four rather
slender bristles ; on same sa^-face near the extensor border there
is a complete row from base to apex of unequal but almost
equidistant bristles, most of which are small, but about four
are of good size ; on the mesal surface near the flexor border
there are no bristles; near the extensor border there two, one
at the middle and the other at the junction of the middle and
apical thirds.

Graphomyia maculata Scop.

Two males and two females ; Desteno, December ; Chapada ;
Piedra B., April; Corumba, Ma3^

The specimens are precisely like those found in the United
States. I consider G. americana R. D., G. americana Schin.
and very likely also Mvxca sfipata Walk, as synonyms,

Musca domestica L.

One male ; Rio de Janeiro ; July.

MUSCINiE ARICI.EFORMES.

MUSCINA.

The separation into genera of the group Muscinii ariciseformes is
by no means satisfactory exen to-day. Myospila, Muscina, Clin-
opera, Ariria, Spilogasler and Linmophora are all of doubtful extent
and perhaps insusceptible of precise definition. Before this prob-
lem can be satisfactorily solved a much wider knowledge must be
obtained than is at present in our possession. Of the four spe-
cies in the collection before me which I think best to refer to
Muscina, one has sparsely hairy eyes and sterno-pleurals 2 : 2, so
that it might as well be referred to Myospila as to Muscina, but
the hairiness of the eyes is so sparse and slight as to be very
easily overlooked, in fact, has been overlooked, I think, by pre-
vious writers, and therefore I retain it in Muscina; another
species agrees in almost every particular with Clinopera; and for
a third a new genus might be erected, on account of the form
of the wing.

•riKi KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Muscina brunnea, nov. sp.

One male ; Corumba ; May. Length, 7 mm.

Ground color of bucca, ventral part of occiput, posterior orbit,
transverse impression of face, gena, vibrissal ridge, facial fossa,
epistoma and antennae pale brownish yellow ; all these parts
with more or less of a whitish or grayish pollinose coating, which
is thickest on the very narrow gena?. The bucca is beset ( not
verv densely) with black hairs, which, as usual, are longer
toward the occiput. The principal vibrissii? are a little dorsad
the free border of the clypeus. Ventrad the principal are sev-
eral secondary vibrissae. Dorsad the principal vibrissa^ the
vibrissal ridge is beset on its lateral surface with many exceed-
ingly small, bristly hairs. The transverse impression and the
gena are naked. The front is very narrow from a point just
ventrad the ocelli to about its ventral third and then widens
rapidly to the antennae, forming a frontal triangle whose cen-
ter, the vitta, is dark brown and whose sides, the geno-vertical
plates, are grayish pollinose.

The geno-vertical plates are very narrow but bear an unin-
terrupted series of transfrontal bristles, which are, however,
very small, especially at the narrowest part of the front, where
they can only be seen with some difficulty. The black, vertical
triangle is only large enough for the ocelli. All the bristles of
the vertex are unusually small. The largest are the great ocel-
lars. There are about four pairs of tiny lesser ocellars. I
can make out, all about equal in size, the inner, outer and
postverticals. The occipito-central and occipito-lateral bristles
are absent. The cilia of the posterior orbit are short, but
form a complete row ; parallel to them, on the occiput, I can see
no rows of bristles. The dorsal part of the occiput is black
but white pollinose. The second anteunal joint measures 0.2
mm. ; the third joint, 0.7 mm. The arista is densely plumose,
its rachis yellow. The dorso-ventral diameter of the head is
2.7 mm. ; of the bucca, 0.3 mm. The palpi are pale brownish
yellow.

The ground color of the thorax and scutellura is dark chestnut
brown, with pale brownish-yellow humeri and prostigma. This
ground color is obscured by a coating of grayish pollen, which,
however, leaves certain stripes and spots of the ground color
distinctly visible. These stripes and spots are best seen if one

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN' MUSCIDE. 221

holds the insect with its head towards him and looks vertically
down upon the dorsum. Then one can easily see : (1) A faint
median stripe which ends a little cephalad the scutellum : (2)
on each side, somewhat mesad the line of the dorso-centrals, a
stripe which is narrow and well defined cephalad the suture,
but caudad the suture becomes broader and less well defined
and fades out before reaching the scutellum ; (3) on each side,
cephalad the suture, laterad the dorso-centrals. mesad and
caudad the posthumeral bristle, a triangular spot ; (-1) on each
side, caudad the suture, laterad the dorso-centrals, and mesad
the line of the intra-alar bristles, a short stripe, which reaches
neither the suture nor the scutellum; [o) on each side a few
other small, irregular spots not symmetrical!}' situated. The
cha'totaxy of the thorax is represented in figure 10. The hal-
teres are pale brownish yellow. The squamuloe are almost
hyaline, with a slight brown tinge ; their borders are narrowly
dark brown and their marginal pubescence pale.

The abdomen has the same In'own ground color as the thorax
and tlie same gra^'ish pollinose coating. The ground color
shows through the pollen around the bases of the small hairs in
such a way as to produce the appearance of a gray pollinose
abdomen densely punctuate with brown. The first segment of
the abdomen has a marginal row of small, appressed bristly
hairs which are rather larger toward the sides of the segment.
The second segment has a similar row of larger, less appressed
bristles. The third segment has a similar row of still larger,
not at all appressed bristles, and in addition, toward each side
of the segment, on the disc, a row of three or four nearly erect,
delicate bristles. The fourth segment has both- a marginal and
a discal row of erect, delicate bristles.

The legs and the pulvilli are wholly brownish yellow. The
bristles of the anterior femora are as usual in this genus. The
anterior tibia has the usual preapical of the extensor border, and
at the same level, on the mesal surface, very near the former,
another preapical bristle. The middle femora have no notice-
able bristles except the transverse apical group, which consists of
only two members, both distinctly on the posterior surface of
the limb. The middle tibia has no bristles on either the an-
terior or fiexor surface ; on its posterior surface there are two,
one at the middle and tlio other at the junction of the tliird and

222 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY. I

apical fourths. The hind femur has its bristles arranged as ;
usual, but they are shorter, more delicate and more numerous

than usual, so as almost to give the impression that the femur ,

has a soft, short beard on both the extensor and flexor borders. :
The hind tibia has on its lateral surface, near the flexor border,

three short, delicate bristles, all in the middle third ; on the '■

same surface, near the extensor border, there are two stouter i

bristles, one at the junction of the basal and middle, the other j

at the junction of the middle and apical thirds ; on the mesal ]

surface, near the flexor border, there are no bristles, and near .■

the extensor border only one, and that small, not far from the ■

middle ; the usual large preapical of the extensor border is pres- '■
ent.

The wing is very faintly brownish yellow, the color being :

most pronounced toward the costa. The small cross-vein is ,

very distinctly, the hind cross-vein almost imperceptibly. I

clouded with brown. The third vein is spinose about half way I

to the small cross vein. j

I
]

Muscina pallidicornis Bigot. i

i

Two males and four females; Rio de Janeiro, July; and |

Chapada, no date. i

Bigot had the female only. The specimens agree with Bigot's j

very insufficient description, except as to color of palpi and

width of front. He says in his Latin description "palpi fusci," ',

and in his French "palpes noires." In all my specimens the i

palpi are neither brown nor black, but of an orange-yellow color.

They are, however, so thickly beset with black bristles that ;

unless examined with care and in a good light it is easy to '

mistake their color for brown or black. Again, Bigot says the I

front is wide. The measurements are : Width of head, 2.6 mm., i

of front, 0.7 mm., which I should not call wide. This is, how- j

ever, merely a matter of personal experience. If the species i

should turn out to be a new one, I would suggest for it the I

name Muscina americana. i

The eyes are minutely and sparsely hairy. The dorso- ventral i

diameter of the head is 2 mm. ; of the bucca, 0.2 mm. The |

ground color of the bucca, facial fossa, gena, geno-vertical |

plate, vitta, occiput and posterior orbit is black. All these j

parts, except the vitta, are poUinose ; the occiput, posterior ;

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 223

orbit, bucca thinly so, and facial fossa, slaty gray ; the gena
and geno-vertical plate, silvery. The small lunula is silvery
white. The vibrissa! ridge seems to have a dark yellow ground
color, but is so thickly gray poUinose that I can hardly feel
certain. The principal vibrissa is on a level, very slightly
dorsad the free border of the clj^peus. Ventrad the principal
are several secondary vibrissa', and dorsad are a very few small
hairs. The gena is naked. The bucca is thickly beset with
black, bristly hairs, which are, as usual, larger toward the oc-
ciput, and form, along the edge of the mouth opening, a row
of tolerably large bristles At the cephalic end of the bucca,
along the ventral border of the transverse impression, is a row
of about six tiny bristles, which, instead of having the usual
direction of the buccal hairs, point caudad and more or less
dorsad. A similar row, but of larger bristles, is found in cer-
tain species of Hydrotna and Pogonomyia.

The front of the male is narrow, but not linear, and, more-
over, its width is variable in different specimens, being twice
as wide in one of my males as in the other. The frontal bristles
form a complete series. They are largest at the ventral end of
the front, and diminish in size as we pass dorsad, those nearest
the ocelli being very small indeed. All are curved cephalad
and dorsad, the convexity of the curve being cephalad. Of the
bristles at the vertex, the great ocellars are the largest. They
are almost parallel, and curve dorsad and cephalad ; convexity
of the curve dorsad. The other bristles at the vertex are mere
hairs, but one can recognize from their position the inner and
outer verticals, the postverticals, the occipito-centrals, and the
usual tiny lesser ocellars. The cilia of the posterior orbit, ex-
cept the first three or four, are short, but form a well-marked
row. On the occiput, parallel to the cilia of the posterior orbit,
are other irregular rows.

The front of the female measures 0.7 mm. in width ; the
head is 2.6 mm. wide. The sides of the front are perfectly
parallel throughout. The vitta is about four times as wide as
one geno-vertical plate, and either black or brown. The geno-
vertical plate is silvery poliinose. The transfrontals number
about eight, and are of very unequal size. About at the level
of the anterior ocellus are two ascending frontals, the more
dorsal much the larger. There are no orbital bristles, but lat-

224 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY. i

erad the transfrontals on the geno-vertical plate are a good many j
exceedingly tiny, scattered hairs. The great ocellar bristles
are large, and normal in direction. There are about four small
pairs of lesser ocellars. The postverticals are large ( about half
as large as the inner verticals ) and are not clearly members of j
the ocellar group; they are distinctly divergent. The inner I
and outer verticals are large. The occipito-centrals and occipito-
laterals are both present. The cilia of the posterior orbit and
the bristles on the occiput are as in the male. The eye of the |
female is less distinctly hairy than that of the male. '

The ground color of the thorax is shining black, but it has "
several gray pollinose stripes and patches, and the meso-pleura,
steruo-pleura and scutellum are quite uniformly but thinly
gray pollinose. The distinctness of the stripes and patches j
varies in diiferent individuals, and also according to the inci- i
dence of the light. They are as follows : (1) A broad median
stripe. (2) A broad stripe on each side in the line of the dorso-
centrals ; both this and the former are most distinct cephalad '.
the suture, and near the scutellum become broader and fainter '
and fuse with one another. (3) One on each side caudad the ,
suture in the line of the intra-alars. There are also rather thick
patches covering the humeri, and thin patches extending from '■
the humeri to the roots of the wings.

The halteres are yellow or yellowish brown. j

The squamulse are almost hyaline, in some specimens with !
a faint yellowish-brown tinge and a distinctly yellow brown
border.

The chietotaxy of the thorax is shown in figure 12. The j
second intra-alar is absent in both males and in one female, ■
perhaps broken off, but I can see no scar. The supra-alars are
unusual ; the cephalic one is small, often so small as to be ,
little or not at all distinguishable from the microchnetiP ; the '
caudal one varies in size, but is always distinct. The most I
dorsal humeral varies in size, always much smaller than the .
others ; it is sometimes a mere hair. i

The abdomen has a shining black ground color with a uni- i
form coating of brown pollen, which is much thicker in the i
male than in the female, and in the female is thickest on the j
fourth segment. On each segment of the male there are margi- j
nal microch?etce, which are largely toward the sides of the !

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 225

-egmeiit ; all are appressed save those of the fourth and those
toward the sides of the third. Toward the sides of the third
segment there are three or four small discal microchceta>, and
on the fourth segment in a complete row of discals. The female
has about the same arrangement, but on the first two segments
the bristles are mere hairs ; on the third only one or two of the
marginals. Those at the extreme sides of the segment are not
appressed, and there are but one or two discals situated at the
extreme lateral borders of the segment.

The legs vary in color from brown to black. The bristles of
the fore leg are as usual in this genus. The middle femur pre-
sents the usual partial row along the center of the anterior sur-
face from base to middle, ending with one prominent bristle;
the preapical transverse group has three members, all on the
posterior surface. The middle tibia has no bristles except two
on the posterior surface ; both are in the middle third, one near
its base, the other near its apex. The bristles of the hind femur
are as usual. The hind tibia has on the lateral surface near the
llexor border one bristle near the middle (and in one male a
second, much more delicate, a little basad the other), and near
the extensor border a row, beginning a little basad the middle of
the tibia and running toward but not to the apex ; this row varies
in number from three to five ; possibly when less than five are
present some have been broken off, but I can see no scars.

The palpi are orange yellow, thickly beset with short, coarse
black bristles.

The antenna' are brownish yellow, with a thin pollinose coat-
ing ; sometimes the color is paler, and sometimes, especially
on the second joint and toward the apex of the third, darker.
The third joint is almost or quite three times as long as the
second. The arista is thickly plumose with long hairs, and its
rachis is yellow at its base.

The wing is almost hyaline. In most specimens there is a
very faint brownish-yellow color most pronounced along the
-econd vein and near the costa. One or two specimens have
the cross-veins faintly clouded with the same color. The third
vein has from two to four spines at its base on both surfaces of
the wing. The wing is shown in figure 13.

Length of body, 6 to 7 mm.

226 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Muscina varicolor, nov. ep.

One male, Chapada, no date; one female, Rio de Janeiro,
July. Length, 6 to 7 mm.

The ground color of the whole head, antennae and palpi is
pale brownish yellow in both sexes, except that the frontal vitta
of the female is black, and except, perhaps, the occiput and
geno-vertical plate, which are so thickly pollinose that I cannot
make out the ground color. The ground color of the whole
head is somewhat obscured by a pollinose coating, which is
silvery white on the facial fossa and geno-vertical plates and
inclines to bluish gray on the occiput and posterior orbit, espe-
cially in the female.

The principal vibrissa is somewhat dorsad the free border of
the clypeus. On the vibrissal ridge dorsad the principal vi-
brissa there are a few tiny bristly hairs, not reaching more than
half way up the ridge. Ventrad the principal are two or three
secondary vibriss^e.

The bucca and ventral portion of the occiput are quite uni-
formly, but not thickly, beset with black, bristly hairs, which
do not in either sex form a distinct row of larger bristles along
the lateral border of the mouth opening. As usual, the buccal
hairs are longer toward the occiput.

The cilia of the posterior orbit form a complete and well-
aligned row in both sexes. They are rather longer in the fe-
male. The remainder of the occiput is remarkably free from
bristles. I can only see one row which begins dorsad, a short
distance ventrad the beginning of the cilia of the posterior orbit,,
and runs almost directly ventrad, as far as I can see.

The dorso-ventral diameter of the head of the male is 2.1
mm. ; of the bucca, 0.3 mm. In the female these figures are
1.7 mm., 0.2 mm. The front of the male is very narrow on
about its middle two-fourths, the eyes being separated only by
the silvery line of the fused geno-vertical plates, and on this
narrow portion there are no transfrontal bristles. Ventrad the
narrow portion is the usual frontal triangle, which has a rich
brownish-red center (vitta) and silvery sides (geno-vertical
plates). Upon its sides are five pairs of transfrontal bristles,
one of which is very much larger than the others. All curve
cephalad and dorsad, with the convexity of the curve cephalad.
Dorsad the narrow part is a narrow vertical triangle, on whose

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.E. 227

sides ventrad the ocelli are two more pairs of transfrontal bristles.
The bristles of the vertex are as follows : The great ocellars,
small and parallel, as is usual in this genus ; one large lesser
ocellar pair, as large as any of the bristles of the vertex (a very
unusual feature) ; one hardly visible lesser ocellar pair; the
postverticals are not present ; the inner and outer verticals and
the occipito-central bristles are present and are small, as is usual
in this genus.

The head of the female is 2.2 mm. wide. The width of the
front is 0.6 mm. The sides of the front are almost exactly
parallel throughout. The frontal vitta is between four and six
times as wide as one geno-vertical plate. There are about five
transfrontal bristles, two ascending frontals, and a good-sized
pair of preocellars. There is notliing unusual about the bristles
of the vertex ; all are present, and of normal size and direction.
There are no orbital bristles.

The length of the second joint of the antenna? is 0.25 mm. ; of
the third joint, 0.55 mm. The arista is thickly and long plu-
mose, and the base of its rachis is yellow.

The cha'totaxy of the thorax is shown in figure 14. The
ground color of the thorax of the male is a pale 3^ellowish
brown, and it has everywhere a thin, yellowish pollinose coat-
ing. If looked at vertically there are faint suggestions of
stripes in the dorso-central and acrostical lines. This yellow-
brown ground color appears in the female only on the humeri
and prothorax, on the base and tip of the scutellum, along the
sutures bounding tlie meso-pleura and sterno-pleura, on the
ptero-pleura, on the postalar callosity, and on the mesonotum,
near the scutellum. The most of the thorax of the female has
a black ground color and is covered with brownish or gray
pollen, which forms three broad but rather indistinct stripes —
a median and two lateral. 1 have observed that, when a species
has two ground colors, as in this female, their relative extent
is very variable in different specimens.

The abdomen of the male. — First segment : Pale brownish
yellow with a dark brown transverse fascia on each cephalo-
lateral angle ; a marginal row of small appressed macrochsetj©,
which are larger towards the sides of the segment. Second
segment : Most of the cephalic half and also a narrow median
stripe are pale brownish yellow ; the caudal half and two pro-

KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

longations [from the same enclosing the narrow median stripe
are dark brown ; the yellow part, including the narrow median
stripe, looks pollinose by very oblique light, but the dark brown
part shows no pollinosity whatever the incidence of light ; a
row of marginal bristles larger than those of the first segment,
the most lateral of which are not appressed ; also a few small
discals toward and on the sides of the segment. Third seg-
ment: At first glance seems wholly dark brown, but careful
examination reveals a pattern just like that of the second seg-
ment, the part which was yellow on segment 2 approximat-
ing very closely the color of the dark brown part ; the part
corresponding to the yellow part of segment 2 looks pollinose
with a favorable incidence of light ; a row of marginal bristles,
larger and less appressed than those of segment 2, and two
or three discals toward and on the sides. Fourth segment :
Wholly dark brown, with a certain amount of pollinose coating,
through which, at the bases of the bristles, the ground color
shows, producing a speckled appearance ; a complete row of
marginal and another of discal bristles.

The female abdomen is colored throughout like the fourtli
segment of the male. Its bristles are like those of the male, ex-
cept that there are no discals on segment 2, only one on seg-
ment 3, and the row on segment 4 is broadly interrupted in the
middle.

The legs of the male are brownish yellow ; the hind femur is
darker toward the apex ; the tibia' are darker than the femora ;
the hind tibia' almost brown ; the tarsi are black ; the pulvilli
are pale brownish yellow. In the female the femora are blackish
brown, the tibiae a little paler, the tarsi black ; I cannot make
out the color of the pulvilli.

This bristles of the legs. — The anterior femur is as usual in
this genus. The anterior tibia has the usual preapical of the
extensor border; on the same level, just laterad this, on the
lateral surface, a second bristle, and close to the apex of the
lateral surface a third. Middle femur has the usual anterior
median partial row, which is here made up of equal equidistant
bristles ; the transverse apical group consists of one bristle on
the anterior surface and three on the posterior surface. The
middle tibia has no bristles except on the posterior surface,
where we find, in the female, two — one at the junction of the

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID.^. 229

basal and middle, the other at that of the middle and apical
thirds ; the male has these two, and in addition a third,
smaller, bristle, which lies between the other two, nearer the
apical one. The hind femur is as usual in this genus. The
hind tibia has three bristles ; two are on the lateral surface, one
near the flexor, the other near the extensor border, and the
third is on the mesal surface near the extensor border ; all three
are near the middle of the tibia.

The wing of the female is shown in figure 15. The brown
spots on the wing are smaller and less deeply colored in the male
specimen. The first and third veins are spinose their entire
length on both surfaces of the wing. The spines are more
easily seen in the female.

The squamuhe have a faint brownish-yellow tinge, but are
almost hyaline. The halteres are brownish yellow.

Muscina latipennis, nov. sp.

One female; Chapada ; January. Length, 7 mm.

The ground color of the facial fossa, vibrissal ridge, gena,
transverse impression of the face, bucca, occiput and posterior
orbit is a pale brownish yellow. All these parts are pollinose —
the occiput, bucca and posterior orbit grayish, the others
whitish or silvery.

The bucca is extremely narrow, hardly reaching a level 0.1
mm. veutrad the ventral border of the eye. The bucca bears
a row of stout bristles parallel to and a short distance from the
lateral border of the mouth opening and also a few hairs.

The occiput is so closely applied to the thorax that I can see
no bristles thereon except the cilia of the posterior orbit, which
are normal.

The principal vibrissa is distinctly dorsad the free border of
the clypeus. Ventrad the principal are two secondary vibrissse.
Dorsad the principal vibrissa on the vibrissal ridge there is first
a small clump of minute bristly hairs, and from this a row of
still more minute hairs (hardly visible with twenty diameters)
extends dorsad three-fourths of the distance to the base of the
antennae.

The divergence of the mesal border of the eyes from the base
of the antenna' ventrad is very slight, so that the sides of the

16-K.U.Qr. A-ix3.

230 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

face seem almost parallel, which is a decided novelty in this
genus. The genae are naked.

The front, at its narrowest point, which is the ventral end, is
about one-fourth as wide as the head. From this point to the
vertex it widens slightly.

The geno-vertical plate is thickly white pollinose. It bears
about eight, transfrontal bristles, of ^vhich only three are long
ones ; the others are very small. Laterad the transfrontals are
only a few minute hairs, no orbitals. There are two ascending
frontals. The bristles of the vertex are all present and of nor-
mal size and dirction. The vitta is black, brownish at its ven-
tral end, and bears no preocellar bristles.

The palpi, are pale brownish color.

The antennie are pale brownish yellow. The third joint
measures 0.8 mm., the second 0.2 mm. The arista is very long,
short plumose, its rachis yellowish at base.

Most of the dorsum of the throax has a dark brown ground
color w^itli a gray pollinose coating, w^iich leaves the ground
color showing clearly in certain places, viz. : (1) On each
side, a trifle mesad the line of the dorso-centrals, a narrow
stripe, which is distinct cephalad the suture, but caudad the
suture becomes broader and less w^ell defined, and fades out
entirely before reaching the scutellum ; (2) on each side,
cephalad the suture, an irregularly triangular patch between
the presutural, posthumeral and dorso-central bristles ; (3) on
each side, caudad the suture, a patch between the dorso-centrals
and intra-alars. Now while most of the dorsum is as above de-
scribed, we find that each of the four corners of the dorsum —
i. e., each humerus and an adjacent area, and each postalar
callus and an adjacent area — is broadly pale brownish yellowy
and there is a rather broad stripe of the same color just dorsad
the notopleural suture and root of the wing. Moreover, all the
visible part of the cephalic surface of the throax, the prostigma
and most of the meso- and sterno-pleurse have the same color.
As I stated under Miisciria varicolor, the extent of these yellow
areas probably varies in different individuals. The cha?totaxy
of the thorax is shown in figure 16.

The abdomen has a dark brown ground color with a white
pollinose coating, which, with a favorable incidence of light,
looks quite thick. There are no discal bristles except on seg-

HOUGH: SOUTH AMERICAN MUSCID^. 231

ment 4, which has one toward the side and one on the ex-
treme lateral border. The marginal rows are mere appressed
hairs on segments 1 and 2 and but little larger on segment 3 ;
even on segment 4 they are not at all large.

The legs are dark brown, except the coxce and apices of the
femora, which are pale brownish yellow. The bristles of the
anterior femora are as usual in this genus. The anterior tibia
has a preapical group of three, viz., the usual one on the ex-
tensor border and two at the same level on the lateral surface,
one of which is very near the extensor, the other very near
the flexor border. The middle femur bears the usual anterior
median partial row, all of which are small ; the transverse api-
cal group consists of three on the posterior and one on the an-
terior surface. The middle tibia has on its posterior surface,
near the extensor border, a complete row of about equidistant
bristles extending from base to apex, which are mostly of insig-
nificant size, but two in the middle third and two or three near
the apex are as large as the usual bristles of this surface in this
genus. On the anterior surface of the middle tibia close to the
apex is a bristle which, if normal, will at once distinguish this
species from any other Muscid that I have seen ; it is half as
long as the tibia and projects cephalad, with a slight curve dor-
sad. It seems to me more probable that this is not a normal
structure, but has been accidentally (or purposely) stuck on here,
for the following reasons : (1) It is present only on one of the mid-
dle tibia^ the other showing not even a scar at this point ; (2)
the anterior sterno-pleural bristle of the side where the strange
tibial bristle is present has been broken off; (3) the remarka-
ble tibial bristle is just about the same size as the anterior sterno-
pleural bristle. The bristles of the hind femur are as usual in
this genus. The hind tibia has no bristles on its mesal surface ;
on its lateral surface near the flexor border there are two
bristles about at the middle, and on the same surface near the
extensor border there is one at the same level.

The squamulae are white, almost hyaline.

The hal teres are brownish yellow.

The wing is represented in figure 17, It is very broad for a
Muscina, somewhat suggesting in shape that of a Phasia. The
species does not, however, belong to Phasiophana. The cross-
veins are distinctly clouded with brown. There is a dark

232 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY. '

brown area along the costa which begins at the apex of the ]
stigma and reaches to the end of the second vein ; this area j
extends backward as far as half way between the second and !
third veins. There is also a large but very faint brownish i
clouding of the apex which extends from the middle of the sub- \
marginal cell across the first posterior and half of the second
posterior cells. This is very narrowly separated from the dark j
brown costal stripe and from the cloud on the hind cross-vein, j
The only spines on the veins of the wing are two or three ex-
ceedingly minute ones at the extreme base of the third longi-
tudinal. !
Brown. Antennse, palpi, humeri, post-alar callosities and va- '
rious patches on the sides of the thorax pale brownish yellow.
Bucca linear. Sides of front and of face almost parallel. Only
three dorso-central bristles caudad the suture. A peculiar row
of bristles on the posterior surface of the middle tibia. Third
longitudinal vein with only two or three spines, and these at
the extreme base.

Ka

N. Univ. Quak., Vol. IX.

PLATE XLIV

Kan. Univ. Quar., Vol. IX.

PLATE XLV.

Hariril m leiette Bicicles

Have the confidence of the cycling fjublic. For we^ks
we have been running our immense factories over-time
daily to meet the demands for our new models.

The Longest Experience,
The Greatest Resources,
The Largest Factories.

The Best Devised Machinery,
The Most Scientific Methods,

A combination of advantages which
produces the Standard Bicycles of the world.

Columbia Chainless, Models 59 and 60, . $75

Columbia Chain, Models 57 and 58, . . 50

Hartfords, Patterns 19 and 20, . . . 35

Vedettes, Patterns 21 and 22, . . ' . 25, 26

ENTIRELY NEW MODELS.

We are closing out a limited number remaining of
Columbias and Hartfords ( leaders of last season i
at greatly reduced prices.

Juvenile Bicycles, all sizes, $20 to $25.

POPE MANUFACTURING CO., Hartford, Conn.

Catalogue from any Columbia dealer, or by mail for one 2-cent stamp.

4#«|«|44#«l«l«l*«|t«#«|«|«|<il«l«l##4«l«l«l»

*
*

*

*

Have You Read
These Books?

They are devoted to the wonderful sights
and scenes and special resorts of tourists
and healthseekers in the Great West.

Though published by a Railway Com-
pany,

Tie Saita Fe Ronte,

they are literary and artistic produc-
tions, designed to create among travelers
a better appreciation of the attractions
of our own country.

Mailed free to any address on receipt
of postage, as indicated :

"The Moki Snake Dance," 56 pp., 61
illustrations. 3 cents.

"Grand Canon of the Colorado Riv-
er," 23 pp., 15 illustrations. 2 cents.

"Health Resorts of New Mexico,"
80 pp., 31 illustrations. 2 cents.

" Health Resorts of Arizona," 72 pp.,
18 illustrations. 2 cents.

"Las Vegas Hot Springs and Vicin-
ity," 18 pp., 39 illustrations. 2 cents.

"To California and Back," 176 pp.,
176 illustrations. 5 cents.

W. J. BLACK, W. H. SIMPSON,

G. P. A., A. T. & s. F. RY., Advertising Agent,

TOPEKA, KAN. A.T.&S.F.RY.,

CHICAGO.

it^^¥^^¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥¥

VOL. I.

\^v^ST-

Xo. 8.

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS.

KANSASUNIVERSITYQUAPJEFiLY

(Continuous number Vol. IX. No. 4.)

^OOTOBEK, 1900.

PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS,
AT LAWRENCE.

Application made for Entry at Post-office as Second-class Matter.

ADVERTISEMENT.

The Kansas Univeksitv Quarterly is maintained by the Uni- I
versity of Kansas as a medium for the publication of the results of ^
original research by members of the University. Papers will be «
published only on recommendation of Committee of Publication. %
Contributed articles should be in the hands of the committee at least q
one month prior to the date of publication. A limited number of 1
author's separata will be furnished free to contributors. ^j

In order to have the volume- begin with the year, volume V of the |
Quarterly was closed with the number for October, 1896, and has ?;
but two numbers; but no issue was omitted. |

Beginning with volume VI, the Quarterly appears in two series: 1
A, Science and Mathematics; B, Philology and History. ^^

The Quarterly is issued regularly, as indicated by its title. Each |
number contains 50 or more pages of reading matter, with necessary ?
illustrations. The four numbers of each year constitute a volume. 1
The price of subscription is two dollars a volume, single numbers |
varying in price with cost of publication. Exchanges are solicited.

Communications should be addressed to

W. H. Carruth,

University of Kansas, ^

Lawrence.

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

E. H. S. BAILEY. F. W BLACKMAR.

E. MILLER. C. G. DUNLAP.

H. B. NEWSON. S. W. WILLISTON.

W. H. CARRUTH, Managing Editor.

This joarnal 1« on file in the office of the Univenity Review, New Yoric Olty.

THE

KANSAS UNIVERSriY
QUARTERLY.

(Vol. IX. No. 4. Octobek, 1!)00.)

SERIES A.— SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS.

CONTENTS:

I. — Co.-^L Measuke.s Faunal Stuuie.s I,

J. W. Bade and Austin F. Rogers.

II. — MicKOScopic Comparison of Sa.mples of White

Arsenic, Edward Bartow.

Ill The Detection of Arsenic, Antimony and Tin,

Hamilton P. Cady.

IV. — Annotated Catalogue of the Crayfishes of

Kansas, /. Arthur Harris.

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY.
Lawrence, Kan.

Price of this number, 50 cents.

Entered at the post-office in Lawrence as second-class matter.

JUN 29 1901

Kansas University Quarterly.

Vol. IX. OCTOBER, 1900. No. 4.

Coal Measures Faiinal Studies. 1.

BY J. W. BEEDE AND AUSTIN F. ROGERS.

It is proposed by the authors, in a series of papers with the
above title, to give lists of the faunas of the different horizons of
the Coal Measures of Kansas and certain parts of western Mis-
souri. The several papers will be written by the authors separately
and each alone is responsible for the information contained therein.
In the final paper, the joint production of the two authors, some
generalizations as to the distribution of species in the Coal Meas-
ures will be attempted.

Several things have led to the production of this series. The
faunal relations of the Upper and Lower Coal Measures is chief
among them. At present there seems to be no sharp faunal break
between them and no unconformity of strata, making a very careful,
study of the fossils of the entire range necessary. It will also serve
as a check list, and, it is hoped, bring out fossils as yet unknown
to the region which may throw additional light on the subject. In
the third place it will assist greatly in determining the relationships
between the faunas of the Permian and the Coal Measures. Care-
ful collecting such as is necessary in a work of this kind brings to
light fossils which would otherwise escape notice. This is partic-
ularly true of the range of the more inconspicuous species.

The lists are, of course, somewhat incomplete, yet it is believed
that they represent the typical faunas of the several horizons at the
localities mentioned.

The fossils herein listed are those collected by the authors or
studied by them in the collections made by careful collectors, in
which the specimens were carefully and accurately labelled.

The next number of the series will be on the fauna of the
Shawnee, Wabaunsee, and Cottonwood formations, the remaining
formations of the Coal Measures beneath the Permian, by Mr.
Beede.

(233) KAN. UNIV. yUAR., VOL. IX, NO. 4, OCT. 1900, SERIES A.

234 • KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

1. The Pottawatomie and I)ouu;]as Formations along the

Kansas River.

BY AUSTIN F. ROGERS.

The Pottawatomie and Douglas Formations are names applied
to the lower part of the Upper Coal Measures by Professor E.
Haworth. ' This paper deals with the fossil faunas of these for-
mations as exposed along the Kansas river. The horizons range
from the Bethany Falls Limestone at Kansas City, Mo., to and
including the Upper Oread Limestone at Lecompton, Douglas
county, Kansas.

The following table^ shows the names used by the University
geologists and the corresponding number used in the paper:

Douglas Formation — Oread Limestones.. 17-19
Lawrence Shales. . . 16

Pottawatomie Formation — Garnett Limestones 14-15

Lane Shales 13

lola Limestone 12

Thayer Shales 11

Erie Limestones... i-io

Broadhead,^ in 1872, assigned numbers to the different horizons
of the Coal Measures of Missouri. In the absence of detailed
stratigraphic work it is impossible to correlate these completely
with those of eastern Kansas. Yet where there is no doubt, as in
the lowermost horizons exposed at Kansas City, Mo., Broadhead's
numbers are given, followed by Br.

Bennett,* in i8g6, studying the Coal Measure rocks of eastern
Kansas, made sections at Kansas City, Mo., Argentine, Kansas, and
other localities along the Kansas river. As far as they go these
sections are used for the description of the horizons, the words of
Bennett being used. The numbers used by Bennett in his Argen-
tine section are given, followed by Be.

Alternating shales and unimportant limestones intervening be-
tween the prominent limestone systems are grouped together under
one number. These numbers were simply for convenience of
reference, as in the absence of detailed work over large areas the
relative importance of the horizons is unknown.

1 Ilaworth. Univ. (Jeol. Surv. Kans.. vol. iii, p. 'M.

2 Ilaworth. loc. cit.

3 Broadhead. Geol. Surv. Missouri. I'rel. Rep. on Iron Ores and Coal Meld, pp. n>< et.
seq., 1872.

4 Bennett. Univ. Geol. Surv. Ivans., vol. i. 18!)(),

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 235

The bryozoans are more prominent than is usual in lists of Coal
Measure fossils, for the author has made a special study of them.
They are certainly too much neglected. Descriptions of the
bryozoans, which are here followed by the author's name, will be
found in this journaP.

Fossils, to which Beede or Beede and Rogers have given names,
are described and figured in Vol. VI, of the Reports of the Univer-
sity Geological Survey of Kansas, now in press.

The author is aware that fossils, other than those mentioned in
these lists, have been given for some of the horizons, but it is
thought best in a work of this kind to give only those observed by
him. With a few e.xceptions the fossils have been identified by
the author, and most of them have been collected by hinf from the
rocks in situ. The material in the Kansas University Museum,
where there has been no doubt as to its stratigraphic position, has
been used.

In the synonymy Weller, in his "Bibliographic Index of North
American Carboniferous Invertebrate," Bulletin No. 153, U. S.
Geol. Surv., has, for the most part, been followed. See Beede,
Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kansas, Vol. VI (now in press), for departures
from the synonymy given by Weller.

1. Bethany Falls Limestone. 78 Br. 38 Be. "18 to 20 feet
heavy-bedded limestone." Kansas City, Mo.

Fi4sulina secalica Say.

Aulopora prosseri Beede.

Axophyllum rude White and St. John.

Lophophyllum profundum Milne-Edwards and Haime.

Archaeocidaris sp.

Fistulipora nodulifera Meek.

Pinnafopora irilineata Meek.

Pinnatopora sp.

Polyp or a sp.

RJiombopora sp.

Stcnopora carbonaria Worthen.

Ambocoelia planvcotivexa Shumard.

Chonetes verncnilanus Norwood and Pratten.

Hustcdia mormoni Marcon.

Productus longispinus Sowerby. (c)^

Productus pertenuis Meek.

Productus semireticulatus Martin. ( c)

1 This Journal, vol. ix. A, pp. 1-12. pis. i-ix (.Jan. 1900).

2 (c) indicates that the fossil is common; (a) that it is abundant. When no letter is
given, the fossil is only fairly common or rare.

236 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Reticularia pcrplexa McChesney.
Spirifer camcratits Morton.
,Spiriferina kentuckiensis Shumard.
Straparollus catilloides Conrad.

2. 79-82 Br. 37-28 Be.
"29th — 2 inches of clay.

30th — 3 inches of limestone.

31st— 3 inches of buff shale.

32d — I foot of buff clay rock.

33d — 10 inches of yellow ochre shale.

34th — 2 feet of drab shale.

35th — i^ feet of bituminous shale.

36th — 3 feet of clay shale.

37th — 2 feet of nodular buff shale."

Kansas City, Mo.

Fistulipora nodulifera Meek.

Rhombopora sp.

Septopora biserialis Swallow.

Orthothetes{l) sp. ■•

Productus longispinus Sowerby.

Se?ninula argeniea Shepard.

3. 83-84 Br. 26-28 Be.

"26th — 7^ feet heavy limestone, in two layers.
27th — 10 inches blue shale.
28th — 5 feet even- bedded limestone."
Kansas City, Mo.
Fenestella sp.

Fistulipora nodulifera Meek.
Pinnatopora tiiultipora Rogers.
Polypora elliptica Rogers.
Stetiopora carbonaria Worthen. (c)
Ambocoelia planoconvexa Shumard.
Chonetes vernejiila?uis N. and P.
Derby a sp.

Hustedia vwrmoni Marcon. (c)
Productus cora D'Orbigny. (c)
Productus costatus Sowerby.
Productus longispinus Sowerby. (c)
Productus pertenuis Meek, (a)

1 A small pedicle valve without a medium septum, is doubtfully referred to this
genus. It might be considered us the young of Derhya erossa Meek and Hayden, had
not Hall and UlarUe figured the young of that species with a distinct medium septum.
Nat. Hist, of N. Y., Paleontology vol. viii. pi. xi. B, lf:«.24.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 237

Product US seinirgticulaius Martin.
Peiicularia perplexa McOMesney. (c)
Seminula argentea Shepherd, (c)
Spirifer camera t us Morton.
Spiriferina keniuckicnsis Shumard.
Conocardium sp.
Bellerophon sp.
Capulus parvus Swallow.
Osiracod sp. (c)

4. Black cherty limestone. 85 Br. 24 Be.
"24th — 12 feet deep-blue limestone and black chert in the upper
4 feet. From this down it is an argillaceous limestone and blue in
lower strata."

Kansas City and Westport, Mo., Argentine, Kan.

Archceocidaris sp.

Spirorbis carbotiaria Dawson.

Fenestella sp.

Polypora sp.

Sepiopora biserialis Swallow.

Derbya sp.

Lingula umbonata Cox.

Orbiculoidea sp.

Productus cora D'Orbigny.

Productus nebraskensis Owen.

Setniniila argentea Shepherd, (c)

Alloristna subcuneatiim Meek and Hayden.

Avicula longa Geinitz.

Aviculopecteti carbotiiferus Stevens, (c)

Aviculopecten fasciculaius Keyes.

Aviculopecteti occidenfalis Shumard. (c)

Aviculopinna sp.

Lima retifera Shumard.

Monoptcria longispina Cox.

Myalina ampla Meek.

Nuciila ventricosa Hall.

Pseudomonotis tenuisiriatus Beede.

Schizodus wheeleri Swallow, (c)

Schizodus sp.

Sedgiuickia topekensis Shumard.

Solenomya parallela Beede and Rogers.

Solenomya trapezoides Meek, (c)

Bellerophon crassus Meek and Worthen. (c)

238 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Bellerophon pvrcarinatus Conrad, (c)

Naticopsis sp.

Pleurotomaria broadheadi White.

Plczirotomaria tabulata Conrad.

Straparolhis sp.

Asymptoceras capox M. and W.

Coloceras globatus Meek and Worthen.

Cyr toe eras sp.

Domatoeeras iasailensis M. and W.

Ephippioeeras ferratus Cox.

Goniatites sp.

Metaeoeeras safigamonensis M. and W.

Nautilus planorbiforfiiis M. and W.

Nantilus planovolvis Shuniard.

Orthoeeras rushense McChesney.

Tainoceras oeeidenialis Swallow.

Titanoeeras ponderosum Meek.

Phillipsia major Shumard.

Fish tooth.

5. Alternating shales and limestones. 86 Br. 17-23 Be.
"17th — 13 feet shale.

i8th — I foot argillaceous limestone, made of comminuted shells.
19th — 10 inches drab clay shales.
20th — 5 inches argillaceous limestone.

2ist — 2 feet drab clay shales; 6 inches buff shales, and 6 inches
blue shales.

22d — I foot argillaceous limestone.

23d — I foot buff and 3 feet of blue shales."

Kansas City, Mo.

Rhombopora sp. (c)

Andeoe/ia planoeonvexa Shumard. (a)

Chonetes vernenilanus N. and P. (a)

Productus longispinus Sowerby. (c)

Seminula argcntca Shepherd, (c)

6. Oolitic limestone. 87a Br. 16 Be.
"i6th — 18 feet oolitic and gray limestone."

Rosedale, Argentine, Turner, Kansas, and Kansas City, Mo.
Fenestella perclegatis Meek. ^
Fistulipora nodulifcra Meek (c)
Polypora elliptica Rogers.

1 This is the fossil usually referred to Fenestella Shumard's Front. See NicUles &
Bassler, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 173. "Synopsis of American Fossil Bryozoa."

BEEDE AND K0(;ERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 239

Polypora sp.

Septopora hiserialis Swallow, (c)

Stenopora carbonaria Worthen. (c)

Derhya sp.

Diclasma hovidens Morton, (c)

Hustcdia mormoni Marcon. (c)

Productus nebraskensis Owen, (c)

Product us semireticulatus Martin, (c)

Semenula argentea Shepherd, (c)

Spirifer earner at us Morton, (c)

Spiriferina kentuckiensis Shumard. (c)

Allorisma cost at urn M. and W.

Avicula sulcata Geinitz.

Aviculopecten carboniferus Stevens.

Aviculopecten fascicu/atus Keyes.

Aviculopecten neccoyi M. and H.

Aviculopecten occidentalis Shumard. (c)

Cypricardinia carbonaria Meek, (c)

Edmondia nebraskensis Geinitz.

Lima retifera Shumard.

Macrodon obsoletus Meek.

Macro don sp.

Modiola subelliptiea Meek.

Monopteria alata Beede.

Monopteria gib bos a M. and W.

Monopteria lotigispina Cox.

Monopteria marian White.

My a Una ka/isasensis Shumard.

Myalina subquadrata Shumard.

Myalina swallovi McChesney. (c)

Nucula ventricosa Hall, (c)

Nuculana bellistriata attenuata Meek, (c)

Pinna sp.

Pleurophorus subcostatus M. and W.

Pletirophorus tropidophorus Meek.

Pseudomonotis hawni M. and H. fc)

Pscudoinonotis cf. hawni. (c)

Pseudomonotis equistriata Beede. (c)

Pseudomonotis robust a Beede. (c)

Pseudomonotis tenuistriata Beede. (c)

Streblopteria tenuilineatus^?^ M. and W.

Belleroplton bellus Keyes. (c)

240 KANSAS UNIVERSHV QUARTF.IM.V.

Bellcrophon //larconanus Geinitz. (c)
Strophostylus nana M. and W.
Ephippoceras ferratus Cox.
Metacoceras sangamoncnsis M. and W.
Nautilus planuvolvis Shumard.
Orihoceras sp.

Titanoccras ponderosum Meek.
Phillipsia major Shumard.
Phillips ia nodacosiatus Hare.

7. Shales and limestones. 88-89 Br. 14-15 Be.
"14th — 7 feet clay shales.

15th — 3 feet irregularly-bedded limestone."
No fossils from these horizons were found.

8. Campophyllum limestone. 90 Br. 13 Be.

"13th — 9 feet fine-grained, greenish gray, even-bedded lime-
stone."

Kansas City and Wesport, Mo.

Axophyllum rtide White and St. John.

Campophyllum torquiiim Owen, (a)

Lophophylluvi sp.

Michelinia eugencae White.

Cromyocri7ius sangatnonensis M. and W.

Cyathocrinus stillativus White.

Hyd)-eionocrinus pentagonus Miller and Gurley.

Hydreionocrifius sp.

Acanthocladia pinnata Rogers,

Chainodicyion laxum Foerste.

Cystodictya inequimarginata Rogers.

Fenestella limbata Foerste.

Fe nest el la sp.

Fisiulipora nodulifera Meek.

Pinnatopora sp.

Polypora elliptica Rogers.

Polypora submarginata Meek.

Polypora sp.

Rhofnbocladia delicata Rogers.

Rhojnbopora lepidodendroidea Meek.

Rhombopora sp.

Septopora biscrialis Swallow.

Stetiopora carbonaria Worthen.

Chonetes vernenilanus N. and P.

Cleiothyris roisyii L' Eveille.

li

HEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 24I

Derbya crassa M. and H. (c)
Hjistedia monnoni Marcou.
Producius longispinus Sower by. (c)
Product us nchraskensis Owen, (c)
Product us pu Net a /us M a r t i n .
Product us seniireticulatus Martin.
Seminula argentca Shepherd, (c)
Spirifcr cameratus Morton, (c)
Spiriferina kentuckiensis Shuniard.
Reticularia perplcxa McChesney.
Aviculopecten occidentalis Shumard.
Myali/ia kansasensis Shumard.
MyaliniX subquadrata Shumard.
Capulus parvus Swallow.
Pleurotomaria missouricusis Swallow. ( c)
Gasteropod sp.
Phillipsia major Shumard.
Fish tooth.

9. Shales and limestones. 91-95 Br. 612 Be
"6th — Thin seam of clay, 4 inches.

7th — 15 inches blue limestone.

8th— 2 feet bituminous and blue clay shales.

9th — 18 inches in one bed of limestone.

loth — 16 inches blue clay shales.

nth — 16 inches blue limestone, largely composed of comminuted
shells.

i2th — II feet: 5 feet 8 inches blue clay shales and 5 feet 4 inches
buff and drab nodular shales."

Kansas City, Mo.

Fusulina secalica Say.

Lophophyllum profu7iduin Milne-Edwards and Haime.

Cystodictya inequivnirginata Rogers.

Fenestella limbata Foerste.

Pinnatopora sp.

Polypora elliptica Rogers.

Rhombopora lepidodendroidcs Meek, (c)

Rhombopora sp.

Septopora biserialis Swallow, (c)

Septopora interporata{^?) Rogers.

Chonetes vcrnenilanus N. and P.

Derbya crassa M. and H.

242 KANSAS UNIVKKbllY QUARTERLY.

Derby a keokiik Hall. '

Hustedia niormoni Marcou.

Producfiis corn D'Orbigny.

Proihictiis longispiniis Sowerby.

Prodiictiis )ift>iaskcnsis Owen.

Product us pu lie talus Martin.

Pugnax uia Marcou.

Rhipidoiiirlla pecosi Marcou.

Souinula argcntea Shepherd.

Spirifcr earner at us Morton.

Spiriferina kentuekiensis Shuuiard.

Avieulopeeten earbotiiferus Stevens.

Avieulopeeten oeeidentalis Shuniard.

Avieulopeeten reetalateiarius Cox.

Lima retifera Shumard.

Myalina swallovi McChesne)'.

Schizodus sp.

Gasteropod sp.

Cotiularia erusiula White, (c)

Goniatites sp.

Nautilus sp.

Orthoeeras sp.

Phillipsia major.

Listiacanthus hystrix. (c)

Fish tooth.

Crucipes parva Butts.

Duovestigia seala Butts.

Notalacerta jaeksonensis Butts.

Notalacerta inissouriensis Butts.

Notatnphihia magna Butts.

PunetatuDivcstigium eireulifonnis H u t ts.

10. Heavy-bedded limestone. 96 Br. 5 Be.
"5th — 5 feet heavy-bedded limestone.
Kansas City, Mo.

Axophyllum rude White and St. John.
Campopliylluin iorquiutii Owen.

Lophophylluni pi-ofunduin Milne-Edwards and Haime.
LophopJiyllum ivestii Beede. -
Archaeocidaris sp.

1 Derhya keokxik Hall, and 1). lobutita Hall are syiionyiiis Seo Bcode. Univ. (ieol
Surv. Kan., vol. vi.

2 This is tlie fossil usually called Cyathaxoniri distorln.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 243

Cysfodu'tya inequitnarginata Rogers.
Fe7iestella kansasensis Rogers.
Fenestella pere/ega?is Meek.
Fistnlipora nodiilijera Meek.
Pinnatopora sp.
Polypora elliptica Rogers.
Pfllypora triangularis Rogers.
Rhomhocladia delicata Rogers.
Rhombopora sp.
Septopora hiserialis Swallow.
Septopora iiitfrpora(a{?) Rogers.
Stcnopora sp.

Ainbocoelia planoconvexa Shumard.
Chonetes iwrnoiilaiuis N. and P.
Derby a sp.

DiihiSDia bovidens Morton.
Hustedia inormoni Marcou.
Me eke I la striatocostata Cox.
Prodtictus cora D'Or'oigny. (c)
Producti/s iosialus Sovvcrby. (c)
Product us loiigispinus Sowerby.
Product us ucbraskcusis Owen, (c)
Productus puuctatus Martin, (c )
Productus semircticulatus Martin, (c)
Rhipidotnclla pccosi Marcou. (c)
Semiuula argcntea Shepherd, (c)
Spirifer cameratus Morton, (c)
Spirifcrina kentuckicnsis S h u ni a rd .
Aviculopcctcii lufrrliiiratas M. and W.
Chacnoinva sp.
Pinna sp.
Ostracod sp.

11. Shale. 97 Br. 4 Be.
"4th — 25 feet blue and olive-colored shales."
Kansas City, Mo., and Argentine, Kans.
Ccriocrinus hcmisplicricus Shumard. (c)
Ceriocrinus niissouriensis Miller and Gurley.
Ceriocrinus nodulifera Butts. '
Erisocrinus toddanus Butts. '
Erisocrinus typus M. and W. (c)

1 Butts. Tran.s. Acad, of 9ci. of Kansas City. vol. i. pp. l.1-ir>. Plate. 1899.

244 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERI.Y.

EupacJiycrinus liarii Miller.

Eupachycrinus magistci- M. and G.

Eupachycriniis spliacralis M. and G.

Phialocrinus hasilicus M. and G.

Phialocrinus barydaciylus Keyes.

Phialocrinus Jiarii M. and G.

Pliialocriniis lykinsi Butts.

Phialocrinus niagnificus M. and G. (c)

Eistulipora nodulifera Meek.

Polypora sp.

Phoiiil'opora lipidodendroidea Meek-.

Scptopora biscrialis Swallow.

Stenopora ohiocnsis Foerste.

Stcnopora spinulosa Rogers.

Derby a crassa M. and H.

Lingnla unibonata Cox.

Orbiciiloidea convex a Shuinard.

Productus nebraskensis Owen, (c)

Product us per tenuis Meek.

Productus symmetricus McChesney.

Seniinula argentea Shepherd, (c)

Avicula tonga Geinitz '

Aviculopecten occidentalis Slniinard. (c)

A viculopinna amcricanuni

A vicutopinna illinoisensis.

Edmondia nebraskensis Cieinitz.

I^ima retifera Slunnard.

Modiola subelliptica Meek.

Monopteria gibbosa M. and W.

Myalina swallovi McChesney. (c)

Myalina sp.

Nuculana bellistriata Stevens.

Schizodus harii Miller, (c)

Schizodus sp. cf. afftnis Herrick.

Streblopteria termilineatus{J) M. and W.

Yoldia cf. knoxensis McChesney.
Bel/erophon earbonarius Cox
Belleroplion earbonarius Conrad, (c)
Dentalium nieekianuni Geinitz.
Pteurtoniaria niissouriensis Swallow.
Pleurtomaria sp.

Con u /aria crust?/ la White.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 245

Orthoccras sp.

JSJautiliis sp.

Tainoceras occidentalis Swallow.

12, Ida limestone. g8 Br. 3 Be.
"3d — 30 feet of gray, bluish gray and fiesh-colort-d limestone,
the lola limestone."
Sponge sp.

Axophyllum riulc White and St. John.
Lop]iopliyllum prof nudum Milne-Edwards and Ilainie.
Ltphophyllum wcstii Beede.
MicJielinia eugetjeae White,
Syri}igopora(^?) n. sp.
Ceriocrinus hemisphericus Shumartl.
Archaeocidaris triserrotai^?) Meek.
Spirorbis carbonariiis Dawson.
Chainodictyon laxiim Foerste. (c)
Cystodictya divisa Rogers.
Cystodictya inequimarginata Rogers, (c)
Fenestclla kansascusis Rogers.
Fenestella limbata Foerste. (c)
Fenestclla ovatipora Rogers.
Fenestella remota Foerste. (c)
Fenestella perelegans Meek,
Fistulipora nodiilifera Meek, (c)
Pinnatopora pyrifonnipora Rogers.
Pinnatopora trilineata Meek.
Pinnatopora ivhitii Foerste.
Polypora elliptica Rogers.
Polypora flexiiosa Rogers.
Polypora subviarginata Meek.
Polypora triangularis Rogers.
Rhabdomcson americanum Rogers. '
Rhonibocladia delicata Rogers.
Rhonibopora lepidodendroidea Meek, (c)
Septopora biserialis Swallow.
Septopora interporata Rogers.
Stenopora carbonaria Worthen.
Streblotrypa striatopora Rogers.

Thamniscus tenuiramus Rogers. '

Ambocoelia planoconvexa Shumard.

I Described in tlie preoeditiK mnnber of this Jonrn;il.

246 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Choncics tu-rnenilanus N. and P.

Cleiotliyris roisyii L' Eveille.

Crania modest a White and St. John.

Derbya benrieiti{?) Hall and Clarke.

Dt-rlya keokjfk{?) Hall.

Derbya sp.

Diclasnia bovidois Morton.

Hustcdia monnorii Marcou.

Orbiiidoidca convexa Sluimard.

Orbiciiloidca missourietisis Shuniard.

Prodiiitiis cora D'Orbigny. (c)

Pifldiiitus longispinus Sowerby. (a)

Product us nebraskciisis Owen, (c)

Productus pcrteuuis Meek, (c)

Productus punctatus Martin, (c)

Productus scinircticulatus Martin. ( c)

Pug/iax uta Marcou.

Reticularia pcrpkxa McChesney.

Spixifcr camcratus Morton.

Spirifcriiia koituckiciisis Shumard. (c)

Allorisma costatum M. and W.

AUorisma granosum Shumard.

Allorisma subcuucatani M. and H.

Avicula sulcata Geinitz.

Aviculopectcu carbonifcrus Stevens, (c)

Aviculopcctrii intcrlincatus M. and W.

Aviculopcctrii inccoyi M. and H.

Aviculopcctcn occidcntalis Shumard.

Conocardiuh'i parris/u\?) Worthen.

C)pricardi)iia carbonaria{?) Meek.

Edmondia sp.

Lima rctifcra. Sluimard.

Macrodon sp.

My a Una kansasensis Shumard.

Pernopcctcn aviculatusi^?^ Swallow.

Pinna sp.

Gasteropod sp.

Orthoccras sp.

Nautilus sp.

Ostracods, several species.

Cyclus n. sp.

Phillipsia major Swallow.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAI, MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 247

J\-ri/>/isfis scrniciicitlaris Newberry and Worthen.

13. Under this heading are given all the strata included between
the loia Linu stone and the Lower Garnett Limestone. In the
absence of detailed stratigraphic work it can not be said whether
they are persistent or merely local systems. They are accordingly
grouped together and the fossils occuring in the two limestones
are given in the same list.

Argentine, Kansas.

33 feet covered slope containing shale '

3 feet limestone.

7^2 feet shale.

loyo feet limestone, oolitic in part.

7^4 feet shale.

Arclueociiiaris sp.

FestuIipo7-a nodulifcra Meek.

Rombopora sp. (c)

Septopora biscrialis Swallow.

Produitus cora D'Orbigny.

Prodiiiius nebraskt'jisis Owen.

Productus semircticulaius Martin.

Sfininula argcntca Shepherd, (c)

Spirifcr camera ius Morton.

Aviculopccten occidcntalis Swallow.

A]fvaliiia subquadrata Shumard. ( c)

Pcnna sp.

Pit mips ia major Shumard.

14. Lower Garnett Limestone.
Eudora, Douglas county, Kansas.
6 feet thick.

Fusulina sccalica Sa)'.

f.oplio[^}i\llum profiindum M . - 1"! a nd'H .

Arclucocidaris sp.

Scrpula iiisifa White.

Fcncstclla limbata Foerste.

Fcncstclla rcmoia Foerste.

Fistulipora sp.

Piiiiiatopora multipora Rogers.

Pintuiiopora trilincaia Meek, (c)

1 The limestone (.'appins the top of the hills nt Argentine is the LowerGarnett. Manj-
species which occur in that limestone at Eudora. Kansas, are found here, includinjr
Euteletes hemipliaxta. Bennett not findina: this fossil in the limestone at the top of the
hill ooncludea that the Lower Garnett (Syntriclasma) limestone was contained in the
covered slope. See Univ. Geol. Surv. Ivans., vol. i, pp. 111-112, 18'J6.

248 KANSAS UNIVERSITY (JUAK1ERL\.

Folypora sp.

Polypora sp.

Rliontbocladia dclicata Rogers.

Chronetes Vt'riifiiilaniis N. and P.

Crania nuuh-sta White and St. John.

Dcrbya sp.

Diclasma bovidciis Morton, (c)

Eutclctcs IicDiiplicata Hall, (a)

Froductus cora D'Orbigny, (c)

Frodiictus cora aiiuricana Swallow.

Froductus hnigispiiiKS Sowerby. (c)

Froductus iicbraskensis Owen.

Froductus pcrii'Huis Meek. ( c)

Froductus puuctatus Martin.

Se)ninula argciitea Shepherd, (c)

Spirifer canicratus Morton.

Spirifcriiia kciituckicnsis Shumard.

Aviculopcctot carbonifcrus Stevens. ( c)

Aviculopcctcu occidentalis Shumard.

Conocardium sp.

Afyalina sp.

Felyccpod sp.

Pelycepod sp.

Fclycepod sp.

Pleurotoviaria in issouricnsis Swallow.

Gastcropod sp.

Gasteropod sp.

Gastcropod sp.

Gastcropod sp.

Griffith ides scitula M. and W.

Cyclus n. sp.

Ostracod sp.

Ostracod sp.

15. Upper Garnett Limestone.
" . . . 12 feet thick at Eudora, .... above it 3 feet of brown
and somewhat calcified clay shales, upon which lies 1^3 feet of
thinly laminated limestone."'

Eudora, Douglas county, Kansas.

Fusu/iua sccalica Say.

Arclueocidaris sp.

Fcnestclla limbata Foerste.

1 Bennett. Univ. Geol. Suiv. Kiiiis.. vol. i, p. IW. 189B.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 249

Fisiulipora iwduUfera Meek.
Pintiatopora irilineata Meek.
Rhombopora lepidodendroidea Meek.
Scptopora biserialis Swallow.
CJiotietes granuUfcr Owen.
Meckel la striatacostata Cox.
Ort/totheies{?') sp.
Fro duct us per tenuis Meek.
Productus se/niretuulatus Martin.
Rliipidomella pecosi Marcou.
Scininula argentea Shepherd.
Spirifer cameratus Morton.
Spiriferina kentuckiensis Shumard.
Aviculopecten Occident alls Shumard.

16, Lawrence Oolite.

Oolitic limestone at top grading into calcareous sandstone at the
bottom, about 6 feet thick. Located within the Lawrence Shales.
A local horizon ver}' prolific in animal remains.

Dam at Lawrence, Kansas, and at Cameron's Bluff, three miles
west of Lawrence.

Fusulina secalica Say.

LophopJiylluni sp.

Jlydreionocrinus sul>sinuatus<^?) M. and G.

Archceocidaris sp.

Fencstella skuniardi{?) Prout.

Pinnatopora sp.

Polypora sp.

Polypora sp.

Rhombopora sp.

Septopora biserialis Swallow.

Aulacor/iync/ius niillepunctatus M. and W.

Chonetes granulifer Owen.

Chonctes vcrnenilanus N. and P.

Derby a keokuk Hall.

Derbya sp.

Diclasma bovidus Morton.

Mcekella strictocostata Cox.

Orbiculoidea missouriensis Shumard.

Orbiculoidea sp.

Productus cora D'Orbigny. (c)

Productus longispiuus Sowerby.

Productus ncbraskensis Owen, (c)

250 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QtJARTERI.V,

Prodiictiis pertenuis Meek, (c)

Product us punciatus Martin.

Productus semireticulatus Martin.

Pugnax eta Marcou.

Reticularia perplexa McChesney.

Setniaula arge?itca Shepherd, (c)

Spirifcr cameratus Morton.

Avicula longa Geinitz. (c)

Avicula sulcata Geinitz (c)

Aviculopccten carbonifo-us Stevens.

Aviculopccien geriitanusi^?^ Miller and Faber.

Avictilopecteti mccoyi M. and H.

Aviculopccten occidentalis Shumard. (c)

Aviculopccten scu/pti/is Miller.

Chaenornya icavcnworthensis M. and H.

Cypricardinia carbonaria Meek.

Edmondia fiebraskcnsis Geinitz. (c)

Lima retifera.

Macrodon obsolctus Meek.

Alacrodon sauganioncnensis Worthen.

Modiola subelliptica Meek.

Monopteria alata Beede.

Monopteria gibbosa M. and W.

Monopteria longispina Cox. (c)

Monopteria mar ion White, (c)

Monopteria subalata Beede and Rogers.

Myalina subquadrata Shumard. (c)

Myaiina stvallovi McChesney. (c)

Myalina sp.

Nucula pulchclla Beede and Rogers.

Nuculana bellistriata Stevens.

Pernopecten aviculatus(^?) Swallow.

Pinna sp.

Pleurop/iorus subcostatus M. and W.

Posidonomya{?) pertenuis Beede.

Posidonomya{?) recurva Beede.

Posidonomya sp.

Prothyris elegans{?) Meek.

Pseudomonotis hawni M. and H. (c)

Pseudomonotis cf. hawni.

Pseudomonotis tenuisiriata Beede.

Sciiizodus comprcssus Rogers, (c)

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 25 1

Schizodus siibcircularis Herrick,
Schizodus sp.

Solenomya parallela Beede and Rogers.
Yoldia glabra Beede and Rogers.
Bellerophon bellusi^?') Keyes.
Bellerophon carbonarius Cox.
BelleropJioti crassus M. and W.
BelleropJwn niarcouanus Geinitz.
Naticopsis altonensis McChesney.
Pleurotomaria i/nssouriefisis Swallow.
Gasteropod sp.
Gasteropod sp.
Cyrtoceras sp.

Metacoceras sangamoricnsis M. and W.
Nautilus planovolvis Shumard.
Tainoceras occidentalis Swallow.
Griffithides scitula M. and W.
Crustacean sp.
Os traced sp.
Fish tooth.

17. Lower Oread Limestone.

About 12 feet thick.

Lawrence, Kansas.

Fusulina sccalica Say. (c)

Aulopora prosscri Beede.

Axophyllu»t rude White and St. John.

Lophophyllu/ii profu/idum M.-E and H. (c)

Lophophyllu/ii 7oestii Beede.

Ceriocri/ius /leinisphericus.

Jfydreionocrinusi^?) sp.

Archiccidaris sp.

Cystodictya inequimarginata Rogers.

Fenesiella kansasensis Rogers.

Fencstella limbata Foerste.

Fenestella reiiiota Foerste.

Feiiestella perelcgans Meek.

Fistulipora nodulifera Meek, (c)

Pinnatopora ptiloporoidea Rogers.

Pinnatopora trilineata Meek.

Pinnatopora wJiitii Foerste.

Pinnatopora sp.

Polypora elliptica Rogers.

252 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Folypora flexuosa{?) Rogers.

Polypora jnissouriensis{?) Rogers.

Polypora spmultfera{?) Ulrich.

Polypora submarginata Meek.

Polypora triangularis Rogers.

Rhabdo7neso7i americaniim Rogers. ^

Rhombocladia delicata Rogers.

Rhombopora lepidodendroidea Meek.

Septopora biserialis Swallow.

Streblotrypa prisca Gabb and Horn.

Streblotrypa striatopora Rogers.

Tha?nniscus te7iuiramus(^? ) Rogers.

Bryozoan n. gen.

Ambocoelta planuconvexa Shnvcidixd. (c)

Chonetes granulifer Owen. (€)

Derby a bennetti Hall and Clarke.

Derby a crass a M. and H.

Derby a keokiik Hall.

Enteletes hemiplicata Hall.

Husicdia tnormoni Marcou.

Meekella striatocostata Cox. (c)

Productus cora D'Orbigny. (c)

Productus costatus Sowerby.

Product Jis longispinus Sowerby. (c)

Productus punctatus Martin.

Productus semireticulat us Martin, (c)

Reticularia perplexa McChesney. (c)

RJiipidomella pecosi Marcou. (c)

Seviinula argentea Shepherd, (c)

Spirifer cavieratus Morton, (c)

Spiriferina kentuckiensis Shumard. (c)

Allorisma granosum Shumard.

Allorisma subcuneatum M. and H.

Aviculopectcn ger/nanus{?) Miller and Faber.

Aviculopecten occidentalis Sliumard.

Myalina sp.

Nuculana bellistriata Stevens.

Pinna sp.

Naticopsis sp.

Gasteropod sp.

Domatoceras lasallensis{?) M. and W.

1 Tins species is described iu the preceding (July) number of tliis .iourual.

BEEDE AND ROGERS: COAL MEASURES FAUNAL STUDIES. 253

Ephippoceras ferratiis Cox.
Tainoceras occidentalis Swallow.
Griffithidcs scittda M. and W.
Fish tooth.

18, Oread Shales.

"425 feet bituminous shale, between the Lower and Upper Oread
Limestones.

Lecompton. Kanas.

Ambocoelia planoconvexa Shumard. (c)

Crania modesta White and St. John.

Orbiculoidea missouriensis Shumard. (c)

Froductus cor a D'Orbigny. (a)

Fugnax uta Marcou. (c)

Seminula argentea Shepherd, (c)

Aviculopccten coxamis M. and W.

Fosidonomya sp.

Fleurotomaria sp.

Insect wing.

19. Upper Oread Limestone.

"22}4 feet thick, capable of subdivision as follows: Resting at
its base are a few feet of bituminous shales, then 12 feet of heavy-
bedded rock, the middle two feet of which is very cherty. Above
this lies i foot of blue clay shales; then 6 feet of shelly nodular
limestone with heavy clay partings abounding in well preserved
fossils, and this again capped by an even stratum i^^ feet thick,
separated from two layers above by 4 inches of clay, the top layer
being i ^^ feet thick. "^

Lecompton, Douglas county, Kansas.

Fusulina sccalica Say. (a)

Aulopora prosseri Beede. (c)

CampJiophyliiim torquium Owen.

LopJiophyllum westii Beede.

Cystodictya incqiiiinarginata Rogers.

Fencstella reinoia Foerste.

Fencstclla sp.

Fistulipora noduiifera Meek, (a)

Finnatopora sp.

Folypora elliptica Rogers, (c)

Folypora triangularis Rogers, (c)

Folypora sp.

1 Beuuett. Univ. Geoi. Surv. Kaus., vol. 1, \^. 115. 1896.

254 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

RJiotnbopora Icpidodcndroidea Meek, (c)
RJwDibopora sp. (c)
Septopora biscrlalis Swallow.
Strcblotrypa prisca Gabb and Horn.
Sircblotrypa striatopora Rogers.
Ambocoelia planocfltwexa Shnmard. (c)
Chonetes granulifcr Ovven. (c)
Dcrbya bcnnett Hall and Clarke, (c)
Derby a kcokuk Hall, (c)
DiclasDia bovidens Morton.
Entelctes hemiplicata Hall, (c)
Husicdia mormoni Marcou. (c)
McckcUa striatocostaia Cox.
Prodiictiis cora D'Orbigny. (a)
Produidiis costatits Sowerby.
Productus lougispiniis Sowerby.
Product us ncbraskensis Owen.
Productus pertenuis Meek.
Productus punctatus Martin.
Productus seuiireticulatus Martin.
Piignax uta Marcou.
R/iipido//icIIa pecosi MdiXcon. (c)
Scminula argentea Shepherd, (c)
Spirifer cameratus Morton, (c)
Spirifcrina kcntuckiensis Shumard. (c)
Allorisiiia granosu/n Shumard.
Allorisina subcuneatum M. and H.
Aviculopcctcn carbonifcrus Stevens.
Aviculopecteii mccoyi M. and H.
Aviculopcctcn provtdcncesis Cox.
Chaenomya coopcri{?') M. and H.
Edvwudia sp.
Lima rctifera Shumard.
Mouoptcria inariaii White.
Myalina sp.

Pinna peracuta Shumard.
Plcurophorus sp
Schizodus whcelcri Swallow.
BelleropJion crass us M. and W. (c)
Bellerophon sp.
Euoinphalus sp.
Naticopsis sp.
Gastcropod sp.
Griffitkidcs scitu/a M. and W.

Microscopic Comparison of Samples of
White Arsenic.

BY EDWARD BARTOW.

With Plates XLVl, XLVII and XLV'III.

In a recent case of suspected poisoning in this state,' a bottle of
malted milk was brought to me for examination I found evidence
of the presence of arsenic by the Marsh test, and by the Reinsch
test; and even the simple test of heating the substance with a
piece of charcoal, in a glass tube closed at one end, gave a heavy
arsenic mirror.

Considering the greasy nature of the material under examination,
I conceived the idea of separating the crystals of white arsenic, if
the arsenic should be present in that form, by means of ether. On
panning the malted milk with ether in a shallow porcelain dish, I
was enabled to separate quantities of the crystals in a pure state.
An attempt to do this with water failed. In fact water could not
be used on them until they were free from the fat.

A few crystals of white arsenic were separated from a bottle of
whiskey found on the premises of the deceased.

In following up a clue that seemed to point to the source from
which the poison might have been obtained, the county attorney
submitted to me a sample of white arsenic crystals obtained from
this source. He requested me to determine whether they were
like those found in the malted milk or in the whiskey. To my
knowledge, the only work of such a nature is that of Professor E.
S. Dana. ^ Professor Dana enters into an exhaustive account of
the methods of preparing white arsenic, and of the possibilities of
differences due to the variations of the conditions during the pro-
cess. He also made microscopical examinations of many samples
of commercial arsenic, and deduced the following conclusions:
"The study of a large number of independent samples of commer-
cial white arsenic confirms the conclusions based upon the obser-
vations as to the method of manufacture, and shows that wide

1 state of \i ansas vs. Kunkel.

3 Microscopic Examination of Samples of Commercial Arsenic, .Jersey City, 1S,S0.

(255) KAN. UXIV. QDAR., VOL. IX, NO. i, OCT.. 1900, SERIES A.

256 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

variations in character often exists. These differences, when they
occur, are readily distinguishable by the microscope, and, in most
every case, it is, by this means, possible to conclude, of two test
samples, whether they could ox. could not have come from the same
source; and this is true, under favorable conditions, even if one of
the samples has been subjected, for some time, to the action of the
stomach."

The work of Professor Dana is well known, but at first I had
only at command the limited notice given to it in the works on
toxicology. Later I received the article of Professor Dana, which
he kindly sent me, and was interested in carrying out more in
detail the methods of work which he describes. My method of
work follows:

I mounted a few slides of each of the samples (the limited amount
of crystals separated from the whiskey made but one slide) as well
as samples of white arsenic from the laboratories of the university
and from the drug stores of the city. Differences were so marked
that I at once concluded that the sample submitted by the county
attorney and the arsenic from the malted milk could not have had
the same source. To assure myself that the treatment with ether
had not changed the character of the crystals from the malted milk,
I mixed some of the arsenic from the suspected source with pure
malted milk, using the same proportions as were found in the
malted milk containing the poison, then panned out the arsenic in
the same manner as from the original sample of malted milk. Sev-
eral slides were made with the arsenic treated in this way. After
the process there was no difference in the appearance of the
sample.

In the microscopical examination, I noted the size of the crys-
tals, the size of the amorphous bodies present, the character of the
amorplious bodies, and the relative number of crystals and amorph-
ous bodies. We may thus summarize the observations of the
crystals from the milk (Fig. 4), the whiskey (Fig. 3), and the
suspected sample (Figs, i and 2). The crystals from the sus-
pected sample were the smallest, those from the whiskey were the
largest, though not much larger than those from the malted milk.
The amorphous bodies were of a similar size in each sample. In
each case were some much larger than the crystalline bodies.
Those from the milk were of a transparent nature, while the others
were opaque. In the suspected sample, about 25 per cent were
well shaped crystals. In the sample from the whiskey about 15
per cent were crystals. That from the malted milk showed about

BARTOW: MICROSCOPIC COMPARISON OF WHITE ARSENIC. 257

40 per cent of crystals. From these differences I concluded that
the arsenic in the suspected sample could not have had the same
source as that found in the milk and the whiskey.

In order to be sure that my separation of the various slides into
groups was not due to my familiarity with them, I submitted these
slides, together with slides prepared from arsenic from other
sources, to Professor S. W. Williston, to Professor W. C. Stevens,
and to Professor E. Haworth. Each had no difficulty in separat-
ing the slides submitted into groups, always putting those from the
same source into the same group, and never classifying the sus-
pected sample with the specimens from the milk and the whiskey,
thus confirming my own conclusions.

All the comparisons were made directly from the slides, and, in
fact, a better judgment can be formed by observing a considerable
portion of each slide. I have, however, had a number of micro-
photographs made by Mr. F. E. Marcy the university phcto-
grapher. These show the crystals magnified seventy-five diameters
and give a very good illustration of the variations in the various
samples. I have added also photographs of samples from speci-
mens of white arsenic in the chemistry (Fig. 5) and pharmacy
laboratories (Fig. 6) of the university, because they show a great
variation in the percentage of crystals, though the particles are
nearly of the same size.

The Detection of Arsenic, Antimony and Tin.

BY HAMILTON P. CADV,

The detection of arsenic, antimony and tin in the presence of
one another is a rather long and tedious process when carried out
by the ordinary qualitative methods. The Marsh test, either in its
original form or with the silver nitrate modification, is probably the
best of the common methods, but even this is not very successful
in the hands of many students. The following method has been
found rapid and convenient:

The process is carried out as follows: three or four e. e. of the
solution to be tested is placed in a test tube, and about one and
one-half times the volume of concentrated hydrochloric acid is then
added, and hydrogen sulfid passed through the solution. The
arsenic, whether in the arsenous or arsenic condition, is precipitated
as As, S3, while the antimony and tin remain in solution. If the
arsenic is in the arsenous condition, the precipitate will settle out,
leaving the solution clear; while if it is in the arsenic condition,
the sulfur formed during its reduction will remain suspended, ren-
dering the liquid turbid. So one can not only detect the arsenic,
but can also tell whether it is arsenous or arsenic. If arsenic acid
is formed it will, of course, be necessary to test for arsenous some
other way.

After the arsenic has been precipitated the tube is inclined at an
angle of about thirty degrees, and cold water saturated witii
hydrogen sulfid is carefully poured in, stirring up the solution as
little as possible. Almost as soon as the first drops of water touch
the solution the antimony sulfid is precipitated as an orange red
ring or layer floating on the highly acid solution. Upon further
dilution the yellow stannic sulfid is precipitated and blending into
this the brown to black stannous sulfid. After standing a few mo-
ments there wdll be a marked line of demarkation between the
antimony and tin. A tube containing these substances, when
treated in this way, presents a very striking appearance with its
several highly colored layers.

(ib9) KAX. IXIV. QrAR.. VOL. IX, XO. 4, OCT. 190(t, SERIES A.

26o KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Since arsenic acid and stannous salts react upon each other, of
course these two can not exist in the same solution.

The chemistry of this is simple. Arsenic, in arsenous condition.
has but little tendency to form positive ions, and the chlorid, even
in as strongly acid solution as the one used, is completely hydro-
lized to arsenous acid. Since this is a weak acid in the presence
of such strong hydrochloric acid, it will exist, practically all, as
the undissociated acid HgAsOg. Hydrogen sulfid acts upon this,
the sulfur and oxygen exchanging places. Hydrogen ions accel-
erate this, and the stronger the acid the faster it goes, indicating
that it is the undissociated hydrogen sulfid acting upon the undis-
sociated arsenous acid and not an action between the ions.

The reaction is as follows:

H3As03 + 3H.S + H + -fCr^H,AsS3 + 3H20+H+ + Cr
2H3AsS3^As.,S3 + 3H3S.

The concentration of hydrochloric acid being the same on both
sides of the equation, the arsenous sulfid should be, and is, just as
insoluble in concentrated as in dilute hydrochloric acid.

Antimony and tin readily form positive ions, and the reaction
for the formation of these sulfids is between their ions and the
sulfur ions form the hydrogen sulfid. Hydrogen suliid is a very
weak acid and breaks up into this

H„S=

2H'-

-}-S=

c\

C\,

c

and

according

to

the

M

ass Law
K=

.CfC

3

and hence if the concentration of H"*" be increased by adding
h3drochloric acid or any strong acid the concentration of sulfur as
ion must decrease; and the greater the concentration of the hydro-
gen as ion, the less that of sulfur, and since the product of the
concentration of antimony as ion and sulfur as ion must reach a
certain value before antimony sulfid can be precipitated, it follows
at once that it is only necessary to make the solution highly acid in
order to prevent the antimony coming down with the arsenic.

The chlorine as ion from the hydrochloric acid decreases the dis-
sociation of the antimony chlorid and this also tends to increase the
solubility of the antimony suliid.

CAIIV: DF/rECTlON OF ARSENIC, ANTIMONY ANT) TIN. 261

For exactly the same reasons, the sulfids of tin may be hindered
from precipitating by making the solution highly acid. Hydro-
chloric acid of the concentration indicated is sufficiently strong to
entirely prevent the precipitation of antimony or tin while the
arsenic is promptly thrown. On account of its slight degree of
dissociation, hydrogen sulfid is practically as soluble in hydro-
chloric acid as in water, and therefore in diluting the solution with
water saturated with hydrogen sulfid, the concentration of the
hydrogen sulfid can be treated as a constant, and from the equation

H2S=2H + + S=
^ 1 ^ 2 ^ 3
KCj=C|C3 or since C,=const.
Ki=KC'=C8C3

C| ^

it follows that the concentration of the sulfur as ion will vary inversely
• as the square of the concentration of the hydrogen, and therefore,
if the solution be diluted one-half, the concentration of the sulfur
as ion will be nearly four times as great as before. Since the
dissociation of the antimony "chlorid or tin chlorid increases very
rapidly with the dilution owing to the decrease in the concentra-
tion of the chlorine as ion it follows that a point must be reached
when one or both of them will be precipitated. This point will of
course be that at which the product of the concentration of the
antimony or tin as ion and if the sulfur as ion has reached the
precipitation value.

That substances having the smallest precipitation value will
appear first then that having the next larger. The values for the
sulfids of tin and antimony stand in this order,

Sn S>Sn S2>Sb2 S3.

Therefore the antimony sulfid appears first, then the stannic, and
last the stannous sulphid.

One-tenth of a milligram of arsenic is easily detected even in
the presence of a gram of antimony. The limit for antimony and
tin is naturally somewhat higher

If other metals precipitated by hydrogen sulfid are present they
are all precipitated together and the arsenic, antimony and tin
dissolved by yellow ammonia sulfid and represented by dilute
hydrochloric acid and filtered off and redissolved in concentrated

262 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

hydrochloric acid with the addition of KCIO3, if necessary, the
chlorine driven off by gentle heat and the solution treated as
before.

Since a concentrated solution of hydrochloric acid becomes
weaker on heating it will be necessary to add more acid before
passing in the hydrogen sulfid.

Of course after this treatment everything will be in the highest
oxidized condition and hence the original solution must be tested
for their condition there.

The dark color of the stannous sulfid is much more intense than
the yellow of the stannic, so it is well in many cases to reduce the
tin by dissolving a small fragment of zinc in the solution before
passing in the hydrogen sulfid.

IvAN. T'niv. Quar.. \()i,. I\. Series A.

PLATE XLVI.

l-'iir. 1. Susijectt'fl Sainplc .\ To.

i.i,^ :.'. Siispt'ctt'd Sample X 75.

iiiii

■,;■■ 111:

ii 1:1

Kax. I'Niv. QvAU.. \i>\.. IX, Skkies a.

I'LATE XLVir

I'Mjr. :i. Arsenic from wiiisky X "."i.

l-"i.Li:. 4. Arsenic Irmn mailed milk X

AX. Tjniv. QrAK., Vol.. IX, J^eries A.

PLATE XIA'III.

Ki^. :.. Arsrni.. fn.n, ,-lMMni...l Inhnn.tory X 75. Mos.ly r.ystallin.. parlWles.

Fis. .;. .\i-sonic from pl.armury Uiboratory X 75. Mostly amorphous particles.

Annotated Catalogue ot the Crayfishes of

Kansas.

BV I. ARTHUR HARRIS.

In 1886 Dr. Walter Faxon published a "Preliminary catalogue
of the crayfishes of Kansas."' Since our knowledge of the Kansas
forms is somewhat more extensive at present, and there is some
later literature, as well as for the convenience of those who desire
to study the distribution of this group of crustaceans in our stat( ,
it has been deemed advisable to bring this catalogue up to date.

To a certain extent I have followed the form of Dr. Faxon's cat-
alogue, but have made some changes which I believe will increase
its convenience and value.

In referring to the literature, wherever a species is described in
a paper, the name under which it is described is given. When no
specific name is given in the reference to the paper, it is to be un-
derstood that the paper deals with other than the description of
the species. In most cases the nature of the paper is indicated.
In giving the localities the name of the collector is given and after
this, in parenthesis, the paper in which the species was reported.
When this is not given it is understood, of course, that it is here
reported for the first time. When no collector is named the mate-
rial was collected by the writer. In quoting the literature, if the
Bibliography number is followed by no designation as to what
form is described, it is understood that the description covers the
first- and second-form male and the female. In case the descrip-
tion does not cover these forms those described are given.

W' hile mistakes will probably be found in citations of literature,
the writer has made an earnest effort to give credit just where it
belongs, and to place at the disposal of anyone who may wish to
work on Kansas crustaceans as complete an index to the literature
of this genus as possible.

1 Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. i. p. UO, 18S5.

(203) KAN. UMV. QUKT.. VOL. IX. NO. 4, OCT., 1900. SERIES A.

264 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

1. Oambarus simulans Faxon.
C. simulans, Faxon, '84.

C. simu/ans, Faxon, '85, with fig. of male, F. I, and abd. app. of
male, F. I and II.

1. Tributary of Medicine river. Barber county (coll. Washb.
Coll.), Messrs. Williams and Craigin, coll. (Faxon, '85, b.).

2. Fort Hays, Ellis county (coll. Mas. Comp. Zool.) (Faxon,
'85, b.).

2. Oambarus g-allinas Cockerell and Porter.
C. ga/Iinas, Cockerell and Porter, 1900.

The material noted below I assign only provisionally to this
species. The specimens were collected during the summer of
1900, and placed in my hands. A full description was prepared
and was in the publisher's hands when my attention was called to
the paper by Cockerell and Porter. My material seems to agree
quite well with that of Cockerell, but I wish to compare specimens
of C. simulans Faxon as well as the material from New Mexico,
which Professor Cockerell has been so kind as to present to the
collection of the University of Kansas, before I assign this material
finally to a species.

1. A slough, near Halstead, Harvey county, Kansas, (coll. U.
of K.) W. J. Baumgartner, coll.

2. A small branch of the Chikaskia river, six miles northwest
of Caldwell, Sumner county, (coll. U. of K.) T. J. Kinnear, coll.

In Jul}^ igoo, Mr. Baumgartner took a part of the material in a
slough, which connected in wet weather with a creek not a mile
away. The water was running more than usual on account of a
recent rain. No burrows were observed at this time. About
November 10 he again visited the locality and secured more
material. This time the animals were found in burrows. One of
these, about one foot deep, had its mouth below the surface of the
water. The others were along the bank close to the water's edge.
"Chimneys" were not very conspicuous. The burrows themselves,
so far as noticed, were unbranched, about three inches in diameter
and extending almost straight down for a distance not over one and
one- half- feet. One animal was found in each burrow.

Mr. Kinnear's material — two small specimens, each slightly over
an inch in length — was taken in a little running stream.

3. Oambarus gracilis Bundy.

C. gracilis, Bundy, '76, male F. I and female.
C. gracilis, Bundy, '70, male F. I and female.

HARRIS: CRAYFISHES OF KANSAS. 265

C. gracilis, Biindy, '82, male F. I and female.
C. gracilis, Faxon, '85, male F. I and female, with figs, of first
abd. app. of male F. I.

C. gracilis. Hay 'g6, male F. I and female, with sketch of
carapace, lamina, annulus ventralis and abd. app. of male F. I.

1. Labette county, W. S. Newlon, coll. (Faxon '85 b).

2. Douglas county. Stagnant ponds in early spring and bur-
rows later in the summer.

Being a burrower, C. gracilis is one of the species which is hard
to obtain, especially the males, and this probably accounts. for the
meager reports of its distribution. Mr. H. Garman says' that he
has examined hundreds of specimens taken along water courses in
the neighborhood of Normal, Illinois, and has not found a dozen
males. Hay '95 says: "It is a burrower, coming forth probably
only during the breeding season in the early spring when it inhab-
its the water courses." I have found this species very plentiful
near Lawrence in stagnant ponds in early spring, but I have never
known of its being taken in running creeks. In one pond w'hich I
watched carefully, the females appeared March 13, igoo. The
males did not appear until April 15, when in company with some
some other collectors I secured one. Some da5's later Professor
McClung and Mr. Baumgartner took another at the top of its bur-
row in a pasture not far from the pond mentioned above.

I have not succeeded in determining the date of copulation or
laying of eggs. The eggs in the ovaries of females taken in the
spring were by no means fully developed. I have found some
females carrying young in the early spring.

In August Mr. Martin and myself took two males and one fe-
male from the mouth of their burrows. These burrows were in a
yard some distance from a running stream but where the ground
was inclined to be somewhat wet in rainy weather. They came
up at night and sat at the mouth of their burrows, probably watch-
ing for prey, and dropping back in at any sign of danger. The
animal does not seem to be entirely nocturnal in its habits and is
not unfrequently found at the top of its burrow in the daytime.

The low lands in which these crayfishes live are not unfrequently
flooded at times of great rainfall. In this case the animals emerge
from their burrows and upon the subsidence of the of the water
may be found wandering around over the surface of the ground.

The females which I have examined of this species are olive
1 Faxon 'S5, p. 58.

266 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

green, the males almost a salmon red. I have been told by people
from various parts of the state of the numbers of red crayfish which
they have seen after a heavy washing rain, and since, so far as I
know, this is the only very red species we have in this region, I
believe that careful collecting will show this to be one of our most
widely distributed species.

Individuals of this species must exuviate in their burrows. I
have watched very carefully the ponds in which the females are
found in early spring but have never found a specimen which was
at all soft from exuviation. As noted above, in the spring females
are occasionally found in these ponds with a few young which are
old enough, or nearly old enough, to leave the parent. This
makes it seem altogether probable that those females without
young have lost them before or immediately upon taking to the
open water. In C. immiinis Hagen, the females exuviate in the
spring as soon as the young abandon them, but this would seem to
indicate that such is not the case with C. gracilis.

In the fall of igoo there were many young crayfishes, which
seemed to be C. gracilis, in the ponds from about October 20
to November 20. They appeared in great numbers at about
the same time as C. ivimunis disappeared. I also noticed young
of this species early in the spring of 1900. So it appears that
young and adult C. gracilis appear in the ponds early in the spring,
and that the young again appear late in the fall, after other species
have gone to their burrows.

These young crayfish which were from three-fourths to seven-
eights of an inch in length when they disappeared in November,
1900, appeared again about the first of March, 1901. They were
then taken in great numbers. A few days later the ponds froze
over but the animals were still to be found, apparently as plenti-
fully as ever, under a layer of ice about one inch thick. This
spring the old animals did not appear until after the young. The
young grew rapidly and by the first of May had attained a length of
from one to nearly one and a half inches. Many smaller animals
about five-eights of an inch in length are now — May 9, — found
in the ponds and ditches. These are probably the young of C.
gracilis which were still carried by the female as late as March 27.

I might add that as compared with some other species, C-
immunis, for instance, the per centage of mutilation in this species
is very small. It is very seldom that one finds an individual with
one of the great claws wanting or showing any indication of having
been regenerated.

HARRIS: CRAYFISHES OF KANSAS. 267

4. Cambarus diogenes Girard.

C. diogenes, Girard, '54, with notes on burrowing habits.

C. obesiis, Hagen, '70, with fig. of male, F. I, abd. app. of male,
F. I and II, lamina, epistonia, and "spina externa."

C. diogenes var. ludoincianus , Faxon, '84.

C. diogenes, Hay, '96, with sketches of carapace, lamina, annulus
ventralis and abd. app. of male, F. I. and II.

Notes on variation, habits, etc., Faxon, '85.

Burrows of C. diogenes, Tarr, '84.

Burrows of C. diogefi^s, Abbott, '84.

1. Leavenworth, Leavenworth county (coll. Mus. Comp. ZooL),
(Faxon, '85 b).

2. Lawrence, Douglas county (coll. U. of K.), L. A. Adams,
coll.

C. diogenes has been reported from only the two adjoining counties,
Douglas and Leavenworth. Probably the reasons for the meager
ness of the reports of the occurrence of this species and C. gracilis
are the same, both being burrowing species. I am inclined to
think, however, that C. diogenes is not abundant in Douglas county.

Hay, '96 reports this species as laying their eggs from April 18
to 30. According to him the early spring when they come forth
to breed and lay their eggs is the only time they are a noticeable
member of the fresh water fauna. Hay's ol)servations were, of
course, made in Indiana but would probably hold good for Kansas
as well. ■

May 3, 1901, M. W. Blackman and M. Truehart secured a female
of C. diogenes. The swimmerets were loaded with eggs in a not
very late stage of development. 1 examined the same ditch four
days later. There were many burrows in the bank but no adult
individuals were taken. This would seem to indicate that the eggs
passed through the most of the stages of their development while
the animals are in the burrows, as is certainly the case with C.
gracilis. The females of C. iniinunis must also pass the winter with
their eggs in the burrow, but come out early in the spring to com-
plete the process of hatching. C. gracilis probably lays its eggs
while in the burrow and when the ponds dry up early in the fall.
C. immunis perhaps does also.

C. diogenes is one of our large species, the specimen from Doug-
las county being nearly no mm. in length.

C. diogenes will probably prove to be one of the widely distributed
species. I have material from near Boulder, Colorado, kindly sent
me by Professor Ramaley of the University of Colorado. C. dioge-

268 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

nes is the only crayfish yet reported from Colorado. In a letter of
October 12, 1900, he says: "We find crayfish here in ditches
and ponds much as in other localities, but as most of the ditches
are dry part of the year the animals are not abundant. Our streams
are mostly swift running and crayfish are seldom found in them.
I have not noticed the animal at high altitudes but they may occur
there, doubtless up to 8000 feet at any rate."

5. Oambarus immunis Hagen.

C. immnnis, Hagen, '70, male, F. I, and female, with figs, of
chela, epistoma, lamina, "spina externa," and abd. app. of male,
F. I.

C. signifer, Herrick, '81, with fig. of rostrum, lamina, and abd.
app. of male, F. I and II.

C immunis, Forbes, '76, male, F. I and young.

Notes on variation and literature, Faxon, '85.

C. immunis, Hay, '96, with sketch of carapace, lamina, annulus
ventralis, and abd. app. of male, F. I and II. Also Notes on
Habits.

Habits, Harris, '01.

1. Leavenworth, (coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila.) (Faxon, '85).

2. Ellis, coll. G. H. Gilbert (Faxon, '85).

3. Douglas county, in stagnant ponds (coll. U. of K.).

C. immunis is to be looked for in shallow, stagnant ponds and
roadside ditches where it is often found in immense numbers.
Upon the drying up of the ponds the animals retire to burrows
along the edge. For a more complete discussion of the habits of
this species see Harris, '01.

5a. Oambarus imraunis Hagen, var. spinirostris Faxon.

C. immunis, var. spinirostris Faxon, '85, male, F, II and female,
with fig. of cephalothorax of male, F. I.

C. immunis var. spinirostris, Faxon, '85 b, male F. I.

C. immunis var. spi?iirostris. Hay, '98, with sketch of carapace.

1. Ward's Creek, Shawnee county (coll. Washb. Coll.), F. W.
Cragin and J. B. Fields, coll. (Faxon, '85 b).

2. Stagnant ponds, Douglas county (coll. U. of K.).

6. Oambarus nais Faxon.

C. nais, Faxon, '85, b.
C. nais, Faxon, '90.

I. Labette county (coll. Washb. Coll.), W. S, Newlon, coll.
(Faxon, '85 b).

HARRIS: CRAFISHES OV KANSAS. 269

2. A small branch of Coal creek, Montj^omery county (coll. U.
of K.), L. M. Peace, coll.

The branch of Coal creek in which Mr. Peace collected this
material is fed by many springs all along its course. It winds
between rocky hills and has in many places a smooth stone bottom.
It is very stony, the stone being sandstone. The depth varies,
being in some places eight or ten feet deep and at a short distance
away only a few inches. It sometimes goes dry in places, owing,
probably, to the failure of some of the many springs which feed it.

7. Cambarus virilis Hagen

C. vir-ilis, Hagen, '70, with fig. of male, F. I, hand of var. A,
male, abd. app. of male, F. I and II and variety, lamina, epistoma,
"spina externa."

C. debilis, Bundy, '76, male, F. II.

C. debilis, Bundy, '82, male, F. II.

C. debilis, Bundy, '83, male, F. II,

C couesi, Streets, '77, (Forms?).

Note, Bundy, '77.

C. virilis, Bundy, '83, (Forms?).

C. virilis, Hay, '96, with sketches of carapace, lamina, annulus
ventralis and appendages of male, F. I and II.

Note on the color of the living C. virilis, Streets, '77.

Notes on occurrence of first- and second-form males, Herrick, '81.

Notes on variation, etc., Faxon, '85.

1. Tributary of Kansas river, Shawnee county (coll. Washb.
Coll.), F. W. Craigin, coll. (Faxon, '85, b.).

2. Wards creek, Shawnee county (coll. Washb. Coll.), J. B.
Fields and F. W. Craigin, coll. (Faxon, '75, b.).

3. Wabaunsee county (coll. Washb. Coll.), J. B. Fields, coll.
(Faxon, '85, b.).

4. Garden City, Finney county (coll. Washb. Coll.), F. W.
Craigin, coll. (Faxon, '85, b.).

5. Leavenworth, Leavenworth county (coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila.), (Faxon, '85, b.).

6. Manhattan, Riley county (coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.),
(Faxon, '85, b.).

7. Republican river, northwest of Fort Riley (coll. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila.), (Faxon, '85, b.).

8. Ellis, (coll. Peabody Acad. Sci. Salem,; Dr. L. Watson,
coll. (Faxon, '85, b.).

9. Sappa creek, Oberlin, Decatur county (Faxon, '90).

270 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

10. Osage river, LaCygne, Lynn county (Faxon, '90).

11. Topeka, Shawnee county (Faxon, 'go).

12. Spring at head of Medicine Lodge river, Kiowa county
(coll. Washb. Coll.).

13. Stagnant ponds, Douglas county (coll. U. of K.),

14. Rock creek, Douglas county (coll. U. of K.), C. D. Bunker,
coll.

15. Washington creek, Douglas county (coll. U. of K.).

16. Coon creek, Douglas county.

17. Wild Horse creek, Jefferson county (coll. U. of K.).

18. Dickinson county (coll. U. of K.), Walter Meek, coll.

ig. A small branch of Chikaskia river, six miles northwest of
Caldwell, Sumner county (coll. U. of K.), T. J. Kinnear, coll.

20. Small stream near Egerton, Wyandotte county (coll. U. of
K. ), Miss Metta Haines, coll.

21. Labette creek, within city limits of Parsons, Labette county
(coll. U. of K.), R. B. Brewster, coll.

22. It might not be out of place to add that I have seen material
collected in Kansas City, Missouri.

C. virilis is found principally in running streams, although it is
frequently taken in the same locations as C. immunis. While I
have never taken C. virilis from burrows, I have no doubt that the
great numbers of burrows which we see running back into the banks
of the creeks just a little below the water-line belong to C. virilis.
When living in the same sort of location as C. immunis it doubtless
burrows in the same manner. A specimen from Kansas City, Mo.,
handed me for study by Mr. R. E. Scammon,, was found by labor-
ers nine feet under ground and over one hundred feet from water.

C. virilis seems to prefer rocky rather than muddy places. May
5, 1900, I collected this species in Wild Horse creek, Jefferson
county. At the rocky 'riffles' the crayfish were taken in abund-
ance, but, perhaps, 150 yards above, where the bottom was com-
posed of soft, deep mud I did not secure a single specimen. I
have noticed the same thing in Coon creek, Douglas county, and
my friend, Mr. C. D. Bunker, tells me that in Rock creek, Douglas
county, he has noticed that the animals are to be found only in the
rocky places.

I cannot say whether it is a dislike on the part of the animal for
the mud which causes it to select the rocky parts of the stream, or
whether it finds among the rocks more ready protection from its
enemies. So far as 1 have been able to observe, food would be
just as plentiful, if not more so, in the slower-running, muddy

HARRIS: CRAYFISHES OF KANSAS. 271

parts of the stream than at the rocky 'riffles.' C. virilis can, and
does, live in muddy places. As mentioned above, it is sometimes
found in muddy ponds and roadside ditches with C. ivununis, and
I have taken a great many from Washington creek, Douglas county,
where the mud is as soft and deep as in either of the creeks men-
tioned above.

In the winter C. virilis may be found under flat stones in the
rocky creeks, even when the water is covered with ice. When
taken from the water they are so numb as to be almost incapable
of movement, but liven up when held in the hand for a short time
and are as active as ever after a few hours in the laboratory.

The eggs are laid in the spring, none being found on the females
collected during the winter. The ovarian eggs of specimens taken
in January seem to be fully developed, so far as may be seen from
examination with the naked eye.

C. virilis seems to be the most widely distributed species in our
state, being reported from fifteen different counties.

8. Cambarus rusticus Girard.

C. rustic us, Girard, '52.

C. rusticus, Hagen, '70. Descriptive notes, with figs, of abd.
app. of male, F. I and II, lamina, epistoma and "spina externa."

C. placidus, Hagen, '70, with figs, of abd. app. of male, F. I and
II, lamina, epistoma and "spina externa."

C. juvenalis, Hagen, '70, with figs, of abd. app. of male, F. I and
II, lamina, epistoma, and "spina externa."

C. 7visconsiensis, Forbes and Bundy, '76, male.

C. ivisconsiensis, Bundy, '82, Form ?).

C. ivisconsiensis, Bundy, '83 (Form ?).

C. rusticus, Faxon, '84, note.

C. rusticus, Faxon, 85, with figs, of abd. app. of male, F. I and
II.

C. rusticus, Hay, '96. with sktches of carapace, lamina, annulus
and first abd. app. of male, F. I and II.

I. Osage river, La Cygne, Linn county (Mus. Comp. Zool.),
(Faxon, '90).

9. Oambarua rilopus Hay.

C. />ilosus, Hay, '99, male, F. II, with sketch of carapace, lamina,
and abd. app.

I. Beloit, Mitchell county (coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.), (Hay, '99).

272 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

2. I refer to this species with a. little hesitation, material col-
lected in Russell county (coll. U. of K.), W. S. Sutton, coll.

Mr. W. S. Sutton, of the Department of Zoology, University of
Kansas, who collected the above material, kindly furnished me
with some observations on their habits. He found them July 14,
burrowing under tussocks of grass on the edge of a small stream
in Russell county, Kansas. A first-form male and a female were
usually found in each burrow, both taking part in the work of
excavation. The whole burrow was under water, running back at
first horizontally, then sometimes downward at various angles. The
burrows examined ranged from fifteen to twenty-five inches in length
and were somewhat enlarged and sometimes branched at the end.

In burrowing, the mass of mud was pushed out in front of the
animal, being held between the anterior end of the animal and the
chelae, which were held with the inner magins close together,
while the meros was held well up and close to the body, thus
forming a sort of prismatic or pyramidal shaped space between the
chelae and the anterior end of the thorax. Mr. Sutton is firmly
convinced that the mass of mud was held between the chelae and
the body to prevent the mass from going to pieces while being
moved along in the water, since when a stone was to be removed
it was simply pushed along in front of the chelae.

As was stated above the whole burrow was made under water,
and no attempt was made to construct anything like a 'chimney'
out of the mud removed. This was simply pushed out of the
mouth of the burrow thus forming a 'dump' such as is frequently
seen at the mouth of hillside coal mines. The crayfishes which
build regular chimneys usually burrow at night, but these speci-
mens were actively at work at noon, when they were taken.
10. Cambarus neglectus Faxon.

C. 7ieglcctiis, Faxon, '85 b.

C. 7ieglectus, Faxon, '90.

I. Mill creek, Wabaunsee county (coll. Washb. Coll.), F. W.
Craigin and J. B. Fields, coll. (Faxon, '85, b).

2 Republican river, near Guy, Cheyenne county (coll. Mus.
Comp. Zool.), (Faxon, '90).

3. Sappa creek, Oberlin, Decatur county (coll. Mus. Comp.
Zool.), (Faxon, '90).

This is so far the only species with a carinated rostrum re-
ported from our state and for this reason it will be all the more
easily recognized. It has been collected from various localities in
Arkansas, Missouri and Texas by S. E. Meek (see Faxon, '98),
and a determination of its distribution in our state is desirable.

HARRIS: CRAYFISHES OF KANSAS. 273

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Abbott, Dr. C. C, '84. Are the "Chimneys" of Burrowing
Crayfish designed? Amer. Nat., Vol. XVIII, pp. 1 157-8.

Bundy, W. F., '77. On the Catnbari of Northern Indiana.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 1877, pp. 171-4.

Bundy, W. F., '82. A List of the Crustacea of Wisconsin, with
Notes on some new or little known Species. Trans. Wis. Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, Vol. V, pp. 177-84.

Bundy, W. F. , '83. The Crustacean Fauna of Wisconsin, with
Descriptions of little known Species of Cambarus. Geology of
Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-79, Vol. I, pp. 402-5.

Cockrell, T. D. A , and Porter Wilmatte, '00. A New Crayfish
from New Mexico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 434-5.

Faxon, Walter, '84. Descriptions of New Species of Cambarus.
Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX, pp. 107-158.

Faxon, Walter, '85. A Revision of the Astacidae, Part I. Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard College, Vol. X, No, 4, 186 pp., 10 pis.

Faxon, Walter, '85, b. Preliminary Catalogue of the Crayfishes
of Kansas, Bull. Washburn College Lab. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, No.
4, pp. 140-2.

Faxon, Walter, '90. Notes on North American Crayfishes.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XII, pp. 619-34.

Faxon, Walter, '96. Observations on the Astacidae in the
United States National Museum and in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, with Descriptions of new Species. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Vol. XX, pp. 643 94, 9 pis.

Forbes, S, A., and Bundy, W. F., '76. List of Illinois Crus-
tacea, with description of new species. Bull. 111. Mus. Nat. Hist,,
Vol. I, pp. 3-25.

Girard, C, '52. A Revision of the North American Astaci, with
Observations on their Habits and Geographical Distribution. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VI, pp. 87-91.

Hagen, H. A., '70. Monograph on the North American Asta-
cidae. 111. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, No. Ill,
no pp., II pis.

Harris, J. .Arthur, '01. Notes on the Habits of Cambarus im-
munis Hagen. Amer. Nat., Vol. XXXV, pp. 187-91,

^ywBwc#iajPwrMBPHa»'.'i»'.»

/

274 KANSAS UNIVERSITY QUARTERLY.

Hay, W. p., 'g6. The Crawfishes of the State of Indiana.
Twentieth Ann. Rcpt. Ind. Geol. Surv. , pp. 475-507.

Hay. W. P., '99. Descriplion of Two New Species of Crayfish.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXH, pp. 121-123.

Hay, W. P., 'gg, b. The Astacidae of North America. Amer.
Nat., (Synopsis of North American Invertebrates, VI) Vol..
XXXIII, pp. 957-966.

Herrick, C. L. , '81. Papers on the Crustacea of the Fresh
Waters of Minnesota. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. of Minn., Vol.
X, pp. 252-4.

Street, Thomas H., '77. Description of Cambarus Cousei, a
new Species of Crawfish from Dakota. Bull. U. S. Geolog. and
Geograph. , Surv. Terr., Vol. Ill, pp. 803-4.

Tarr, Ralph S., '84. Habits of Burrowing Crayfish in the United
States. Nature, Vol. XXX, p. 127.

i

Have You Read
These Books?

They are devoted to the wonderful
sights and scenes and special resorts of!
tourists and healtliseekers in the
Great West.

Though pul>lish<3d by a Itailway Com-
pany.

Tie Saots Fe Roite,

they are literary and artistic produc-
tions, designed to create among travel-
ers a better appreciation of the at-
tractions of our own country.

Mailed free to any addi'ess on re-
ceipt of postage, as indicated:
"The Mf)Ki Snake Dance," 56 pp., 64

illusl rations. 3 cents.
"Grand Oa.von of the Colorado

River," 2a pp., 15 illustrations. 3 cts.
"Health Resorts of New Mexico,"

80 pp , 31 illustrations. 2 cents.
"Health 'Resorts of Arizona." 73

pp., 18 ilUistrations. 2 cents.
"Las Veg is Hot Springs and Vicin-
ity," 48 pp., .39 illustrations. 3 cents.
"To California and Back," 176 pp.,

176 illustrations. .5 cents.

W. J. BLACK,

G. P. A., A. T. & S. F RY.

TOREK A, KAN.

W. H. SIMPSON.

Advertising Agent,

A. T. & s. F. RY.,

CHICAGO.

'

t

3 2044 106 308 562

Date Due

OCT f 8 1954

" ■ Xi

.^^•r^^ '

■ ^ X.-'-^^n:^^'

y^ -

- A

.Xr \v-r

/ ■ i ■'

\' it

:-M':''-"

<'"*»N\ia*»^'^''v

> A